RAN 10.

Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Issue Date Part Number

Draft 2008-03-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. For any assistance, please contact our local office or company headquarters.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com [email protected]

Website: Email:

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2008. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but the statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Contents

Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................1 1 Power Control Parameters........................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters...................................................................................................................1-2 1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part.....................................................1-4 1.1.2 Constant for Calculating the PRACH Initial Transmit Power...............................................................1-5 1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step.....................................................................................................................1-6 1.1.4 Maximum Number of Preamble Retransmission Attempts...................................................................1-7 1.1.5 Maximum Preamble Loop......................................................................................................................1-7 1.1.6 Default Constant of DPCCH Transmit Power.......................................................................................1-8 1.1.7 Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power..........................................................................................1-9 1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters............................................................................................................1-10 1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link....................................................................1-12 1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link.....................................................................1-13 1.2.3 PCPICH Transmit Power.....................................................................................................................1-14 1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power....................................................................................................1-15 1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power....................................................................................................1-16

2 Handover Parameters................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters............................................................................................................2-2 2.1.1 Switch of Softer Handover Combination Indication..............................................................................2-4 2.1.2 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds.......................................................................................................2-5 2.1.3 Soft Handover Absolute Thresholds......................................................................................................2-7 2.1.4 1F Event Blind Handover Trigger Condition.........................................................................................2-8 2.1.5 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover.....................................................................................................2-9 2.1.6 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover...........................................................................................2-12 2.1.7 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover...................................................................................2-14 2.1.8 Parameters Related to Soft Handover Failure......................................................................................2-15 2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Threshold Flag..............................................................................................2-16 2.1.10 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset....................................................................................................2-17 2.1.11 Cell Individual Offset.........................................................................................................................2-18 2.2 Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters..............................................................................2-18 2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode.......................................................................................2-23 2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Periodic Report Interval......................................................................2-25 Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd i

Contents

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.2.3 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover................................................................................2-25 2.2.4 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover...............................................................2-27 2.2.5 Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement....................................2-29 2.2.6 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds...................................................2-31 2.2.7 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage....................................................2-32 2.2.8 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover.........................................2-34 2.2.9 Retry Period of 2B Event.....................................................................................................................2-35 2.2.10 Maximum Retry Times of 2B Event..................................................................................................2-35 2.2.11 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset....................................................................................................2-36 2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset.........................................................................................................................2-37 2.2.13 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch................................................................................2-38 2.2.14 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Measurement Threshold Choice........................................2-38 2.2.15 Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length....................................................................................2-39 2.2.16 Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Priority.........................................................................2-40

2.3 Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters................................................2-41 2.3.1 Hysteresis of Event 2C.........................................................................................................................2-42 2.3.2 Time to Trigger for Event 2C...............................................................................................................2-43 2.3.3 Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No Threshold...............................................2-44 2.3.4 Retry Period of 2C Event.....................................................................................................................2-44 2.3.5 Maximum Retry Times of 2C Event....................................................................................................2-45 2.3.6 Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length......................................................................................2-45 2.3.7 Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency...................................................................................2-46 2.3.8 DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length.......................................................................................2-47 2.3.9 UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length............................................................................................2-48 2.4 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters.................................................................2-49 2.4.1 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode................................................................................................2-54 2.4.2 Inter-RAT Periodical Report Interval...................................................................................................2-55 2.4.3 BSIC Verify Selection Switch..............................................................................................................2-56 2.4.4 Event 3A Measurement Quantity.........................................................................................................2-57 2.4.5 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds.............................................................2-58 2.4.6 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds............................................................2-59 2.4.7 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds............................................................................................2-60 2.4.8 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover................................................................................2-61 2.4.9 Hysteresis Related to the Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover........................................................2-62 2.4.10 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cells...........................................................................................2-63 2.4.11 Time to Trigger for Non-Verified GSM Cells...................................................................................2-64 2.4.12 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover...............................................2-65 2.4.13 Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length.............................................................................................2-67 2.4.14 Retry Period of 3A Event...................................................................................................................2-68 2.4.15 Maximum Retry Times of 3A Event..................................................................................................2-68 2.4.16 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset....................................................................................................2-69 2.4.17 Cell Individual Offset.........................................................................................................................2-70 ii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Contents

2.5 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters.........................................................2-70 2.5.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch...................................................................................................2-73 2.5.2 Hysteresis of Event 3C.........................................................................................................................2-74 2.5.3 Time to Trigger for Event 3C...............................................................................................................2-75 2.5.4 BSIC Verify Selection Switch..............................................................................................................2-76 2.5.5 Non-Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Decision Thresholds.......................................................2-77 2.5.6 Maximum Number of Inter-RAT Handover Attempts........................................................................2-78 2.5.7 Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length...............................................................................................2-79 2.5.8 Switch used to Send Load Information to 2G......................................................................................2-80 2.5.9 Switch for Non-Coverage Based Handover according to 2G Load Information.................................2-81 2.5.10 2G Load Threshold by Inter-Rat Handover in CS-Domain...............................................................2-81 2.5.11 2G Load Threshold by Inter-RAT Handover in PS-domain..............................................................2-82 2.5.12 Retry Period of 3C Event...................................................................................................................2-83 2.5.13 Maximum Retry Times of 3C Event..................................................................................................2-84 2.5.14 Measurement Quantity of 3A Frequency in QoS Handover..............................................................2-84 2.5.15 Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency.................................................................................2-85 2.5.16 DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length.....................................................................................2-86 2.5.17 UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length..........................................................................................2-86 2.6 Blind Handover Management Parameters.....................................................................................................2-87 2.6.1 Blind Handover Flag............................................................................................................................2-88 2.6.2 Blind Handover Priority.......................................................................................................................2-89 2.6.3 Ec/N0 Threshold for Direct Retry........................................................................................................2-90 2.7 Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters...................................................................................................2-91 2.7.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters....................................................................................................2-93 2.7.2 Cell Reselection Offset.........................................................................................................................2-95 2.7.3 Minimum Quality Criterion.................................................................................................................2-96 2.7.4 Minimum Access Level.......................................................................................................................2-97 2.7.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds........................................................................................................2-97 2.7.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time................................................................................................................2-99 2.7.7 Minimum Access Level of Inter-RAT Cells......................................................................................2-100 2.7.8 Signal Level Threshold for MS in 2G Idle Mode to Search for 3G Cells..........................................2-101 2.7.9 Signal Level Offset for 3G Cell Reselection......................................................................................2-102 2.7.10 Signal Level Threshold for 3G Cell Reselection.............................................................................2-102 2.8 Neighboring Cell Management Parameters................................................................................................2-103 2.8.1 Neighboring Cell Priority Flag...........................................................................................................2-103 2.8.2 Neighboring Cell Priority...................................................................................................................2-104

3 Admission Control Parameters................................................................................................3-1

3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Services............................................................................3-6 3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch........................................................................................................3-7 3.3 Uplink Total Equivalent User Number...........................................................................................................3-8 3.4 Downlink Total Equivalent User Number......................................................................................................3-9 3.5 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service.............................................................................3-10 Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd iii

Contents

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service......................................................................3-11 3.7 AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services.....................................................................3-12 3.8 Non-AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services............................................................3-13 3.9 Uplink Threshold for Other Services............................................................................................................3-14 3.10 Downlink Admission Threshold of Other Services....................................................................................3-15 3.11 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold.....................................................................................................3-15 3.12 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold.................................................................................................3-17 3.13 Uplink Total Power Threshold....................................................................................................................3-18 3.14 Downlink Total Power Threshold...............................................................................................................3-18 3.15 Reserved SF of the Uplink Credit Resource for Handovers.......................................................................3-19 3.16 Reserved SF of the Downlink Credit Resource and Channel Code Resource for Handovers....................3-20 3.17 Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load.......................................................................................3-21

4 Load Control Parameters..........................................................................................................4-1

4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters.................................................................................................4-2 4.1.1 LDR Period Timer Length..................................................................................................................... 4-6 4.1.2 Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold...................................................4-7 4.1.3 Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions.........................................................................................................4-8 4.1.4 Number of Subscribers for Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions...........................................................4-10 4.1.5 Cell Load Space Threshold for Uplink or Downlink Inter-Frequency Handover................................4-13 4.1.6 Upper Threshold of Bandwidth for Uplink or Downlink Inter-frequency Cell Load Handover.........4-13 4.1.7 Cell SF Reserved Threshold.................................................................................................................4-14 4.1.8 Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshold............................................................................4-15 4.1.9 LDR Code Priority Indicator................................................................................................................4-16 4.1.10 Code Congestion Select Inter-Frequency Indication..........................................................................4-17 4.1.11 Inter-Frequency Handover Code used Ratio Space Threshold..........................................................4-17 4.1.12 Gold User Load Control Switch.........................................................................................................4-18 4.1.13 MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold............................................................................4-19 4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters.............................................................................................4-19 4.2.1 OLC Period Timer Length...................................................................................................................4-22 4.2.2 Uplink or Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold.................................................4-23 4.2.3 Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times..........................................................................4-24 4.2.4 Number of RABs Selected for the Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction.............................4-25 4.2.5 OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Timer Length and Recover Timer Length..................................4-26 4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Coefficient..................................................................................4-27 4.2.7 Number of RABs Released by the Uplink or Downlink Traffic Release............................................4-28

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters.......................................................................................5-1

5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters......................................................................................................5-2 5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold................................................................................................... 5-4 5.1.2 Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate...........................................................................................5-5 5.1.3 Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode................................................................................... 5-6 5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic......................................................................5-7 5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold.........................................................................................................................5-9 iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Contents

5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold........................................................................................................................5-9 5.2.3 Time to Trigger Event 4A ...................................................................................................................5-10 5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B ...................................................................................................................5-11 5.2.5 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels...........................................................................................5-12 5.2.6 Uplink or Downlink DCCC Rate Threshold........................................................................................5-13 5.2.7 Uplink or Downlink Middle Rate Calculate Method...........................................................................5-13 5.2.8 Uplink or Downlink DCCC Middle Rate.............................................................................................5-14 5.2.9 Low Activity Rate Threshold...............................................................................................................5-15 5.3 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput............................................................5-15 5.3.1 HSUPA DCCC Strategy.......................................................................................................................5-16 5.3.2 HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set.........................................................................................................5-17 5.3.3 Initial Rate of HSUPA BE Rraffic.......................................................................................................5-18 5.4 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality..........................................................5-19 5.4.1 Uplink Quality Measurement Switches................................................................................................5-21 5.4.2 Uplink Quality Transmit Power Measurement Threshold...................................................................5-22 5.4.3 Uplink Quality Block Error Rate Measurement Threshold..................................................................5-22 5.4.4 Downlink Quality Measurement Swithes............................................................................................5-23 5.4.5 Downlink Quality Code Transmit Power Measurement Threshold.....................................................5-24 5.4.6 Downlink Quality Downlink RLC Measurement Threshold...............................................................5-25 5.4.7 Uplink Full Coverage Rate...................................................................................................................5-25 5.4.8 Downlink Full Coverage Rate..............................................................................................................5-26 5.5 State Transition Parameters...........................................................................................................................5-27 5.5.1 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold............................................................................................5-30 5.5.2 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger................................................................................................5-31 5.5.3 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer................................................................................................5-32 5.5.4 DCH to FACH Traffic Report Threshold............................................................................................5-32 5.5.5 DCH to FACH Traffic Time to trigger................................................................................................5-33 5.5.6 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer.................................................................................................5-34 5.5.7 Cell Reselection Timer.........................................................................................................................5-34 5.6 PS Inactive.....................................................................................................................................................5-35 5.6.1 PS Inactive Timer.................................................................................................................................5-36

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters.............................................................................................6-1

6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters..................................................................................................6-2 6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power.............................................................................................................6-3 6.1.2 PCPICH Transmit Power.......................................................................................................................6-4 6.1.3 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power.........................................................................................................6-5 6.1.4 BCH Transmit Power.............................................................................................................................6-6 6.1.5 Maximum FACH Transmit Power.........................................................................................................6-6 6.1.6 PCH Transmit Power.............................................................................................................................6-7 6.1.7 PICH Transmit Power............................................................................................................................6-8 6.1.8 AICH Transmit Power...........................................................................................................................6-9 6.2 Paging Parameters...........................................................................................................................................6-9 Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd v

Contents

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient.....................................................................................................................6-10 6.2.2 Number of RNC Paging Repetitions....................................................................................................6-11

6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters...............................................................................................................6-12 6.3.1 T300 and N300.....................................................................................................................................6-13 6.4 Synchronization Parameters..........................................................................................................................6-13 6.4.1 Number of Successive In-Sync Indications.........................................................................................6-15 6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-Sync Indications..................................................................................6-16 6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration.....................................................................................................6-16 6.4.4 T312 and N312.....................................................................................................................................6-17 6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313.........................................................................................................................6-18 6.5 Location Update Parameters.........................................................................................................................6-19 6.5.1 Periodical Location Update Timer.......................................................................................................6-19 6.6 User Priority Parameters...............................................................................................................................6-20 6.6.1 User Priorities Corresponding to Allocation or Retention Priority 1 to 14..........................................6-22 6.6.2 Intergated Priority Configuration Reference .......................................................................................6-23 6.6.3 Indication of Carrier Type Priority.......................................................................................................6-23 6.7 Bearer Channel Type Parameters..................................................................................................................6-24 6.7.1 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the VoIP...............................................................................6-26 6.7.2 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the IMS Signaling................................................................6-27 6.7.3 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the SRB................................................................................6-27 6.7.4 Flag of Effecting SrbChlType at the RRC Stage.................................................................................6-28 6.7.5 Downlink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSDPA............................................................................6-28 6.7.6 Downlink BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA.......................................................................................6-29 6.7.7 Uplink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA.................................................................................6-30 6.7.8 Uplink BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA............................................................................................6-30 6.7.9 Uplink and Downlink BE Traffic Decision Threshold on DCH..........................................................6-31 6.7.10 Enhanced Switch of the IMS Signaling Bearer..................................................................................6-32 6.7.11 Initial Access Rate of the IMS Signalling..........................................................................................6-32

7 HSDPA Parameters....................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters........................................................................................7-2 7.1.1 HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant..............................................................7-2 7.1.2 F-DPCH Power Control Parameter........................................................................................................7-4 7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters..........................................................................................7-6 7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Allocation Mode.............................................................................................7-8 7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes...............................................................................................................7-8 7.2.3 Maximum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes............................................................................................. 7-9 7.2.4 Minimum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes..............................................................................................7-9 7.2.5 Number of HS-SCCH Codes................................................................................................................7-10 7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters..................................................................................................7-11 7.3.1 HSPA Handover Protection Length.....................................................................................................7-11 7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters........................................................................7-13 7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length.....................................................................................................................7-14 vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Contents

7.4.2 Intra-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length....................................................................................7-15 7.4.3 Inter-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length....................................................................................7-15 7.4.4 Multi-Carrier Handover Timer Length.................................................................................................7-16 7.4.5 Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA............................................................................7-17 7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Parameters.......................................................................................................7-17 7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users Per NodeB..................................................................................................7-19 7.5.2 Uplink HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor.....................................................................................................7-19 7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold......................................................................................................7-20 7.5.4 HSDPA BE Service PBR Threshold....................................................................................................7-21 7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA User Number........................................................................................................7-21

8 HSUPA Parameters....................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters.......................................................................................8-2 8.1.1 Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor...................................................................................................8-2 8.1.2 Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI ...................................................................................................8-3 8.1.3 Threshold of Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio.........................................................8-4 8.2 HSUPA Admission Control Parameters.........................................................................................................8-4 8.2.1 Maximum HSUPA User Number..........................................................................................................8-6 8.2.2 HSUPA Non-Serveice Cell Interfere Factor..........................................................................................8-6 8.2.3 PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different priority users............................................................................8-7 8.2.4 Downlink HSUPA Reserved Factor.......................................................................................................8-8 8.2.5 Maximum HSUPA User Number Per NodeB........................................................................................8-8 8.3 HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters.............................................................................................8-9 8.3.1 HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Switch.........................................................................................8-10 8.3.2 Target Number of E-DCH PDU Retransmission.................................................................................8-11 8.3.3 Target Value of E-DCH Residual BLER.............................................................................................8-11

9 MBMS Parameters.....................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters............................................................................9-2 9.1.1 Maximum FACH Transmit Power.........................................................................................................9-4 9.1.2 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority................................9-5 9.1.3 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority.................................9-6 9.1.4 MTCH Budget Power Resources...........................................................................................................9-6 9.1.5 MTCH Budget Code Resource..............................................................................................................9-7 9.1.6 MTCH Maximum Power.......................................................................................................................9-8 9.1.7 MTCH Maximum Code Resource.........................................................................................................9-9 9.1.8 Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Power..................................................................................9-9 9.1.9 MBMS Service Preemption Algorithm Switch....................................................................................9-10 9.1.10 MBMS PTM Preempt Switch............................................................................................................9-11 9.1.11 MBMS Streaming PTM Preempt Switch...........................................................................................9-11 9.1.12 MBMS Non-Streaming PTM Preempt Switch...................................................................................9-12 9.2 FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters..................................................................................................................9-13 9.2.1 FLC Algorithm Switch.........................................................................................................................9-14 9.2.2 MBMS Transmission Mode.................................................................................................................9-15 Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd vii

Contents

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 9.2.3 Counting Threshold..............................................................................................................................9-16 9.2.4 PTP To PTM Offset.............................................................................................................................9-16 9.2.5 MBMS PTP RB Uplink Rate...............................................................................................................9-17 9.2.6 MBMS Neighboring Cell Indicator......................................................................................................9-18

10 Algorithm Switches...............................................................................................................10-1
10.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC...............................................................................10-2 10.1.1 Channel Class Algorithm Switches....................................................................................................10-2 10.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switch..............................................................................................................10-9 10.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches.................................................................................................10-15 10.1.4 HSPA Algorithm Switch..................................................................................................................10-17 10.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches................................................................................................................10-18 10.1.6 SRNS Relocation Algorithm Switch................................................................................................10-19 10.1.7 Compressed Mode Algorithm Switch..............................................................................................10-21 10.2 Cell Algorithm Switches...........................................................................................................................10-22 10.2.1 Cell Class Algorithm Switches........................................................................................................10-23 10.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch.................................................................................10-25 10.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch.............................................................................10-26 10.3 Other Algorithm Switches.........................................................................................................................10-27 10.3.1 NodeB credit admission Algorithm Switch.....................................................................................10-27 10.3.2 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch....................................................................10-28 10.3.3 Intra-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication.......................................................10-28 10.3.4 Inter-Frequency or Inter-RAT Measurement Indication..................................................................10-29 10.3.5 FACH Measurement Indication.......................................................................................................10-30

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT............................................................................11-1

11.1 HSDPA Flow Control Parameters...............................................................................................................11-2 11.1.1 HSDPA Flow Control Switch............................................................................................................11-2 11.1.2 Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface................................................................................11-3 11.1.3 Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface.............................................................................................11-4 11.2 HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters.................................................................................11-5 11.2.1 Scheduling Method............................................................................................................................11-7 11.2.2 Resource Allocation Method..............................................................................................................11-8 11.2.3 HS-SCCH Power Control Method.....................................................................................................11-9 11.2.4 HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power............................................................................11-9 11.2.5 Resource Limiting Switch................................................................................................................11-10 11.2.6 HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation Switch......................................................................................11-11 11.2.7 Maximum Transmit Power of per HSDPA user..............................................................................11-11 11.2.8 Resource limiting for different GBR................................................................................................11-12 11.3 HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters...........................................................................................11-13 11.3.1 SPI Initial Value...............................................................................................................................11-14 11.3.2 SPI End Value..................................................................................................................................11-15 11.3.3 Weight of SPI...................................................................................................................................11-15 11.3.4 EPF Schedule Algorithm Switch......................................................................................................11-17 viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Contents

11.3.5 Flow Control Algorithm Switch.......................................................................................................11-17 11.3.6 CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch..........................................................................................................11-18 11.3.7 Residual BLER Target Value...........................................................................................................11-18 11.3.8 Maximum Number of Retransmission Attempts.............................................................................11-19 11.4 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters.................................................................................11-20 11.4.1 MAC-e Schedule Parameters Switch...............................................................................................11-20 11.4.2 GBR Scheduling Switch...................................................................................................................11-21 11.5 HSUPA Power Control Parameters...........................................................................................................11-21 11.5.1 Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel.........................................11-22 11.5.2 Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters..........................................................................11-26 11.6 Local Cell Management Parameters..........................................................................................................11-31 11.6.1 Cell Radius.......................................................................................................................................11-31 11.6.2 Cell Handover Radius......................................................................................................................11-32

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

ix

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Figures

Figures
Figure 7-1 Impact from over long HSPA protection length...............................................................................7-12

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

xi

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Tables

Tables
Table 1-1 List of uplink power control parameters..............................................................................................1-2 Table 1-2 List of downlink power control parameters.......................................................................................1-11 Table 1-3 List of the maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers........................................................1-12 Table 2-1 List of intra-frequency handover parameters.......................................................................................2-2 Table 2-2 Typical values of HystFor1A.............................................................................................................2-11 Table 2-3 Typical values of the hysteresis for the 1B event...............................................................................2-11 Table 2-4 Typical values of the hysteresis for the 1C event...............................................................................2-11 Table 2-5 Typical values of TrigTime1B and TrigTime1F................................................................................2-13 Table 2-6 List of coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters...........................................................2-18 Table 2-7 Typical values of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers....................................................2-26 Table 2-8 Typical values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers..........................2-28 Table 2-9 Thresholds (RSCP) for starting inter-frequency measurement for UEs moving in different speeds .............................................................................................................................................................................2-30 Table 2-10 Thresholds (EcIo) for starting inter-frequency measurement for UEs moving in different speeds .............................................................................................................................................................................2-31 Table 2-11 List of non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters............................2-41 Table 2-12 List of coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters............................................2-49 Table 2-13 List of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-RAT hard handovers.........................................2-62 Table 2-14 List of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters.....................................2-71 Table 2-15 List of blind handover management parameters..............................................................................2-87 Table 2-16 List of blind handover priority sets..................................................................................................2-89 Table 2-17 List of cell selection and reselection parameters..............................................................................2-91 Table 2-18 List of neighboring cell management parameters..........................................................................2-103 Table 3-1 List of admission control parameters...................................................................................................3-1 Table 4-1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters...................................................................4-2 Table 4-2 List of overload congestion control parameters.................................................................................4-20 Table 5-1 List of BE service related threshold parameters...................................................................................5-2 Table 5-2 List of dynamic channel configuration parameters..............................................................................5-7 Table 5-3 List of DCCC parameters...................................................................................................................5-16 Table 5-4 List of DCCC parameters...................................................................................................................5-19 Table 5-5 List of state transition parameters......................................................................................................5-27 Table 5-6 List of PS inactive parameters............................................................................................................5-35 Table 6-1 List of cell channel power distribution parameters..............................................................................6-2 Table 6-2 List of paging parameters...................................................................................................................6-10 Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd xiii

Tables

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Table 6-3 List of RRC connection setup parameters..........................................................................................6-12 Table 6-4 List of synchronization parameters....................................................................................................6-14 Table 6-5 List of location update parameters.....................................................................................................6-19 Table 6-6 List of user priority parameters..........................................................................................................6-21 Table 6-7 List of bearer channel type parameters.............................................................................................. 6-24 Table 7-1 HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant................................................................7-2 Table 7-2 List of F-DPCH parameters.................................................................................................................7-4 Table 7-3 List of HSDPA code resource management parameters......................................................................7-7 Table 7-4 List of HSDPA mobility management parameters.............................................................................7-11 Table 7-5 List of HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters...................................................... 7-13 Table 7-6 List of admission control parameters.................................................................................................7-18 Table 8-1 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters..................................................................8-2 Table 8-2 List of HSUPA admission control parameters.....................................................................................8-5 Table 8-3 List of HSUPA outer loop power control parameters..........................................................................8-9 Table 9-1 List of MBMS admission and preempt algorithm parameters ............................................................9-2 Table 9-2 List of FLC/FLD algorithm parameters.............................................................................................9-13 Table 10-1 List of channel algorithm switches.................................................................................................. 10-3 Table 10-2 List of handover algorithm switches................................................................................................10-9 Table 10-3 List of power control switches.......................................................................................................10-15 Table 10-4 List of HSPA algorithm switches...................................................................................................10-17 Table 10-5 DRD algorithm switches................................................................................................................10-18 Table 10-6 List of SRNS relocation algorithm switches..................................................................................10-20 Table 10-7 List of compressed mode algorithm switches................................................................................10-22 Table 10-8 List of cell algorithm switches.......................................................................................................10-23 Table 10-9 NodeB credit admission algorithm switch.....................................................................................10-27 Table 11-1 List of HSDPA flow control parameters..........................................................................................11-2 Table 11-2 List of HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters.............................................................11-5 Table 11-3 List of HSDPA SPI scheduling algorithm parameters...................................................................11-13 Table 11-4 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters............................................................11-20 Table 11-5 List of power control algorithm switches for the downlink control channel.................................11-22 Table 11-6 List of fixed power control mode algorithm parameters................................................................11-27 Table 11-7 List of local cell management parameters......................................................................................11-31

xiv

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

About This Document

About This Document

Purpose
This document describes the configurable parameters in network optimization and offers the meaning, value range, impact, and configuration command of each parameter.
NOTE

This guide offers not all but some of the network parameters.

Related Versions
The following table lists the versions of the product described in the document. Product Name RNC NodeB Version V200R010 V200R010

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l l l

Network planners Field engineers System engineers

Update History
Refer to Changes in RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference.

Organization
1 Power Control Parameters This describes power control parameters. Power control parameters are categorized into uplink power control parameters and downlink power control parameters. 2 Handover Parameters
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1

About This Document

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

This describes handover parameters. Handover aims to ensure the communication continuity and quality. Handovers in WCDMA system are of the following types: soft handover, softer handover, intra-frequency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover, inter-RAT hard handover, and so on. Handover emerges as an important factor affecting network performance, and handover optimization is also significant in the network optimization. Handover parameters are classified according to handover classifications. 3 Admission Control Parameters This describes the admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners. 4 Load Control Parameters This describes the load control parameters that can be modified by network planners. 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters This describes the PS service rate control parameters: the service-related thresholds, DCCC parameters, link stability parameters, state transfer parameters, PS active parameters, and so on. 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters This describes the special topic parameters, including parameters for cell channel power distribution, paging, RRC connection setup, synchronization, and location updating. 7 HSDPA Parameters This describes HSDPA parameters as follows: HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters, HSDPA mobility management parameters, HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA call admission control algorithm parameters. 8 HSUPA Parameters This describes the HSUPA parameters: HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and HSUPA admission control parameters. 9 MBMS Parameters This describes MBMS parameters. MBMS parameters are MBMS admission parameters, MBMS preemption parameters, and FLC/FLD algorithm parameters. 10 Algorithm Switches This describes the RNC algorithm Switches. In the RNC, algorithm switches are categorized into connection-oriented algorithm switches and cell-oriented algorithm switches. 11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT This describes the parameters that can be configured on the NodeB LMT: the HSDPA flow control parameters, HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and local cell management parameters.

Conventions
1. Symbol Conventions The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows
2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

About This Document

Symbol

Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could cause equipment damage, data loss, and performance degradation, or unexpected results. Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save your time. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text.

DANGER

WARNING

CAUTION
TIP

NOTE

2. General Conventions Convention Times New Roman Boldface Italic Courier New 3. Command Conventions Convention Boldface Italic [] {x | y | ...} [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } * Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. Command arguments are in italic. Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.One is selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars.One or none is selected. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected. Description Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman. Names of files,directories,folders,and users are in boldface. For example,log in as user root . Book titles are in italics. Terminal display is in Courier New.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

About This Document

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Convention [ x | y | ... ] *

Description Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.A minimum of zero or a maximum of all can be selected.

4. GUI Conventions Convention Boldface > Description Buttons,menus,parameters,tabs,window,and dialog titles are in boldface. For example,click OK. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example,choose File > Create > Folder .

5. Keyboard Operation Convention Key Key1+Key2 Key1,Key2 Description Press the key.For example,press Enter and press Tab. Press the keys concurrently.For example,pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. Press the keys in turn.For example,pressing Alt,A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

6. Mouse Operation Action Click Double-click Drag Description Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer. Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer. Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

1
About This Chapter

Power Control Parameters

This describes power control parameters. Power control parameters are categorized into uplink power control parameters and downlink power control parameters. 1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters This describes the uplink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners. 1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters This describes the downlink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-1

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters

This describes the uplink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 1-1 List of uplink power control parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 PowerOffsetPp m Meaning Default Configurat ion MML Command Le vel

The parameter is the offset between the power of the last access preamble and power of the message control part (the power of the message control part equals the power of the access preamble plus the value of PowerOffsetPpm) Constant value used by a UE to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power Step of the power increase for the preamble when a UE does not receive the acquisition indication (AI) from the NodeB Maximum number of attempts of retransmitting the preamble in a preamble ramp period

Signaling: 3 dB; services: 2 dB

Set: ADD PRACHTFC To modify PowerOffsetPpm, delete the PRACH, and then reconfigure the transport format information set (TFCS) of the PRACH.

Cel l

ConstantValue

20, namely 20 dB

PowerRampSte p

2, namely 2 dB

Set: ADD PRACHBASIC To modify ConstantValue, delete the PRACH, and then reconfigure the transport format information set (TFCS) of the PRACH.

Cel l

PreambleRetra nsMax

1-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

S ID e r i a l N o . 5 Mmax

Meaning

Default Configurat ion

MML Command

Le vel

Maximum number of preamble loops

Set: ADD RACH Query: LST RACH Modify: MOD RACH

Cel l

DefaultConstan tValue

Constant value used to calculate the initial TX power of the uplink DPCCH Maximum uplink TX power of a UE

22, namely -22 dB

Set or modify: SET FRC Query: LST FRC

RN C

MaxAllowedUl TxPower MaxUlTxPowe rForConv MaxUlTxPowe rForStr MaxUlTxPowe rForInt MaxUlTxPowe rForBac

The default value is 24, namely 24 dBm.

Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify MaxAllowedUlTxPower. Use ADD CELLCAC to set, use LST CELLCAC to query, and use MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxULTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr , MaxULTxPowerForInt, and MaxULTxPowerForBac.

Cel l

1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part This describes the power offset (PowerOffsetPpm) between the last access preamble and the message control part. The power of the message control part equals the power of the access preamble plus the value of PowerOffsetPpm. 1.1.2 Constant for Calculating the PRACH Initial Transmit Power This describes the constant value used by a UE to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power. 1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-3

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

This describes the step of the power increase for the preamble when a UE does not receive the Acquisition Indication (AI) from the NodeB. 1.1.4 Maximum Number of Preamble Retransmission Attempts This describes the maximum number of attempts of retransmitting the preamble in a preamble ramp period. 1.1.5 Maximum Preamble Loop This describes the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission times has reached PreambleRetransMax, it repeats the access attempt after the specified waiting time, if the UE still has not received the capture indication. The maximum number of cycles cannot exceed Mmax. 1.1.6 Default Constant of DPCCH Transmit Power This describes the default constant value (DefaultConstantValue) that is used by a UE in the open loop power control process to calculate the power offset of the DPCCH (DPCCH_Power_offset) and accordingly calculate the initial transmit power of the uplink DPCCH. 1.1.7 Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power This describes the maximum transmit power of the PRACH when a UE is trying to access a designated cell. The parameter (MaxAllowedUlTxPower) equals UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the cell selection rule. In addition, there are another four parameters indicating the maximum transmit power of UEs, and the four parameters are intended for different QoS services.

1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part
This describes the power offset (PowerOffsetPpm) between the last access preamble and the message control part. The power of the message control part equals the power of the access preamble plus the value of PowerOffsetPpm.

ID
PowerOffsetPpm

Value Range
5 to 10

Physical Scope
5 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 1 dB

Setting
In signaling transmission mode, set PowerOffsetPpm to 3; in service transmission mode, set PowerOffsetPpm to 2.

1-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PowerOffsetPpm is excessively high, the signaling messages and service messages that the RACH bears may not be normally received by the UTRAN, and the uplink coverage may be affected. If PowerOffsetPpm is excessively low, the uplink interference may increase, and the uplink capacity may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHTFC to set PowerOffsetPpm. To modify PowerOffsetPpm, use RMV PRACHTFC to delete the TFC of the PRACH, and then reconfigure the TFC of the PRACH. Before using RMV PRACHTFC, use DEA PRACH to deactivate the PRACH and DEA CELL to deactivate the cells.

1.1.2 Constant for Calculating the PRACH Initial Transmit Power

This describes the constant value used by a UE to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power.

ID
ConstantValue

Value Range
35 to 10

Physical Scope
35 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 1 dB

Setting
The default value of ConstantValue is 20, namely 20 dB. The constant value is used by a UE in the random access process to calculate the initial transmit power of the PRACH on the basis of the open loop power. The formula for calculating the initial transmit power is as follows: Preamble_Initial_Power = Primary CPICH DL TX powerCPICH_RSCP + UL interference + Constant Value. Where,
l l l l l

Preamble_Initial_Power is the preamble initial transmit power; Primary CPICH DL TX power is the downlink transmit power of the PCPICH; CPICH_RSCP is the received signal code power of the PCPICH measured by UEs; UL_interference is the uplink interference, which is received by UEs from the BCH; Constant_Value is the constant value received by UEs from the BCH.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-5

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If ConstantValue is excessively high, the initial transmit power becomes excessively high, and the period of the access process is shortened. If ConstantValue is excessively low, the transmit power during the access process can meet the requirement, but the preamble needs to ramp for many times, and thus the period of the access process increases.

Because the RACH has short periods of preamble power ramp and retransmission, the value of ConstantValue has a comparatively small impact on the system access performance.

Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHBASIC to set and MOD PRACHUUPARAS to modify ConstantValue.

1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step

This describes the step of the power increase for the preamble when a UE does not receive the Acquisition Indication (AI) from the NodeB.

ID
PowerRampStep

Value Range
1 to 8

Physical Scope
1 dB to 8 dB, with the step of 1 dB

Setting
The default value of PowerRampStep is 2, namely 2 dBm.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PowerRampStep is excessively high, the access process is shortened, whereas the power cost may increase. If PowerRampStep is excessively low, the access process becomes longer, but the power cost is reduced.

In addition, the higher PowerRampStep is, the smaller impact ConstantValue has on the network performance.

Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHBASIC to set, MOD PRACHUUPARAS to modify, and LST PRACH to query PowerRampStep.
1-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

1.1.4 Maximum Number of Preamble Retransmission Attempts

This describes the maximum number of attempts of retransmitting the preamble in a preamble ramp period.

ID
PreambleRetransMax

Value Range
1 to 64

Physical Scope
1 to 64 attempts, with the step of 1 attempt

Setting
The default value of PreambleRetransMax is 8. The product of PreambleRetransMax and 1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step determines the maximum ramp power of the UE within a preamble ramp period.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PreambleRetransMax is excessively low, the preamble power cannot ramp to the required value, and UEs cannot successfully access the network. If PreambleRetransMax is excessively high, some UEs may continuously increase the power and repeatedly try to access the network, and thus other UEs are affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD PRACHBASIC to set, MOD PRACHUUPARAS to modify, and LST PRACH to query PreambleRetransMax.

1.1.5 Maximum Preamble Loop

This describes the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission times has reached PreambleRetransMax, it repeats the access attempt after the specified waiting time, if the UE still has not received the capture indication. The maximum number of cycles cannot exceed Mmax.

ID
Mmax

Value Range
1 to 32
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-7

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 8.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

If Mmax is excessively low, the UE access success rate is affected. If Mmax is excessively high, the UE probably tries the access attempt repeatedly within a long time, which increases the uplink interference.

Related Commands
Use ADD RACH to set, LST RACH to query, and MOD RACH to modify Mmax.

1.1.6 Default Constant of DPCCH Transmit Power

This describes the default constant value (DefaultConstantValue) that is used by a UE in the open loop power control process to calculate the power offset of the DPCCH (DPCCH_Power_offset) and accordingly calculate the initial transmit power of the uplink DPCCH.

ID
DefaultConstantValue

Value Range
-35 to -10

Physical Scope
35 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 1 dB

Setting
The default value of DefaultConstantValue is 22, namely 22 dB. In 3GPP 25.331, the formula for calculating the initial transmit power of the DPCCH is as follows: DPCCH_Initial_power = DPCCH_Power_offset CPICH_RSCP. Where, the value of CPICH_RSCP is measured by UEs. In 3GPP 25.331, the formula for calculating the initial transmit power of the PRACH or PCPCH preamble is as follows: Preamble_initial_Power = Primary CPICH DL TX Power CPICH RSCP + UL Interference + Constant Value. Where, Primary CPICH DL TX Power (SIB5) and UL Interference (SIB7) are broadcasted in system messages.
1-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

By comparison of the preceding formulas, you can find that DPCCH_Power_offset = Primary CPICH DL TX Power + UL Interference + Constant Value. Where, Constant Value equals DefaultConstantValue, namely the target of the DPCCH preamble (Ec/N0_Target). Considering that the step of DPCCH_Power_offset is 2 dB, the accuracy of DefaultConstantValue is not strictly required. The uplink synchronization, however, requires a high value of DefaultConstantValue.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DefaultConstantValue is excessively low, the uplink synchronization at cell verges may fail in the initial link setup process, and the uplink coverage is affected. If DefaultConstantValue is excessively high, instantaneous interference may be caused for the uplink reception.

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query DefaultConstantValue.

1.1.7 Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power

This describes the maximum transmit power of the PRACH when a UE is trying to access a designated cell. The parameter (MaxAllowedUlTxPower) equals UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the cell selection rule. In addition, there are another four parameters indicating the maximum transmit power of UEs, and the four parameters are intended for different QoS services.

ID
MaxAllowedUlTxPower MaxUlTxPowerForConv (maximum transmit power of the conversational service) MaxUlTxPowerForStr (maximum transmit power of the streaming service) MaxUlTxPowerForInt (maximum transmit power of the interactive service) MaxUlTxPowerForBac (maximum transmit power of the background service)

Value Range
50 to 33

Physical Scope
50 dBm to 33 dBm, with the step of 1 dBm

Setting
The default values of MaxAllowedUlTxPower, MaxUlTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr, MaxUlTxPowerForInt, and MaxUlTxPowerForBac are 24, namely 24 dBm. If a cell is capacity-limited, the four parameters are not the factors that restrict the cell because the transmit power of UEs can be timely adjusted. If a cell is coverage-limited whereas needs
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-9

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

to provide full coverage, the formula related to the cell is as follows:

. According to the formula, you can infer that:

and Noiserise = Itotal/PN. Where,

l l l l

PUE,max represents the maximum transmit power of a UE. Lmax represents the maximum path loss. V represents the activation factor of a service. Gp represents the processing gain of a service. The formula is Gp = W/R (W represents the signal bandwidth; R represents the data rate of a service.) Ga represents the antenna gain, which is the sum of the actual antenna gain and the cable loss gain. Gd represents the sum of diversity gains, such as the multi-path diversity gain and receiver antenna gain. PN represents the background noise. Eb/Io represents the target SIR value of a service.

l l

For the services that do not require full cell coverage, you can also use the previous formula to estimate the transmit power of the UE that meets the special requirement for coverage area. If the transmit power of a UE has reached the maximum, you can use the previous formula to estimate the uplink coverage scope.

Impact on Network Performance

If the coverage is restricted, the uplink coverage scope is affected if this parameter is set to an excessively small value.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify MaxAllowedUlTxPower. Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxULTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr, MaxULTxPowerForInt, and MaxULTxPowerForBac.

1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters

This describes the downlink power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

1-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

Table 1-2 List of downlink power control parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 RlMaxDlPw r Meaning Default Configurati on MML Command Lev el

Maximum transmit power of the DPDCH. It relative to the maximum transmit power of the CPICH. Minimum transmit power of the DPDCH. It is relative to the minimum transmit power of the CPICH. Power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the top of the NodeB cabinet. Maximum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell Minimum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell

RlMinDlPw r

Refer to List of the maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers

Set: ADD CELLRLPWR Query: LST CELLRLPWR Modify: MOD CELLRLPWR

Cell

PCPICHPo wer

330, namely 330 dBm.

Set: ADD PCPICH Query: LST PCPICH Modify: MOD CELL

MaxPCPIC HPower

346, namely 34.6 dBm.

Set: ADD PCPICH Query: LST PCPICH Modify: MOD PCPICHPWR

MinPCPIC HPower

313, namely 31.3 dBm.

1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link This describes the maximum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the maximum transmit power of the CPICH. 1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link This describes the minimum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the minimum transmit power of the CPICH. 1.2.3 PCPICH Transmit Power
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-11

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning. 1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power This describes the maximum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning. 1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power This describes the minimum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link

This describes the maximum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the maximum transmit power of the CPICH.

ID
RlMaxDlPwr

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The service type and service rate need to be considered for the configuration of RlMaxDlPwr. The values configured for single services are listed in Table 1-3. Table 1-3 List of the maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers Service Type Max. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) Min. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value)

CS 12.2K AMR 64K transparent data 56K transparent data 32K transparent data 28.8K transparent data
1-12

-30 (-3) 30 (3) 0 (0) 20 (2) 20 (2)

180 (18) 150 (15) 150 (15) 170 (17) 170 (17)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

Service Type

Max. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) 10 (1)

Min. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) 160 (16)

57.6K controllable stream PS 0 stream (unidirectional) 384K 256K 144K 128K 64K 32K 16K 8K

20 (2) 40 (4) 20 (2) 0 (0) 0 (0) -20 (-2) 40 (4) 60 (6) 80 (8)

170 (17) 110 (11) 130 (13) 150 (15) 150 (15) 170 (17) 190 (19) 210 (21) 230 (23)

For combined services, the maximum and minimum transmit power is computed by the RNC according to the configuration of individual services.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

If RlMaxDlPwr is excessively high, downlink interference may occur. If RlMaxDlPwr is excessively low, the downlink power control may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLRLPWR to set, LST CELLRLPWR to query, and MOD CELLRLPWR to modify RlMaxDlPwr.

1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link

This describes the minimum transmit power of the DPDCH, which is relative to the minimum transmit power of the CPICH.

ID
RlMinDlPwr

Value Range
350 to 150
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-13

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
Refer to List of the maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers. The value of RlMinDlPwr varies according to the specific services and is related to the value of Maxmum DL Tx Power and dynamic scope of power. Their relation is shown in the following formula: Minimum DL Tx Power = Maximum DL Tx Power - Dynamic scope of power control Where, the dynamic scope of power control can be set to 15 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If RlMinDlPwr is excessively low, the transmit power may become excessively low because of incorrect estimation of SIR. If RlMinDlPwr is excessively high, the downlink power control may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLRLPWR to set, LST CELLRLPWR to query, and MOD CELLRLPWR to modify RlMinDlPwr.

1.2.3 PCPICH Transmit Power

This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

ID
PCPICHPower

Value Range
100 to 500

Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm

Setting
The default value of PCPICHPower is 330, namely 33 dBm. For a cell with large coverage, PCPICHPower should be set to a comparatively high value; for a cell with small coverage, PCPICHPower should be set to a comparatively low value. In a planned multi-cell environment, the minimum value of PCPICHPower is definite. If the value of PCPICHPower is lower than the allowed minimum value, coverage holes may occur when the cells are under heavy load.
1-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1 Power Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PCPICHPower is excessively low, the downlink pilot coverage range is directly affected. If PCPICHPower is excessively high, the downlink interference increases and the transmit power allocated to the service is reduced, and thus the downlink capacity is affected.

In addition, the configuration of PCPICHPower also has direct influence on the distribution of handover areas.

Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD CELL to modify PCPICHPower.

1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power

This describes the maximum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

ID
MaxPCPICHPower

Value Range
100 to 500

Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm

Setting
The default value of MaxPCPICHPower is 346, namely 34.6 dBm. When setting MaxPCPICHPower, consider some factors of the actual system environment, such as the cell coverage scope (radius), geographic environment, and total power of the cell. When the ratio of soft handover areas keeps the same, the downlink coverage cannot be promoted by the increase of PCIPCH power.

Impact on the Network Performance

MaxPCPICHPower is the upper limit for the transmit power of the PCPICH. When modifying MaxPCPICHPower, ensure that MaxPCPICHPower is always higher than the actually needed transmit power of the PCPICH.

Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD PCPICHPWR to modify MaxPCPICHPower.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-15

1 Power Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power

This describes the minimum transmit power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

ID
MinPCPICHPower

Value Range
100 to 500

Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm

Setting
The default value of MinPCPICHPower is 313, namely 31.3 dBm. When setting MinPCPICHPower, consider some factors of the actual system environment, such as the cell coverage scope (radius) and geographic environment. If MinPCPICHPower is excessively small, the cell coverage is affected. Ensure that MinPCPICHPower is set under the condition of a proper proportion of soft handover area, or under the condition that no coverage hole exists.

Impact on the Network Performance

MaxPCPICHPower is the lower limit for the transmit power of the PCPICH. When modifying MinPCPICHPower, ensure that MinPCPICHPower is always lower than the actually needed transmit power of the PCPICH.

Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD PCPICHPWR to modify MinPCPICHPower.

1-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

2
About This Chapter

Handover Parameters

This describes handover parameters. Handover aims to ensure the communication continuity and quality. Handovers in WCDMA system are of the following types: soft handover, softer handover, intra-frequency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover, inter-RAT hard handover, and so on. Handover emerges as an important factor affecting network performance, and handover optimization is also significant in the network optimization. Handover parameters are classified according to handover classifications. 2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters The common configurable intra-frequency handover parameters are listed here. 2.2 Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters The common configurable coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here. 2.3 Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters are listed here. 2.4 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters This describes the coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters. 2.5 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here. 2.6 Blind Handover Management Parameters This describes the blink handover management parameters. 2.7 Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters This describes the cell selection and reselection parameters. 2.8 Neighboring Cell Management Parameters This describes the neighboring cell management parameters.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-1

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters

The common configurable intra-frequency handover parameters are listed here. Table 2-1 List of intra-frequency handover parameters No. 1 Parameter ID DivCtrlField Parameter Meaning Softer handover combination indication switch Default Value MAY Relevant Command Set or modify: SET HOCOMM Query: LST HOCOMM 1A: 6 (3 dB) 1B: 12 (6 dB) For RNC Set or modify: SET INTRAFREQHO Query: LST INTRAFREQHO For Cell Set: ADD CELLINTRAFRE QHO Query: LST CELLINTRAFRE QHO Modify: MOD CELLINTRAFRE QHO RNC/ Cell Leve l RNC

IntraRelThdF or1APS IntraRelThdF or1ACSVP IntraRelThdF or1ACSNVP IntraRelThdF or1BPS IntraRelThdF or1BCSVP IntraRelThdF or1BCSNVP

Soft handover relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B

IntraAblThd For1FEcNo IntraAblThd For1FRSCP

Soft handover absolute thresholds for event 1F

EcNo: -24 dB RSCP: -115 dBm -115 dBm

BlindHORS CP1FThresh old HystFor1A HystFor1B HystFor1C HystFor1D HystFor1F HystFor1J

1F event blind handover trigger condition Hysteresis related to soft handover for events 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J

1A and 1B: 0 (0 dB) 1C/1D/1F/ 1J: 8 (4 dB)

2-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

No. 6

Parameter ID TrigTime1A TrigTime1B TrigTime1C TrigTime1D TrigTime1F TrigTime1J

Parameter Meaning Time-to-Trigger parameters related to soft handover for events 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J

Default Value 1A: D320 (320 ms) 1B/1C/ 1D/1F/1J: D640 (640 ms) -24 dB

Relevant Command

Leve l

SHOQualmin

Minimum quality threshold of soft handover Parameters related to soft handover failure

ShoFailPerio d ShoFailNum ForDwnGrd RelThdForD wnGrd DcccShoPena ltyTime

ShoFailPe riod: 60 (60 s) ShoFailN umForDw nGrd: 3 RelThdFo rDwnGrd: 2 (1 dB) DcccShoP enaltyTim e: 30 (30 s)

Set or modify: SET INTRAFREQHO Query: LST INTRAFREQHO

RNC

CellsForbidd en1A CellsForbidd en1B

Affect 1A and 1B threshold flag

AFFECT

Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCE LL Query: LST INTRAFREQNCE LL Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCE LL

NCell

10

CIOOffset

Neighboring cell individual offset

11

CIO

Cell individual offset

Set:ADD CELLSETUP Modify: MOD CELLSETUP

Cell

2.1.1 Switch of Softer Handover Combination Indication This describes the indication that indicates whether the NodeB implements the softer combination of radio links in soft handovers. 2.1.2 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set (the best cell quality in case that W=0).
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-3

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.1.3 Soft Handover Absolute Thresholds This describes the soft handover absolute thresholds. The soft handover absolute thresholds correspond to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS. The absolute thresholds of soft handovers are IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo correspond to Ec/No and IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP correspond to RSCP. 2.1.4 1F Event Blind Handover Trigger Condition This describes the threshold of triggering blind handover by 1F event. 2.1.5 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover This describes the hysteresis values of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J events. 2.1.6 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover This describes the trigger delay time of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F, and 1J events. 2.1.7 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover This describes the minimum quality threshold of soft handover. When the RNC receives events 1A, 1C and 1D, the target cell can be added to the active set only when CPICH Ec/Io of the target cell is higher than this absolute threshold. 2.1.8 Parameters Related to Soft Handover Failure This describes the parameters related to soft handover failure including maximum evaluation period of soft handover failure, threshold of soft handover failure times, relative threshold for immediate slowdown upon soft handover failure, and penalty time for slowdown soft handover. 2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Threshold Flag This describes the flags CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B. The flags determine whether the relative thresholds of the 1A and 1B events are affected. 2.1.10 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset This describes the neighboring cell offset for intra-frequency handovers. 2.1.11 Cell Individual Offset This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.

2.1.1 Switch of Softer Handover Combination Indication

This describes the indication that indicates whether the NodeB implements the softer combination of radio links in soft handovers.

ID
DivCtrlField

Value Range
MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT

Physical Scope
l l l

Softer combination may be implemented. Softer combination must be implemented. Softer combination must not be implemented.

2-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Setting
The default value is MAY. There are two combination methods for uplink combination of soft handover: one is the maximum ratio combination at the NodeB Rake receiver, which gives the highest combination gain; the other is the selective combination at the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller combination gain. The default value of the indication switch is MAY, which means that the NodeB decides whether to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own physical conditions.
l

When MUST is selected, the NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio combination which is usually used in tests. When MUST_NOT is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out maximum ratio combination, and this method is adopted when maximum ratio combination performance of softer handover is poor.

Consider the working status (test/normal operation) and the propagation environment when deciding whether to implement softer combination and to adopt which kind of softer combination.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query DivCtrlField.

2.1.2 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds

These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set (the best cell quality in case that W=0).

Parameter ID
IntraRelThdFor1APS IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP IntraRelThdFor1BPS IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP

Value Range
0 to 29

Physical Value Range

0 to 14.5 dB, step 0.5 dB
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-5

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Parameter Setting
l

The default values of IntraRelThdFor1APS, IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP and IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP are 6, namely 3 dB. The default values of IntraRelThdFor1BPS, IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP and IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP are 12, namely 6 dB.

As specified in Protocol 25.331, when CPICH Ec/No value is adopted as the measurement quantity, the following formula is adopted for the event 1A trigger decision:

Where,
l l l l l l

MNew is the measurement quantity of the cell that enters the report range; CIONew is the offset of this cell; Mi is the measurement quantity of the cells in the active set; NA is the number of cells in the current active set; MBest is the measurement quantity of the best cell in the active set; W is the weighting value which is used for weighting the comprehensive quality of the best cell and the active set; R1a is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover; H1a is the hysteresis value of event 1A.

l l

The following event is taken as the trigger condition of event 1B:

Where,
l l l l l l

MOld is the measurement quantity of the cell that leaves the report range; CIOOld is the offset of this cell; Mi is the measurement quantity of the cells in the active set; NA is the number of cells in the current active set; MBest is the measurement quantity of the best cell in the active set; W is the weighting value used for weighing the comprehensive quality of the best cell and the active set; R1b is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover; H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B.

l l

The selection of a relative threshold for handover corresponds directly to the soft handover proportion, and it should ensure the trouble-free implementation of smoothing handover.
2-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter setting determines the size of the soft handover area and the user proportion involved in soft handover.
l

If the thresholds are high, the target cell joins the active set more easily, call drop occurs more difficultly, and the UE proportion in the state of soft handover increases, but the forward resources are seriously occupied. If the thresholds are low, the target cell joins the active set more difficultly, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and the implementation of smoothing handover is affected.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO. For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.3 Soft Handover Absolute Thresholds

This describes the soft handover absolute thresholds. The soft handover absolute thresholds correspond to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS. The absolute thresholds of soft handovers are IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo correspond to Ec/No and IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP correspond to RSCP.

ID
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP

Value Range
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: 24 to 0 IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP: 155 to 25

Physical Scope
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: 24 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 1 dB IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP: 155 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 1 dBm

Setting
The default value of IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo is 24, namely 24 dB. The default value of IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP is 115, namely 115 dBm. Event 1F: The measurement quantity of the best cell's PCPICH is lower than the absolute threshold.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-7

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

These values are the absolute thresholds used for 1F reports in the soft handover algorithm, corresponding to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS and affecting the triggering of event 1F. The 1F event is used to trigger emergency blind handover. If the best cell of the active set reports the 1F event, you can infer that the active set quality is rather poor, and a blind handover is triggered at this moment to make the final attempt before call drops. The emergency blind handover needs to be triggered on special occasions. The on-site measurement needs to be implemented to know the range of the pilot strength of the best cell at the areas where blind handovers need to be triggered. The emergency blind handover function is usually not needed, so the absolute thresholds are set to the minimum value by default, namely that emergency blind handovers are not triggered.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the absolute thresholds are, the more easily blind handovers are triggered, and vice versa. In practice, adjust the thresholds according to the handover policy and network coverage.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the soft handover absolute thresholds. For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify the soft handover absolute thresholds.

2.1.4 1F Event Blind Handover Trigger Condition

This describes the threshold of triggering blind handover by 1F event.

Parameter ID
BlindHORSCP1FThreshold

Value Range
-155 to 25

Physical Value Range

-155 dBm to 25 dBm, step 1 dBm

Parameter Setting
The default value is -115 dBm.

2-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

That parameter is used to judge whether to perform the blind handover. The smaller the value, the greater the probability of the blind handover. An extremely small value, however, may lead to handover failure due to very low quality requirements.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO. For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.5 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover

This describes the hysteresis values of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F and 1J events.

ID
HystFor1A HystFor1B HystFor1C HystFor1D HystFor1F HystFor1J

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Scope
0 dB to 7.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default values of events 1A and 1B hysteresis parameters are 0 (0 dB). The default values of other events are 8 (4 dB). Event 1C: cell replacement in the active set. Event 1D: For a cell in the active set, event 1D means that the best cell is modified; for a cell in the monitored set, event 1D means that the cell is added into the active set and the best cell is modified. 1.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Event 1A:
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-9

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

, The first formula is used to trigger 1A, and the second one is used to cancel 1A. Therefore, the hysteresis range is the signal fluctuation range under usual conditions, or the fluctuation range of the slow fading under the same condition. 2. Event 1B:

The first formula is used to trigger 1B, and the second one is used to cancel 1B. 3. Event 1C: MNew MInAS + H1c/2 MNew MInAS - H1c/2 The value of HystFor1C ranges from 3 dB to 5 dB. Because 1C is triggered when the active set size reaches the maximum value, the delay of handover at this time does not lead to bad result. The signaling interaction caused by the ping-pong effect should be minimized in the parameter configuration, the parameter can be increased appropriately in the adjustment. 4. Event 1D: MNotBest MBest + H1d/2 The event cancellation formula has not been given in the protocol. According to the cancellation definitions of other events, the 1D cancellation definition can be deduced as follows: MNotBest MBest - H1d/2 The value of HystFor1D ranges from 3 dB to 5 dB. Because all the handover policies are based on the best cell and the change of the best cell usually leads to the update of the measurement control, the ping-pong change and mis-decision should be minimized in reports of event 1D. The parameter can be increased appropriately in the adjustment. 5. Event 1F: MNew T1f - H1f/2 MNew M1f + H1f/2 The value of HystFor1F ranges from 3 dB to 5 dB. The value of HystFor1F is usually the same as HystFor1B. Table 2-2 lists the recommended values of HystFor1A for different moving speeds of UE.
2-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Table 2-2 Typical values of HystFor1A Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Typical configuration Range 6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB) 2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB) Recommended Value 10 (5 dB) 6 (3 dB) 2 (1 dB) 6 (3 dB)

Table 2-3 lists the recommended values of HystFor1B for different moving speeds of UE. Table 2-3 Typical values of the hysteresis for the 1B event Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Typical configuration Range 6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB) 2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB) Recommended Value 10 (5 dB) 8 (4 dB) 2 (1 dB) 8 (4 dB)

Table 2-4 lists the recommended values of HystFor1C for different moving speeds of UE. Table 2-4 Typical values of the hysteresis for the 1C event Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Typical configuration Range 6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB) 2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB) Recommended Value 10 (5 dB) 8 (4 dB) 4 (2 dB) 8 (4 dB)

Table 2-4 lists the recommended values of HystFor1D for different moving speeds of UE. Table 2-3 lists the recommended values of HystFor1F for different moving speeds of UE. The value of HystFor1F ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. Event 1A means that cells are added to the active set, so it is a critical event. To guarantee timely handovers for 1A, the hysteresis for 1A can be set to be smaller than the hystereses for 1B, 1C, 1D, and 1F. There cannot be a big difference between hystereses for different events, or the proportion of soft handovers is affected. When adjusting the hysteresis, consider the filtering factors and delay triggering.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-11

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

If a hysteresis increases, the soft handover scope is reduced for the UEs in the soft handover area while increased for the UEs outside the soft handover area. If the number of UEs in the soft handover area equals that of UEs outside the soft handover area, the change of a hysteresis has no impact on the actual proportion of soft handovers. The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, the more ping-pong effect is suppressed, however, the more slowly the handover algorithm responds to signal changes.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the hysteresis related to soft handovers. For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify the hysteresis related to soft handovers.

2.1.6 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover

This describes the trigger delay time of the 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F, and 1J events.

ID
TrigTime1A TrigTime1B TrigTime1C TrigTime1D TrigTime1F TrigTime1J

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000) Working range: Enum (D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms

Setting
The default value for 1A is D320 (320 ms), and the default values for other events are D640 (640 ms). The time-to-trigger mechanism is mainly used:
2-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l l l

2 Handover Parameters

To reduce the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals. To suppress ping-pong handover to some degree. To reduce the influence of shadow fading on event decisions.

The hysteresis can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and mis-decisions and avoid unnecessary handovers. 3GPP TS25.133 V3.6.0 prescribes that the intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms, so the time to trigger shorter than 200 ms is invalid. The time-to-trigger parameter should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. UEs with different moving speeds vary in their responses to the event delay trigger value. UEs moving in a high speed are sensitive to the time-to-trigger value, while UEs moving in a slow speed are slow to the time-to-trigger value and cause fewer ping-pong handovers and wrong handovers. Therefore, the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a comparatively low value for the cells where most UEs are moving in a high speed, and can be set to a comparatively high value for the cells where most UEs are moving in a slow speed. Different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter:
l l

The event (1A) of adding cells to the active set requires a comparatively short delay; The events of replacing cells in the active set (1C and 1D) require relatively fewer pingpong handovers and wrong handovers and have no big impact on the call drop rate, and therefore TrigTime1C and TrigTime1D can be set to comparatively high values; The events of deleting cells in the active set (1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, so the initial settings of TrigTime1B can be the same as TrigTime1A and can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics.

Table 2-5 lists the recommended value ranges of TrigTime1B and TrigTime1F for macro cells. Table 2-5 Typical values of TrigTime1B and TrigTime1F Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Typical configuration Range (ms) 640 to 1280 240 to 640 240 to 640 640 to 1280 Recommended Value (ms) 1280 640 640 640

The values listed in the preceding table should be reduced for micro cells.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is. The increase of the time to trigger causes a increase of call drops.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the time-to-trigger parameters.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-13

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify the time-to-trigger parameters.

2.1.7 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover

This describes the minimum quality threshold of soft handover. When the RNC receives events 1A, 1C and 1D, the target cell can be added to the active set only when CPICH Ec/Io of the target cell is higher than this absolute threshold.

ID
SHOQualmin

Value Range
24 to 0

Physical Scope
24 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 1 dB

Setting
The default value is 24, namely -24 dB. The purpose for setting SHOQualmin is as follows: The current events of soft handovers are defined on the basis of relative thresholds and have no requirement about the absolute quality of cells. If the signals of added cells are too bad, the comprehensive quality of the active set is not obviously improved and more downlink resources are occupied and more TPC errors are caused, and the soft handover performance is worsened. Therefore, there should be a baseline for the quality of the radio links to be added. The setting of SHOQualmin depends on the power distribution rate of public channels and demodulation capability of UEs.

Impact on the Network Performance

Adjust SHOQualmin according to the Ec/Io that the cell soft handover area reaches as expected at network planning.
l

The higher SHOQualmin is, the more difficult it is for the neighboring cells to join in the active set, but the service quality of the joining cell can be ensured. The lower SHOQualmin is, the easier it is for the neighboring cells to join in the active set, but the service quality of the cell cannot be restricted if SHOQualmin is excessively low.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query SHOQualmin. For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
2-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Use ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO to add, LST CELLINTRAFREQHO to query, and MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO to modify SHOQualmin.

2.1.8 Parameters Related to Soft Handover Failure

This describes the parameters related to soft handover failure including maximum evaluation period of soft handover failure, threshold of soft handover failure times, relative threshold for immediate slowdown upon soft handover failure, and penalty time for slowdown soft handover.

Parameter ID
ShoFailPeriod ShoFailNumForDwnGrd RelThdForDwnGrd DcccShoPenaltyTime

Value Range
ShoFailPeriod: 0 to 120 ShoFailNumForDwnGrd: 0 to 63 RelThdForDwnGrd: -29 to 29 DcccShoPenaltyTime: 0 to 255

Physical Value Range

ShoFailPeriod: 0 to 120 s ShoFailNumForDwnGrd: None RelThdForDwnGrd: -14.5 dB to 14.5 dB, step is 0.5 dB DcccShoPenaltyTime: 0 to 255 s

Parameter Setting
The default value of ShoFailPeriod is 60, namely 60 s. The default value of ShoFailNumForDwnGrd is 3. The default value of RelThdForDwnGrd is -24, namely -24 dB. The default value of DcccShoPenaltyTime is 30 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

ShoFailPeriod(Maximum evaluation period of soft handover failure) : An extremely short period will affect the triggering of slowdown soft handover, thus affecting the reduction of call drops. An extremely long period temporally does not have any adverse effect.

ShoFailNumForDwnGrd(Threshold of soft handover failure times) :

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-15

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

The smaller the threshold, the greater probability of triggering slowdown before soft handover, but the higher the success rate of handover. The greater the threshold, the greater probability of handover attempt failures.
l

RelThdForDwnGrd(Relative threshold for immediate slowdown upon soft handover failure) : The greater the threshold, the greater the probability of meeting the slowdown conditions, but the higher the successf rate of soft handover.

DcccShoPenaltyTime(Penalty time for slowdown soft handover) : If the value is too small, it may lead to invalid penalty, that is, the speedup may be triggered due to the DCCC cause and call drops may be increased. If the value is too large, the speedup of subscribers may be delayed, and the user experience may be affected

Relevant Commands
Use SET INTRAFREQHO to set and LST INTRAFREQHO to query the parameters.

2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Threshold Flag

This describes the flags CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B. The flags determine whether the relative thresholds of the 1A and 1B events are affected.

ID
CellsForbidden1A CellsForbidden1B

Value Range
NOT_AFFECT, AFFECT

Physical Scope
Not affected, Affected

Setting
The default value is AFFECT. In the following formulas for calculating relative thresholds of 1A and 1B, CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B determine whether the measurement value Mi of

corresponding cell i is counted in

. If the value of CellsForbidden1A or

CellsForbidden1B is AFFECT, Mi is counted in

. If the value of

CellsForbidden1A or CellsForbidden1B is NOT_AFFECT, Mi is not counted in

2-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

When W in the preceding formulas is 0, the value of CellsForbidden1A or CellsForbidden1B has no impact on the results of the formulas.

Related Commands
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to add, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify CellsForbidden1A and CellsForbidden1B.

2.1.10 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset

This describes the neighboring cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.

ID
CIOOffset

Value Range
20 to 20

Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 0. The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. CIOOffset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher CIOOffset is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources are occupied. The lower CIOOffset is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to add, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify CIOOffset.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-17

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.1.11 Cell Individual Offset

This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.

ID
CIO

Value Range
20 to 20

Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 0. The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. CIO plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher CIO is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources are occupied. The lower CIO is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to add and MOD CELLSETUP to modify CIO.

2.2 Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters

The common configurable coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here. Table 2-6 List of coverage-based inter-frequency handover parameters No. 1 Parameter ID InterFreqReport Mode PrdReportInterv al Parameter Meaning Inter-Frequency measurement report mode Inter-Frequency measurement periodic report interval Default Value Periodical_re porting 500 ms Relevant Command For RNC Set or modify: SET INTERFREQH OCOV Level RNC Cell

2-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

No. 3

Parameter ID Hystfor2B Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforHHO

Parameter Meaning Hysteresis related to inter-frequency handover

Default Value Hystfor2B, Hystfor2D, Hystfor2F: 4 (2 dB) HystforHHO : 0 (0 dB)

Relevant Command Query: LST INTERFREQH OCOV For Cell Set: ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV

Level

TIMETOTRIG2 B TIMETOTRIG2 D TIMETOTRIG2 F TIMETOTRIG FORPRDINTE RFREQ

Time-to-Trigger related to interfrequency hard handover

TIMETOTRI G2B: D0 TIMETOTRI G2D: D320 TIMETOTRI G2F: D1280 TIMETOTRI GFORPRDI NTERFREQ: 0

InterFreqCSThd 2FRSCP INTERFREQR 99PSTHD2FRS CP INTERFREQH THD2FRSCP InterFreqCSThd 2DRSCP INTERFREQR 99PSTHD2DRS CP INTERFREQH THD2DRSCP

RSCP-Based inter-frequency measurement start/stop thresholds

2D: -95 dBm; 2F: -92 dBm

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-19

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No. 6

Parameter ID InterFreqCSThd 2FEcNo InterFreqCSThd 2FEcNo INTERFREQR 99PSTHD2DE CN0 INTERFREQH THD2DECN0 INTERFREQR 99PSTHD2FEC N0 INTERFREQH THD2FECN0

Parameter Meaning Ec/No-based inter-frequency measurement start/stop thresholds

Default Value 2D: -14 dB 2F: -12 dB

Relevant Command

Level

TARGETFREQ CSTHDRSCP TARGETFREQ R99PSTHDRS CP TARGETFREQ HTHDRSCP TARGETFREQ CSTHDECN0 TARGETFREQ R99PSTHDEC N0 TARGETFREQ HTHDECN0

Target frequency trigger threshold of inter-frequency coverage

RSCP: -92 dBm Ec/No: -12 dB

USEDFREQCS THDRSCP USEDFREQR9 9PSTHDRSCP USEDFREQHT HDRSCP USEDFREQCS THDECN0 USEDFREQR9 9PSTHDECN0 USEDFREQHT HDECN0

Current used frequency quality threshold of interfrequency handover

RSCP: -92 dBm Ec/No: -12 dB

PeriodFor2B

Retry period of 2B event

500 ms

2-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

No. 10 11

Parameter ID AmntOfRpt2B CIOOffset

Parameter Meaning Maximum retry times of 2B event Neighboring cell individual offset

Default Value Infinity 0 dB

Relevant Command

Level

Set: ADD INTERFREQN CELL Query: LST INTERFREQN CELL Modify: MOD INTERFREQN CELL

NCell

12

CIO

Cell individual offset

0 dB

Set: ADD CELLSETUP Modify: MOD CELLSETUP

Cell

13

INTERFREQR ATSWITCH

Inter-Freq and Inter-RAT coexist switch

InterFreq

Set: ADD CELLHOCOM M Query: LST CELLHOCOM M Modify: MOD CELLHOCOM M

Cell

14

CoExistMeasTh dChoice

InterFreq and InterRAT coexist measure threshold choice

COEXIST_ MEAS_THD _CHOICE_I NTERFREQ

For RNC: SET INTERFREQH OCOV LST INTERFREQH OCOV For Cell:ADD CELLHOCOM M LST CELLHOCOM M MOD CELLHOCOM M

RNC/ Cell

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-21

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No. 15

Parameter ID INTERFREQM EASTIME

Parameter Meaning Inter-freq measure timer length[s]

Default Value 60 s

Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV

Level Cell

16

HOCovPrio

Coverage-Based inter-frequency handover priority

Set:ADD INTERFREQN CELL Query: LST INTERFREQN CELL

Cell

2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode This describes the inter-frequency measurement report mode: the periodical report mode or event trigger mode. 2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Periodic Report Interval This describes the interval for periodic report of inter-frequency measurement. 2.2.3 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover This describes the trigger hystereses for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs). 2.2.4 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover This describes the trigger delay time for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs) in the coverage-oriented inter frequency handover. 2.2.5 Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement This describes the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement. In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-frequency measurement, the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement correspond to the absolute thresholds of inter-frequency measurement events, including the absolute thresholds of the 2D event and 2F event, when RSCP is used for measurement. 2.2.6 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used for measurement. 2.2.7 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as the mandatory threshold requirement satisfied by target frequency quality when event 2B is triggered, and it is one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is used as the absolute threshold of inter-frequency hard handover event.
2-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

2.2.8 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover, these parameters are used for measurement control of event 2B. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B is satisfied. 2.2.9 Retry Period of 2B Event This parameter specifies the 2B event retry period. 2.2.10 Maximum Retry Times of 2B Event This parameter specifies the 2B event maximum retry times. 2.2.11 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset This describes the neighboring cell offset for inter-frequency handovers. 2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers. 2.2.13 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist switch. The switch indicates how to perform neighboring cell measurement if a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells. 2.2.14 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Measurement Threshold Choice This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist measurement threshold switch. The switch determines what configuration parameters for the 2D and 2F events should be chosen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells. 2.2.15 Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition. 2.2.16 Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Priority This parameters specifies the priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover.

2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode

This describes the inter-frequency measurement report mode: the periodical report mode or event trigger mode.

ID
InterFreqReportMode

Value Range
Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger)

Physical Scope
Periodical_reporting indicates that the periodical reporting mode is used. Event_trigger indicates that the event triggering mode is used.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-23

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default value is Periodical_reporting. There are two optional inter-frequency handover report modes in RNC: event report and periodical report, which are selected through the inter-frequency report mode switch. This algorithm switch is oriented to RNC configuration.
l

Event report: To prevent ping-pong effect before and after inter-frequency handovers, the 2B event (the quality of current in-use frequency is lower than the threshold of current frequency quality, and the quality of frequencies that are not used currently is higher than the target frequency trigger threshold) is used to trigger inter-frequency handovers. As the 2B event has no event transfer period mechanism, the function of retrying after handover failures is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger 2B events again. Advantage: The event report can save signaling transmission resources and reduce processing load. In event report mode, the quality of intra-frequency signals and inter-frequency signals can be compared to avoid ping-pong handovers in a degree. Disadvantage: The event report can be reported only once, because no event transfer period mechanism is available. If a handover fails, the periodical retry can be triggered only by an internal timer. If the algorithm parameters are oriented to the cell level, the inter-frequency measurement parameters need to be updated every time after the optimal cell is updated.

Periodical report: The 2D and 2F events are used to start and stop the compressed modes. In the period of the compressed mode, the measurement result of inter-frequency neighboring cells is reported. When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the sum of a absolute threshold and its hysteresis, the system starts the delay triggering timer. If the cell quality meets the requirement throughout the duration of the timer, the system starts an inter-frequency handover after the timer times out. If the handover fails, the system implements handover decision based on the periodical report of inter-frequency measurement again. Advantage: After a handover fails, the system can use the periodical reports to retry for many times for a cell. The algorithm of the periodical report can be flexibly extended. Parameters of the periodical reports are oriented to cells, so the RNC updates the parameters when implementing internal handover decision and the system needs not to use signaling messages to inform UEs of the parameter change after handovers occur. Disadvantage: A large amount of signaling is needed. The air-interface load and signaling processing load increases.

Impact on the Network Performance

The periodical report and event report have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the periodical report mode is most commonly used.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters:
2-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query InterFreqReportMode. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify InterFreqReportMode.

2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Periodic Report Interval

This describes the interval for periodic report of inter-frequency measurement.

ID
PrdReportInterval

Value Range
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000

Physical Scope
No periodic report, 250, 500, 1000, 2000,3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000, step is ms.

Setting
The default value is D500, namely 500 ms.

Impact on the Network Performance

Reporting once every such interval when periodic report is enabled. It is recommended that the value should not be set to NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, otherwise the UE action is unknown. The shorter the interval is, the more timely the measurement report is, but the load over the air interface is increased.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query PrdReportInterval. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify PrdReportInterval.

2.2.3 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover

This describes the trigger hystereses for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs).
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-25

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
Hystfor2B Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforHHO

Value Range
0 to 29

Physical Scope
0 dB to 14.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default values of Hystfor2B, Hystfor2D, and Hystfor2F are 4, namely 2 dB. The default value of HystforHHO is 0, namely 0 dB. In periodic report mode, the inter-frequency measurement hysteresis is mainly used to prevent ping-pong handovers of the 2D event (the estimated quality of the current frequency is lower than a threshold) and the 2F event (the estimated quality of the current frequency is higher than a threshold). The 2D event is used to start the compressed mode, while the 2F event is used to stop the compressed mode. Therefore, Hystfor2D can be higher than the recommended value based on the statistics about the ping-pong effect of inter-frequency handovers, and Hystfor2F can be higher than the recommended value. In this way, frequent actions of starting and stopping the compressed mode are prevented and unnecessary updates of the active set are reduced. When setting hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers, consider the radio environment (feature of slow fading), actual handover distance, and UEs' moving speed. The values of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers range from 2 dB to 5 dB. When adjusting the hystereses, consider the filtering factors and delay triggering. Table 2-7 lists the recommended value ranges of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers. Table 2-7 Typical values of hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers Speed (km/h) Low speed (5) Middle speed (50)
2-26

Scope (CPICH RSCP) 8 to 12 (4 dBm to 6 dBm) 6 to 8 (3 dBm to 4 dBm)

Recommended Value (CPICH RSCP) 10 (5 dBm) 8 (4 dBm)

Scope (CPICH Ec/No) 6 to 10 (3 dB to 5 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

Recommended Value (CPICH Ec/No) 10 (5 dB) 6 (3 dB)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Speed (km/h) High speed (120) Typical configura tion

Scope (CPICH RSCP) 4 to 8 (2 dBm to 4 dBm) 6 to 12 (3 dBm to 6 dBm)

Recommended Value (CPICH RSCP) 6 (3 dBm)

Scope (CPICH Ec/No) 2 to 6 (1 dB to 3 dB) 4 to 10 (2 dB to 5 dB)

Recommended Value (CPICH Ec/No) 4 (2 dB)

8 (4 dBm)

6 (3 dB)

In event report mode, the inter-frequency measurement hysteresis is mainly used to decrease the frequent handovers triggered by event 2B because of radio channel changing. The 2B event triggers inter-frequency coverage handovers. The frequent reports of 2B events can be used to implement retry (for the same or different cells) for many times after handover failures. If the 2B event is triggered frequently in the same cell, and the handovers in the cell always fail, the system may retry ineffectively for many times. In this case, signaling resources are wasted and the system processing load increases. Hystfor2B is set to 0 currently and needs to be optimized based on the actual situation.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, and the more ping-pong effect is suppressed. In this case, the handover algorithm responds to signal changes more slowly.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query the hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify the hystereses related to inter-frequency handovers.

2.2.4 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover

This describes the trigger delay time for the 2B, 2D, 2F events, and hard handovers (HHOs) in the coverage-oriented inter frequency handover.

ID
TIMETOTRIG2B TIMETOTRIG2D TIMETOTRIG2F TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-27

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
The value ranges and working ranges of TIMETOTRIG2B, TIMETOTRIG2D, and TIMETOTRIG2F are as follows:
l

Value range: Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000) Working range: Enum (D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ ranges 0 to 64000.

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ ranges 0 to 64000 ms.

Setting
Default values
l l l l

TIMETOTRIG2B: D0 TIMETOTRIG2D: D320 TIMETOTRIG2F: D1280 TIMETOTRIGFORPRDINTERFREQ: 0

The previous simulation results show that hystereses can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and mis-decisions and avoid unnecessary handovers. Because the report period of inter-frequency measurement is 480 ms, the trigger time shorter than 480 ms is invalid. UEs with different moving speeds vary in their responses to the event delay trigger value. UEs moving in a high speed are sensitive to the time-to-trigger value, while UEs moving in a slow speed are slow to the time-to-trigger value. Therefore, the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a low value for the cells where most UEs are moving in a high speed, and can be set to a comparatively high value for the cells where most UEs are moving in a slow speed. The timeto-trigger parameters need to be adjusted based on the actual network statistics. Table 2-8 lists the value ranges and recommended values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers. Table 2-8 Typical values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Typical configuration Range (ms) 640 to 1280 240 to 640 240 to 640 640 to 1280 Recommended Value (ms) 1280 640 640 640

2-28

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the more difficult it is for handovers to occur, and the possibility of call drops increases.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query the timeto-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify the time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-frequency handovers.

2.2.5 Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement

This describes the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement. In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-frequency measurement, the start or stop thresholds for the RSCP-based inter-frequency measurement correspond to the absolute thresholds of inter-frequency measurement events, including the absolute thresholds of the 2D event and 2F event, when RSCP is used for measurement.

ID
InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP (Threshold to trigger inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for CS domain services) InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP (Threshold to stop inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for CS domain services) InterFreqR99PSThd2DRSCP (Threshold to trigger inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain R99 services) InterFreqHThd2DRSCP (Threshold to trigger inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain HSPA services) InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP (Threshold to stop inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain R99 services) InterFreqHThd2FRSCP (Threshold to stop inter-frequency measurement with measurement quantity of RSCP for PS domain HSPA services)

Value Range
115 to 25

Physical Scope
115 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 1 dBm
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-29

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default values of InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP, InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP and InterFreqHThd2DRSCP are 95. The default values of InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP, InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP and InterFreqHThd2FRSCP are 92. When the current measured value of frequency points is lower than the absolute threshold of the 2D event, UEs report 2D events, and the RNC delivers signaling messages to start the compressed mode and inter-frequency measurement. When the current measured value of frequency points is higher than the absolute threshold of the 2F event, UEs report 2F events, and the RNC delivers signaling messages to stop the compressed mode and inter-frequency measurement. The threshold for starting the inter-frequency measurement (namely the threshold for starting the compressed mode) is the most important parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy, because the threshold affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode and the success rate of hard handovers. When setting the threshold, consider the following factors:
l l l

Moving speed of UEs Cell radius Path loss

Table 2-9 list the inter-frequency measurement start thresholds, which are represented by RSCP, of the cells on the edge of carrier coverage. Table 2-9 Thresholds (RSCP) for starting inter-frequency measurement for UEs moving in different speeds Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Inter-frequency measurement start threshold (dBm) -100 -97 -93

In actual situations, there may be UEs moving with different speeds in a cell, so the recommended value of the inter-frequency measurement start threshold of all cells is 95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate is still low for UEs moving with the speed of 120 km/h when the inter-frequency measurement start threshold is set to 95 dBm. For the cells at the center of the coverage areas, the inter-frequency measurement start thresholds represented by Ec/No are shown in the following table:

2-30

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Table 2-10 Thresholds (EcIo) for starting inter-frequency measurement for UEs moving in different speeds Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Inter-frequency measurement start threshold (dB) -17 -14 -12

In the cells at the center of the coverage areas, UEs preferentially implement intra-frequency soft handovers, so inter-frequency hard handovers are unnecessary. In addition, the starting of the compressed mode reduces the communication quality of UEs and increases network interference, so the recommended value of the inter-frequency measurement start threshold for the cells at the center of the coverage areas is 24 dB, namely that the compressed mode is not started for the cells at the center of the coverage areas. If a cell is a macro cell, there must be micro cells in the coverage of the cell. To enable the micro cells to use the traffic absorption function, the inter-frequency measurement start or stop threshold should be set to a comparatively high value, namely the thresholds for events 2D and 2F should be set to comparatively high values (represented by CPICH RSCP). If a cell is a micro cell, the preceding default values should be modified according to the link budget.

Impact on the Network Performance

The 2D and 2F events are switches for starting and stopping the compressed mode. If a cell is on the edge of coverage, the measured value of RSCP is used as the decision standard for the 2D and 2F events. Therefore, the threshold of the 2D event needs to be set to a high value to start the compression mode early. To reduce the ping-pong effect of starting and stopping the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds for the 2D event and the 2F event.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query the interfrequency measurement thresholds. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify the inter-frequency measurement thresholds.

2.2.6 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds

In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used for measurement.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-31

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Parameter ID
InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0 (Inter-freq CS measure start Ec/No THD) InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0 (Inter-freq CS measure stop Ec/No THD) INTERFREQR99PSTHD2DECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS measure start Ec/No THD) INTERFREQHTHD2DECN0 (Inter-freq H measure start Ec/No THD) INTERFREQR99PSTHD2FECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS measure stop Ec/No THD) INTERFREQHTHD2FECN0 (Inter-freq H measure stop Ec/No THD)

Value Range
-24 to 0

Physical Value Range

-24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB

Parameter Setting
l

The default values of InterFreqCSThd2DecN0, INTERFREQR99PSTHD2DECN0 and INTERFREQHTHD2DECN0 are -14, namely -14 dB The default values for InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0, INTERFREQR99PSTHD2FECN0 and INTERFREQHTHD2FECN0 are -12, namely -12 dB.

For the detailed descriptions, refer to 2.2.5 Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement.

Impact on the Network Performance

Set the event 2D threshold to a relatively greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise, set it to a relatively less value. To control the ping-pong effect of the compressed mode start/stop, increase appropriately the difference between the thresholds for events 2D and 2F.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.7 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage

When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as the mandatory threshold requirement satisfied by target frequency quality when event 2B is triggered, and it is one of the mandatory
2-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

conditions for triggering event 2B. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is used as the absolute threshold of inter-frequency hard handover event.

Parameter ID
TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq CS target frequency trigger Ec/No THD) TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq CS target frequency trigger RSCP THD) TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS target frequency trigger Ec/No THD) TARGETFREQHTHDECN0 (Inter-freq H target frequency trigger Ec/No THD) TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq R99 PS target frequency trigger RSCP THD) TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP (Inter-freq H target frequency trigger RSCP THD)

Value Range
TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and TARGETFREQHTHDECN0: -24 to 0 TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range

TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and TARGETFREQHTHDECN0: -24 dB to 0 dB TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm

Parameter Setting
The default values of TARGETFREQCSTHDECN0, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and TARGETFREQHTHDECN0 are -12 dB. The default values of TARGETFREQCSTHDRSCP, TARGETFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and TARGETFREQHTHDRSCP are -92 dBm.

Impact on the Network Performance

The greater the parameters are, the more difficult hard handover occurs.

Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For parameters oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-33

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.2.8 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of InterFrequency Handover

When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover, these parameters are used for measurement control of event 2B. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B is satisfied.

Parameter ID
Based on different inter-frequency measurement quantities in use and different borne services, it can be: USEDFREQCSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq CS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD) USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 (Inter-freq R99 PS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD) USEDFREQHTHDECN0 (Inter-freq H Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD) USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq CS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD) USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP (Inter-freq R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD) USEDFREQHTHDRSCP (Inter-freq H Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)

Value Range
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 to 0 USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm

Parameter Setting
The default values of USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0 are -12 dB. The default values of USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP are -92 dBm. Factors to be considered while setting these parameters: The cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and cannot better satisfy the coverage requirement of current service. After handover is completed, it is hard to hand over to the current used frequency cell again even inter-frequency measurement is started again. In other words, these parameters should be set less than the trigger threshold of event 2F, or equal to the threshold of event 2D.
2-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

Higher values of these parameters get event 2B to be more easily triggered.

Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For parameters oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.9 Retry Period of 2B Event

This parameter specifies the 2B event retry period.

ID
PeriodFor2B

Value Range
1 to 64

Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms.

Setting
The default value is 1, namely 500 ms.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be a little increased.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query PeriodFor2B. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify PeriodFor2B.

2.2.10 Maximum Retry Times of 2B Event

This parameter specifies the 2B event maximum retry times.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-35

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
AmntOfRpt2B

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.

Setting
The default value is 64.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be a little increased.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERFREQHOCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHOCOV to query AmntOfRpt2B. For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify AmntOfRpt2B.

2.2.11 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset

This describes the neighboring cell offset for inter-frequency handovers.

ID
CIOOffset

Value Range
20 to 20

Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 0.
2-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. CIOOffset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher CIOOffset is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources are occupied. The lower CIOOffset is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to add, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify CIOOffset.

2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset

This describes the cell offset for intra-frequency handovers.

ID
CIO

Value Range
20 to 20

Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 0. The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. CIO plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher CIO is, the easier it is for soft handovers to occur, and the more UEs there are in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources are occupied. The lower CIO is, the more difficult it is for soft handovers to occur, which is likely to affect the reception quality.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to add and MOD CELLSETUP to modify CIO.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-37

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.2.13 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch

This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist switch. The switch indicates how to perform neighboring cell measurement if a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells.

ID
InterFreqRATSwitch

Value Range
Enum(InterFreq, InterRAT, SimInterFreqRAT)

Physical Scope
l l l

Only the inter-frequency neighboring cells are measured. Only the inter-RAT neighboring cells are measured. Both the inter-frequency neighboring cells and the inter-RAT neighboring cells are measured.

Setting
The default setting is InterFreq. For a cell having both inter-frequency neighboring cells and inter-RAT neighboring cells, set InterFreqRATSwitch based on the actual handover policy. InterFreq means that only the inter-frequency cells are measured and the inter-frequency handover is implemented. InterRAT means that only the GSM cells are measured and only the inter-RAT handover is implemented. SimInterFreqRAT means that both the inter-frequency cells and inter-RAT cells are measured and the handover mode depends on which cell meets the handover decision condition. InterFreqRATSwitch is invalid when only inter-frequency cells or inter-RAT cells are available.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter determines the cell handover policy when inter-frequency neighboring cells coexist with inter-RAT neighboring cells. Configure this parameter for each cell.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented handover parameters, use ADD CELLHOCOMM to set, use MOD CELLHOCOMM to modify, and use LST CELLHOCOMM to query InterFreqRATSwitch.

2.2.14 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Measurement Threshold Choice

This describes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT coexist measurement threshold switch. The switch determines what configuration parameters for the 2D and 2F events should be chosen
2-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells.

ID
CoExistMeasThdChoice

Value Range
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT

Physical Scope
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ indicates that the 2D and 2F measurement threshold parameters oriented to inter-frequency are chosen as thresholds for cell subscribers to enable or disable the compress mode. COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT indicates that the 2D and 2F measurement threshold parameters oriented to inter-RAT are chosen as thresholds for cell subscribers to enable or disable the compress mode.

Setting
The default setting is COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ. During the setting, take into account the following items: Thresholds for 2D and 2F events in inter-frequency and inter-RAT systems, thresholds for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and current handover policies. For instance, if the threshold for an inter-RAT 2D event is higher than that for an inter-frequency 2D event, you can choose the inter-frequency measurement threshold parameters to have the system be able to choose inter-frequency neighboring cells when the inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells coexist.

Impact on the Network Performance

CoExistMeasThdChoice is set on the basis of the actual network handover policy.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query CoExistMeasThdChoice. For the cell-oriented handover common parameters, use ADD CELLHOCOMM to set, MOD CELLHOCOMM to modify, and LST CELLHOCOMM to query CoExistMeasThdChoice.

2.2.15 Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length

This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-39

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
INTERFREQMEASTIME

Value Range
Integer (0...512)

Physical Scope
Integer (0...512) second(s)

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s. The system stops inter-frequency measurement and disables the enabled compression mode, if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiration of the inter-frequency measurement timer. For the coverage-based inter-frequency measurement, it can use 2F event report to disable compression mode. But for the non-coverage inter-frequency measurement, it can disable compressed mode only by measurement timer. So it is recommended not set the timer to 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode. If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover. If the coverage-based inter-frequency handover is not triggered when the timer expires, the compress mode will be closed and the call may drops.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify INTERFREQMEASTIME. For the non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover: Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query INTERFREQMEASTIME.

2.2.16 Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Priority

This parameters specifies the priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover.

ID
HOCovPrio

Value Range
0 to 3.
2-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Physical Scope
0 means not supporting coverage-based inter-frequency handover. 1 means the highest priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover. 3 means the lowest priority of coverage-based inter-frequency handover.

Setting
The default value is 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to add andLST INTERFREQNCELL to queryHOCovPrio.

2.3 Non Coverage-Based Inter-Frequency Handover Management Parameters

The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters are listed here. Table 2-11 List of non-coverage-based inter-Frequency handover management parameters No. 1 2 Parameter ID Hystfor2C TrigTime2C Parameter Meaning Hysteresis for the 2C event Time-to-Trigger for the 2C event Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No Threshold Retry period of 2C event Maximum retry times of 2C event Inter-Frequency measurement timer length Defaul t Value 6 D640 (640 ms) -16 dB Relevant Command Set: SET INTERFREQH ONCOV Query: LST INTERFREQH ONCOV Level RNC

InterFreqNCovH OThdEcN0

4 5 6

PeriodFor2C AmntOfRpt2C InterFreqMeasTi me

2s 5 60 s

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-41

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No. 7

Parameter ID DlRscpQosHyst

Parameter Meaning Hysteresis of downlink RSCP QoS frequency DownLink Qos measurement timer length UpLink Qos measurement timer length

Defaul t Value 4 dB

Relevant Command Set: SET QOSHO Query: LST QOSHO

Level

DLQosMcTimer Len ULQosMcTimer Len

20 s

20 s

2.3.1 Hysteresis of Event 2C This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage. 2.3.2 Time to Trigger for Event 2C This describes the time to trigger the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage. 2.3.3 Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No Threshold This parameter specifies the threshold of Ec/No value on the target frequency for inter-frequency handover. 2.3.4 Retry Period of 2C Event This parameter specifies the 2C event retry period. 2.3.5 Maximum Retry Times of 2C Event This parameter specifies the 2C event maximum retry times. 2.3.6 Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition. 2.3.7 Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover. 2.3.8 DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover. 2.3.9 UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

2.3.1 Hysteresis of Event 2C

This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage.

2-42

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

ID
Hystfor2C

Value Range
0 to 29

Physical Scope
0 dB to 14.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 6, namely 3 dB. The event 2C is applied to non-coverage-based inter-frequency hard handover scenarios where inter-frequency measurement needs to be started.

Impact on the Network Performance

The value is related to the slow fading feature. The higher the parameter is, the less the pingpong effect and the fewer the decision mistakes. In this case, however, the event 2C might not be triggered in time.

Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query Hystfor2C.

2.3.2 Time to Trigger for Event 2C

This describes the time to trigger the 2C event in inter-Frequency handovers that are not based on coverage.

ID
TrigTime2C

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms

Setting
The default value is D640, namely 640 ms.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-43

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

The value is related to the slow fading feature. The higher the parameter is, the fewer the decision mistakes. In this case, however, the event 2C might not be triggered in time.

Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query TrigTime2C.

2.3.3 Inter-Frequency Measure Target Frequency Trigger Ec/No Threshold

This parameter specifies the threshold of Ec/No value on the target frequency for inter-frequency handover.

Parameter ID
InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0

Value Range
-24 to 0

Physical Value Range

-24 dB to 0 dB

Parameter Setting
The default values is -16, namely -16 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

The greater the parameters are, the more difficult hard handover occurs.

Relevant Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0.

2.3.4 Retry Period of 2C Event

This parameter specifies the 2C event retry period.

ID
PeriodFor2C

Value Range
1 to 64
2-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms.

Setting
The default value is 4, namely 2000 ms.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be increased.

Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query PeriodFor2C.

2.3.5 Maximum Retry Times of 2C Event

This parameter specifies the 2C event maximum retry times.

ID
AmntOfRpt2C

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.

Setting
The default value is 5.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to inter-frequency cellbut the system processing resource will be increased.

Related Commands
Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query AmntOfRpt2C.

2.3.6 Inter-Frequency Measurement Timer Length

This describes the inter-frequency measurement timer length. The inter-frequency measurement timer is used to prevent a cell from keeping in the inter-frequency measurement state
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-45

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

(compressed mode) for a long time if the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the handover condition.

ID
INTERFREQMEASTIME

Value Range
Integer (0...512)

Physical Scope
Integer (0...512) second(s)

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s. The system stops inter-frequency measurement and disables the enabled compression mode, if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiration of the inter-frequency measurement timer. For the coverage-based inter-frequency measurement, it can use 2F event report to disable compression mode. But for the non-coverage inter-frequency measurement, it can disable compressed mode only by measurement timer. So it is recommended not set the timer to 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode. If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover. If the coverage-based inter-frequency handover is not triggered when the timer expires, the compress mode will be closed and the call may drops.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV to modify INTERFREQMEASTIME. For the non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover: Use SET INTERFREQHONCOV to set and LST INTERFREQHONCOV to query INTERFREQMEASTIME.

2.3.7 Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency

This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

ID
DlRscpQosHyst
2-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Value Range
-15 to 15

Physical Scope
-15 dB to 15 dB.

Setting
The default value is 4, namely 4 dB. In event-trigger mode, the frequency threshold for the inter-frequency, inter-rat measurement triggered due to downlink QoS causes, and RSCP measurement quantity adopts the frequency threshold of coverage measurement configured on the daemon minus this parameter.

Impact on the Network Performance

The greater the delay, the more likely to trigger the 2B/3A eventmore easily handover to the target cell.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query DlRscpQosHyst.

2.3.8 DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length

This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

ID
DLQosMcTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Scope
0 s to 512 s.

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s. After DownLink Qos measurement starts, if no handover is performed, when this timer expires, the Qos measurement is stopped. If there is no coverage-based measurement on, the inter-frequency or inter-system measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates the timer is not to be enabled.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-47

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode. If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover, that may lead to call drops.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query DLQosMcTimerLen.

2.3.9 UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length

This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

ID
ULQosMcTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Scope
0 s to 512 s.

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s. After UpLink Qos measurement starts, if no handover is performed, when this timer expires, the Qos measurement is stopped. If there is no coverage-based measurement on, the inter-frequency or inter-system measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates the timer is not to be enabled.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode. If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover, that may lead to call drops.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query ULQosMcTimerLen.

2-48

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

2.4 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters

This describes the coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters. Table 2-12 List of coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 InterRATRe portMode InterPeriodR eportInterval BSICVerify Meaning Default Configuration MML Command Lev el

Inter-RAT measurement report mode Inter-RAT period report interval BSIC verify selection switch Inter-RAT measurement quantity RSCP-Based inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds

Periodical_reporting

D1000 (1000 ms)

Require

MEASQUA NTITYOF3 A InterRATCS Thd2DRSC P InterRATR9 9PSThd2DR SCP InterRATH Thd2DRSC P InterRATCS Thd2FRSCP InterRATR9 9PSThd2FR SCP InterRATH Thd2FRSCP

MEASQUANTITYOF3 A: AUTO InterRATCSThd2DRSC P: 100 (dBm) InterRATR99PSThd2D RSCP and InterRATHThd2DRSC P: 110 (dBm) InterRATCSThd2FRSC P: 97 (dBm) InterRATR99PSThd2F RSCP and InterRATHThd2FRSCP : 107 (dBm)

For the RNC Set or modify: SET INTERRATHOC OV Query: LST INTERRATHOC OV For the cell Set: ADD CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTERRAT HOCOV

RN C/ Cell

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-49

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e ri a l N o . 6 INTERRAT CSTHD2DE CN0 InterRATR9 9PSThd2DE cN0 InterRATH Thd2DEcN0 INTERRAT CSTHD2FE CN0 InterRATR9 9PSThd2FE cN0 InterRATH Thd2FEcNO 7 InterRATCo vHOCSThd TARGETR ATR99PST HD TARGETR ATHTHD 8 TrigTime2D TrigTime2F TrigTime3A

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Lev el

Ec/No-based inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds

INTERRATCSTHD2D ECN0: 14 (dB) InterRATR99PSThd2D EcN0 and InterRATHThd2DEcN O: 15 (dB) INTERRATCSTHD2F ECN0: 12 (dB) InterRATR99PSThd2F EcN0 and InterRATHThd2FEcNO : 13 (dB)

Inter-RAT handover decision thresholds

16, namely 95 dBm

Time-toTrigger related to inter-RAT handover event Hysteresis related to inter-RAT handover

TRIGTIME2D: D320 TRIGTIME2F: D1280 TRIGTIME3A: D0

Hystfor3A Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforInter RAT

2D/2F/3A: 4 (2 dB) HystforInterRAT: 0 (0 dB)

2-50

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

S ID e ri a l N o . 1 0 TimeToTrig ForVerify

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Lev el

Time-toTrigger for verified GSM cells Time-toTrigger for non-verified GSM cells Inter-RAT CS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD Inter-RAT H Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD Inter-RAT CS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD Inter-RAT H Used frequency trigger RSCP THD

0 ms, namely that the handover is implemented immediately 0 ms

1 1

TimeToTrig ForNonVeri fy UsedFreqCs ThdEcN0 UsedFreqR9 9PsThdEcN 0 UsedFreqH ThdEcN0 USEDFREQ CSTHDRSC P UsedFreqR9 9PsThdRSC P UsedFreqH ThdRSCP

1 2

UsedFreqCsThdEcN0: 12 (dB) UsedFreqR99PsThdEc N0 and UsedFreqHThdEcN0: 13 (dB) USEDFREQCSTHDRS CP: 97 (dBm) UsedFreqR99PsThdRS CP and UsedFreqHThdRSCP: 107 (dBm)

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-51

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e ri a l N o . 1 3 InterRATM easTime

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

Lev el

Time length of the inter-RAT measurement timer Retry period of 3A event Maximum retry times of 3A event Neighboring cell individual offset

60 s

1 4 1 5 1 6

PeriodFor3 A AmntOfRpt 3A CIOOffset

1, namely 500 ms 63, namely Infinity

0 dB

Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

NCe ll

1 7

CIO

Cell individual offset

0 dB

Set: ADD GSMCELL Query: LST GSMCELL Modify: MOD GSMCELL

Cell

2.4.1 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode This describes the inter-RAT measurement report mode: the periodical report more or the event trigger mode. 2.4.2 Inter-RAT Periodical Report Interval This describes the measurement report interval when the periodical reporting mode is selected for the inter-RAT measurement. 2.4.3 BSIC Verify Selection Switch This describes the BSIC verify selection switch. The parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, report is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be reported so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not. 2.4.4 Event 3A Measurement Quantity Parameter MEASQUANTITYOF3A is used to configure event 3A measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.
2-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

2.4.5 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement events when RSCP is used for measurement. 2.4.6 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement event when Ec/No is used for measurement. 2.4.7 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds involve the inter-RAT CS service handover judging threshold TARGETRATCSTHD and the inter-RAT PS service handover judging threshold TARGETRATR99PSTHD, TARGETRATHTHD. 2.4.8 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover This describes the time to trigger related to inter-RAT handovers. In coverage-oriented interRAT handovers, the time-to-trigger parameters include time-to-trigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time-to-trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A (TrigTime3A). 2.4.9 Hysteresis Related to the Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover This describes the trigger hystereses for the 3A, 2D, 2F events, and inter-RAT handovers. 2.4.10 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cells This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cells of which the BSIC is already verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the verified state in the time length stipulated by this parameter value, the system starts the inter-RAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell. 2.4.11 Time to Trigger for Non-Verified GSM Cells This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cell of which the BSIC is not verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the non-verified state in the time length specified by this parameter, the system starts the interRAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell. 2.4.12 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover This parameter is used for measurement control of event 3A when the event reporting mode is adopted for the inter-RAT measurement. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 3A is satisfied. 2.4.13 Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found (for example no 3A event report is received or no periodic report meets the trigger conditions of inter-RAT handovers) till the timer expires, the system will stop the inter-RAT measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT measurement. 2.4.14 Retry Period of 3A Event This parameter specifies the 3A event retry period. 2.4.15 Maximum Retry Times of 3A Event This parameter specifies the 3A event maximum retry times. 2.4.16 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset This describes the neighboring cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers. 2.4.17 Cell Individual Offset This describes the cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-53

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.4.1 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode

This describes the inter-RAT measurement report mode: the periodical report more or the event trigger mode.

ID
InterRATReportMode

Value Range
Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger)

Physical Scope
Periodical_reporting indicates that the periodical reporting mode is used. Event_trigger indicates that the event triggering mode is used.

Setting
The default value is Periodical_reporting. There are two optional inter-RAT handover report modes in the RNC: event report and periodical report, which are selected through the switch of inter-RAT measurement report mode.
l

Event report: To prevent ping-pong effect before and after inter-RAT handover, event 3A (the current used frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold, and the GSM cell level is higher than the other absolute threshold) is used as the trigger event for the decision on the origination of inter-RAT handovers. To improve the handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell where the 3A event is triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. As the 3A event has no event transfer period, the function of retrying after handover failures is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger 3A events again. Advantage: The event report can save signaling transmission resources and reduce processing load. In event report mode, the signal quality of the current frequency and the signal quality of frequencies of other systems can be compared to avoid ping-pong handovers in a degree. Disadvantage: The event report can be reported only once, because no event transfer period mechanism is available. If a handover fails, the periodical retry can be triggered only by an internal timer. If the algorithm parameters are oriented to the cell level, the interfrequency measurement parameters need to be updated every time after the optimal cell is updated.

Periodical report: When the quality of the GSM cell reported by UE is satisfied the requirement to trigger the inter-RAT handover, it starts the delay trigger timer. If the quality of the GSM cell satisfies the requirement throughout the duration of the timer, the system starts the inter-RAT handover after the time-out. If the handover fails, the system implements the handover again according to the periodical report of inter-RAT measurement. Advantage: After a handover fails, the system can use the periodical reports to implement the handover for many times for a cell. The algorithm of the periodical report can be flexibly

2-54

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

extended. Parameters of the periodical reports are oriented to cells, so the RNC updates the parameters when implementing internal handover decision and the system needs not to use signaling messages to inform UEs of the parameter change after handovers occur. Disadvantage: A large amount of signaling is needed. The air-interface load and signaling processing load increases.

Impact on the Network Performance

The periodical report and event report have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the periodical report mode is most commonly used.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query the inter-RAT measurement report mode. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify the inter-RAT measurement report mode.

2.4.2 Inter-RAT Periodical Report Interval

This describes the measurement report interval when the periodical reporting mode is selected for the inter-RAT measurement.

ID
InterPeriodReportInterval

Value Range
Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000)

Physical Scope
Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250 ms, 500 ms, 1000 ms, 2000 ms, 3000 ms, 4000 ms, 6000 ms, 8000 ms, 12000 ms, 16000 ms, 20000 ms, 24000 ms, 28000 ms, 32000 ms, 64000 ms)

Setting
The default value is D1000, namely 1 s. Because the GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms, the inter-RAT periodical report interval shall be longer than 480 ms. If InterPeriodReportInterval is excessively high, the handover judging time shall be long, and handovers will become slower. InterPeriodReportInterval is adjusted according to the configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence. According to the current configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480 ms, so the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to the
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-55

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

protocol, there should be not more than 32 inter-RAT neighboring cells, so the InterPeriodReportInterval can be set to 2000 ms if there are more than 16 neighboring GSM cells.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher InterPeriodReportInterval is, the fewer measurement reports are sent; but the increase of InterPeriodReportInterval will increase the risk of call drop.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query InterPeriodReportInterval. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameter: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify InterPeriodReportInterval.

2.4.3 BSIC Verify Selection Switch

This describes the BSIC verify selection switch. The parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, report is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be reported so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not.

ID
BSICVerify

Value Range
Enum (REQUIRED, NOT_REQUIRE)

Physical Scope
Required, not required

Setting
The default value is REQUIRED. BSICVerify is valid for both periodical report mode and event report mode. To ensure the reliability of handovers, the system reports only the cells of which the BSIC is correctly decoded, namely, the recommended value of BSICVerify is REQUIRED.

Impact on the Network Performance

If BSICVerify is set to NOT_REQUIRE, handovers occur more easily. If BSICVerify is set to REQUIRED, handovers occur with higher reliability.
2-56 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query BSICVerify. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify BSICVerify.

2.4.4 Event 3A Measurement Quantity

Parameter MEASQUANTITYOF3A is used to configure event 3A measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.

ID
MEASQUANTITYOF3A

Value Range
MEASQUANTITYOF3A: Enum (CPICH_EcNo, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO)

Physical Value Range

None.

Parameter Setting
The default value for MEASQUANTITYOF3A is AUTO.
l

If select CPICH_Ec/No then use the Ec/No measurement quantity for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dB. If select CPICH_RSCP then use the RSCP measurement quantity for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dBm. If select AUTO then use the Ec/N0 measurement quantity for event 3A measurement if RNC receives the Ec/No 2D firstly, or use the RSCP measurement quantity for event 3A measurement if RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly.

Impact on the Network Performance

Set it based on the cell location in the network.

Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-57

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.4.5 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds

This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement events when RSCP is used for measurement.

Parameter ID
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP (Inter-RAT CS measure start RSCP THD) INTERRATR99PSTHD2DRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure start RSCP THD) INTERRATHTHD2DRSCP (Inter-RAT H measure start RSCP THD) InterRATCSThd2FRSCP (Inter-RAT CS measure stop RSCP THD) INTERRATR99PSTHD2FRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure stop RSCP THD) INTERRATHTHD2FRSCP (Inter-RAT H measure stop RSCP THD)

Value Range
-115 to -25

Physical Value Range

-115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm

Parameter Setting
The default values are as follows:
l l l l

InterRatCSThd2DRSCP is -100 dBm; InterRatCSThd2FRSCP is -97 dBm; INTERRATR99PSTHD2DRSCP and INTERRATHTHD2DRSCP is -110 dBm; INTERRATR99PSTHD2FRSCP and INTERRATHTHD2FRSCP is -107dBm.

For the detailed descriptions, refer to 2.2.5 Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement. For multiRAB services, use the configuration of CS service if there exits CS service.

Impact on the Network Performance

Events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service types may have different requirements on the signal quality and different inter-RAT handover policies to be adopted, the inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified here according to CS, PS. Set the event 2D thresholds to a greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise set it to a lower value. To reduce ping-pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the 2D and 2F thresholds.

Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
2-58 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.4.6 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds

This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement event when Ec/No is used for measurement.

Parameter ID
INTERRATCSTHD2DECN0 (Inter-RAT CS measure start Ec/No THD) InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure start Ec/No THD) InterRATHThd2DEcN0 (Inter-RAT H measure start Ec/No THD) INTERRATCSTHD2FECN0 (Inter-RAT CS measure stop Ec/No THD) InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 (Inter-RAT R99 PS measure stop Ec/No THD) InterRATHThd2FEcN0 (Inter-RAT H measure stop Ec/No THD)

Value Range
-24 to 0

Physical Value Range

-24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB

Parameter Setting
The default values are as follows:
l l l l

INTERRATCSTHD2DECN0 is -14dB; INTERRATCSTHD2FECN0 is -12dB; InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 and InterRATHThd2DEcN0 is -15dB; InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 and InterRATHThd2FEcN0 is -13dB.

For the detailed descriptions, refer to 2.2.5 Start or Stop Thresholds for the RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement. For multiRAB service, use the configuration of CS service if there exists CS service.

Impact on the Network Performance

Events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service types may require different signal qualities and different inter-RAT handover policies, the inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified here according to CS, PS and signaling. Set the event 2D threshold to a greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise set it to a lower value. To eliminate ping-pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the 2D and 2F thresholds.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-59

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.4.7 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds

Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds involve the inter-RAT CS service handover judging threshold TARGETRATCSTHD and the inter-RAT PS service handover judging threshold TARGETRATR99PSTHD, TARGETRATHTHD.

Parameter ID
TARGETRATCSTHD TARGETRATR99PSTHD TARGETRATHTHD

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Value Range

-110 dBmto -48 dBm (0 corresponds to the value lower than -110 dBm; 1 corresponds to -110 dBm; 2 corresponds to -109 dBm; ...; 63 corresponds to -48 dBm)

Parameter Setting
The default values are 16, namely, -95 dBm. This set of parameters are used for inter-RAT coverage handover evaluation at the RNC side, that is, Tother_RATin the formula introduced below. It is the absolute threshold of inter-RAT cell quality (RSSI) at the time of inter-RAT handover judging. If the inter-RATquality in the inter-RAT measurement report obtained at a moment satisfies the following condition: Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 Then start the delay trigger timer Trigger-Timer, and handover judgment is made after the timer expires. If the inter-RAT quality satisfies the following condition before the timer gets expired: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 Then the timer stops timing, and the RNC goes on waiting for receiving of the inter-RAT measurement report.
2-60 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

Configure these parameters differently according to different policies. If the MS can be handed over only after the GSM cell quality is good enough, this parameter can be increased properly, -85 dBm for example.

Relevant Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.4.8 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover

This describes the time to trigger related to inter-RAT handovers. In coverage-oriented interRAT handovers, the time-to-trigger parameters include time-to-trigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time-to-trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A (TrigTime3A).

ID
TrigTime2D TrigTime2F TrigTime3A

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms

Setting
The default values of TrigTime3A, TrigTime2D, and TrigTime2F are D0, D320, and D1280 respectively. The previous simulation results show that the hysteresis can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and mis-decisions and avoid unnecessary handovers. UEs with different moving speeds vary in their responses to the event delay trigger value. UEs moving in a high speed are sensitive to the time-to-trigger value, while UEs moving in a slow speed are slow to the time-to-trigger value and cause fewer ping-pong handovers and wrong handovers. Therefore, the time-to-trigger value can be set to a comparatively high value for the cells where most UEs move in a high speed and can be set to a comparatively low value for the cells where most UEs move in a low speed. The time-to-trigger parameters need to be adjusted based on the actual network statistics. Table 2-13 lists the value ranges and recommended values of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-RAT handovers.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-61

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Table 2-13 List of time-to-trigger parameters related to inter-RAT hard handovers Speed (km/h) 5 50 120 Typical configuration Range (ms) 640 to 1280 240 to 640 240 to 640 640 to 1280 Recommended Value (ms) 1280 640 640 640

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the time-to-trigger values are, the lower the average handover frequency is; but the increase of the time-to-trigger setting increases the risk of call drop.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query the time-totrigger values related to inter-RAT handovers. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify the time-to-trigger values related to inter-RAT handovers.

2.4.9 Hysteresis Related to the Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover

This describes the trigger hystereses for the 3A, 2D, 2F events, and inter-RAT handovers.

ID
Hystfor3A Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforInterRAT

Value Range
Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 to 29 Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 to 15

Physical Scope
Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 dB to 14.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB
2-62 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 dB to 7.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
l l

The default values of Hystfor3A, Hystfor2D, and Hystfor2F are 4, namely 2 dB. The default value of HystforInterRAT is 0, namely 0 dB.

HystforInterRAT aims to prevent the mis-decision caused by unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions. HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover decision threshold determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers. The simulation result shows that in a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is high, for example a cell that covers highways, HystforInterRAT can be set to 1.5, because in the cell the hypsography is flat and there are few barriers, which causes a small shadow fading variation. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is low, there are usually many tall buildings, so the shadow fading variation is comparatively big, and HystforInterRAT can be set to 3.0. The settings of the hystereses related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover are similar to that of the hestereses related to coverage-based inter-frequency handover. For details, refer to 2.2.3 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, the more ping-pong effect is suppressed, and the more slowly the handover algorithm responds to signal changes. If the inter-RAT handover hysteresis is set to an excessively high value, the GSM cell to which the UE hands over must have a good quality. Therefore, the conditions for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision are hard to be satisfied, and the call drop rate increases.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query the inter-RAT handover hysteresis. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify the inter-RAT handover hysteresis.

2.4.10 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cells

This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cells of which the BSIC is already verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the verified state in the time length stipulated by this parameter value, the system starts the inter-RAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell.

ID
TimeToTrigForVerify

Value Range
0 to 64000
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-63

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
0 ms to 64000 ms

Setting
The default value is 0, namely that the handover is implemented immediately. As described in the section about the inter-RAT handover decision threshold, the trigger condition for inter-RAT handover decision is as follows: Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 If the quality of the GSM neighboring cell meets the preceding condition, the system starts the trigger timer. The system then implements the handover decision after timeout if the quality of the GSM neighboring cell always meets the preceding condition throughout the time length of the timer. The time length of the trigger timer is called the delay trigger time. The delay trigger time and hysteresis are used to prevent mis-decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT handover decisions. Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, TimeToTrigForVerify should be set to a comparatively low value. Because the GSM cells of which the BSIC is already verified usually have good performance, TimeToTrigForVerify should be set to 0, namely that the handover is implemented immediately.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is, and the possibility of call drops increases.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query TimeToTrigForVerify. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify TimeToTrigForVerify.

2.4.11 Time to Trigger for Non-Verified GSM Cells

This describes the delay trigger time of the GSM cell of which the BSIC is not verified when the periodical report mode is used for the inter-RAT measurement. If the signal quality of a GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the conditions for the inter-RAT handover decision and is in the non-verified state in the time length specified by this parameter, the system starts the interRAT handover to the GSM neighboring cell.

ID
TimeToTrigForNonVerify
2-64 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Value Range
0 to 64000, 65535

Physical Scope
The physical scope of TimeToTrigForNonVerify is 0 ms to 64000 ms or 65535 ms. If TimeToTrigForNonVerify is set to 65535, the RNC does not allow handovers to the GSM cells that are not verified.

Setting
The default value of TimeToTrigForNonVerify is 0, namely that the handovers to the nonverified GSM cells are not allowed.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is, and the possibility of call drops increases.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and LST INTERRATHOCOV to query TimeToTrigForVerify. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify TimeToTrigForVerify.

2.4.12 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover

This parameter is used for measurement control of event 3A when the event reporting mode is adopted for the inter-RAT measurement. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 3A is satisfied.

Parameter ID
Based on different inter-RAT measurement quantities in use and different borne services, this parameter can be categorized as follows:
l l l l l l

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0 (Inter-RAT CS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD) USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 (Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD) USEDFREQHTHDECN0 (Inter-RAT H Used frequency trigger Ec/No THD) USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP (Inter-RAT CS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD) USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD) USEDFREQHTHDRSCP (Inter-RAT R99 PS Used frequency trigger RSCP THD)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-65

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 to 0 USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0, USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0 and USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -24 dB to 0 dB USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP, USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP and USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm

Parameter Setting
The default values for each parameter are as follows:
l l l l l l

USEDFREQCSTHDECN0: -12 dB USEDFREQR99PSTHDECN0: -13 dB USEDFREQHTHDECN0: -13 dB USEDFREQCSTHDRSCP: -97 dB USEDFREQR99PSTHDRSCP: -107 dB USEDFREQHTHDRSCP: -107 dB

Factors to be considered while setting these parameters: Only when the quality of the current used frequency satisfies QUsed TUsed - H3a/2 and the quality of target frequency satisfies Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2, delay the time for triggering the timer when the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-RAT measurement. A 3A event is report upon expiry of the timer. where,
l l l l l l

QUsed: estimated quality of the UTRAN frequency currently used. Tused: indicates the quality threshold for the inter-RAT frequency currently used. Mother_RAT: indicates the inter-RAT (GSM RSSI) measurement results. Tother_RAT: indicates the threshold for judging the inter-RAT handover. Cell individual offset (CIO): indicates the offset set by inter-RAT cells. H: indicates the hysteresis. The setting on the hysteresis reduces incorrect judgement caused by jitter signals.

When the cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and is lower than the threshold defined by this parameter, infer that the current frequency cannot better satisfy the coverage requirement of current service. The event 2F indicates that the current frequency quality is restored. Therefore, this parameter should be set less than the trigger threshold of event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. For composite services, use the parameters configured for CS services.
2-66 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

Higher values of these parameters get event 3A to be more easily triggered. When the value of this parameter is too high, the UE may perform handover even when the signal quality is good in current system.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHOCOV and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. Parameter oriented to the cell inter-RAT handover algorithm, add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.4.13 Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length

This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found (for example no 3A event report is received or no periodic report meets the trigger conditions of inter-RAT handovers) till the timer expires, the system will stop the inter-RAT measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT measurement.

ID
InterRATMeasTime

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Scope
0 means that the system does not start the inter-RAT measurement timer. 1 to 512 means 1 s to 512 s.

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s. When setting the thresholds, consider the following factors: InterRATMeasTime aims to prevent that the handover conditions are not available and the compressed mode is kept for a long time when the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. The service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity decreases if the compressed mode is kept for a long time. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished in 60 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

If InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handovers. If InterRATMeasTime is excessively high, it cannot help improve the service quality.

For the acutal network, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover to get a proper value of InterRATMeasTime that satisfies most UEs.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-67

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameter: Use SET INTERRATHOCOV to set and use LST INTERRATHOCOV to query InterRATMeasTime. For the cell-oriented inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to add, use LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV to query, and use MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV to modify InterRATMeasTime.

2.4.14 Retry Period of 3A Event

This parameter specifies the 3A event retry period.

ID
PeriodFor3A

Value Range
1 to 64

Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms. If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3A event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause.

Setting
The default value is 1, namely 500 ms.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.

Related Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.4.15 Maximum Retry Times of 3A Event

This parameter specifies the 3A event maximum retry times.
2-68 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

ID
AmntOfRpt3A

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.

Setting
The default value is 64. If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3A event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause for the 3A event maximum retry times. If the handover succeeds or the new 3A event report is received, the periodically retry process is stopped.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.

Related Commands
For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.4.16 Neighboring Cell Individual Offset

This describes the neighboring cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.

ID
CIOOffset

Value Range
50 to 50

Physical Scope
50 dB to 50 dB

Setting
The default value is 0.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-69

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. CIOOffset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm..

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the sum is, the more easily inter-RAT handovers occur.

Related Commands
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify CIOOffset.

2.4.17 Cell Individual Offset

This describes the cell individual offset for inter-RAT handovers.

ID
CIO

Value Range
50 to 50

Physical Scope
50 dB to 50 dB

Setting
The default value is 0. The UE adds the CIOOffset and CIO to the original measured value of the cell, and uses the sum as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. CIO plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handover algorithm..

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the sum is, the more easily inter-RAT handovers occur.

Related Commands
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify CIO.

2.5 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters

The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here.
2-70 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Table 2-14 List of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters No. 1 Parameter ID CSServiceHOSw itch PSServiceHOSw itch Parameter Meaning Inter-RAT service handover switch Defaul t Value OFF Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLHOCOM M Query: LST CELLHOCOM M Modify: MOD CELLHOCOM M 2 3 Hystfor3C TrigTime3C Hysteresis of event 3C Time-to-Trigger for event 3C BSIC verify selection switch Non-CoverageBased inter-RAT handover judging thresholds Inter-RAT handover max attempt times Inter-RAT measure timer length Switch used to send load information to 2G Switch for noncoverage based handover according to 2G load information. 2G load threshold by inter-rat handover in CSdomain 0 dB D640 (640 ms) Require d 21, that is, -90 dBm For RNC Set or modify: SET INTERRATH ONCOV Query: LST INTERRATH ONCOV For Cell Set: ADD CELLINTERR ATHONCOV Query: LST CELLINTERR ATHONCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTERR ATHONCOV RNC/ Cell Level Cell

4 5

BSICVerify TARGETRATC STHD InterRATNCovH OPSThd

InterRATHOAtte mpts InterRATMeasTi me SNDLDINFO2G SMIND NCOVHOON2G LDIND

16 times 60 s ON

7 8

ON

10

CSHOOUT2GL OADTHD

80 %

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-71

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No. 11

Parameter ID PSHOOut2Gload Thd

Parameter Meaning 2G load threshold by inter-rat handover in PSdomain Retry period of 3C event Maximum retry times of 3C event Measurement quantity of 3A frequency in QoS handover Frequency delay of downlink RSCP QoS DownLink Qos measurement timer length UpLink Qos measurement timer length

Defaul t Value 60 %

Relevant Command

Level

12 13 14

PeriodFor3C AmntOfRpt3C UsedFreqMeasQ uantityForQos3A

2000 ms 5 CPICH _RSCP Set: SET QOSHO Query: LST QOSHO RNC

15

DlRscpQosHyst

4 dB

16

DLQosMcTimer Len ULQosMcTimer Len

20 s

17

20 s

2.5.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch This describes the inter-RAT service handover switches. The parameters indicate whether the cell allows the triggering of CS and PS service handovers. 2.5.2 Hysteresis of Event 3C This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage. 2.5.3 Time to Trigger for Event 3C This describes the time to trigger the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage. 2.5.4 BSIC Verify Selection Switch This describes the BSIC verify selection switch, which is used to control the non-coverage-based inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, the reporting is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be reported so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not. 2.5.5 Non-Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Decision Thresholds This describes the non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover decision thresholds: InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd. 2.5.6 Maximum Number of Inter-RAT Handover Attempts
2-72 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

This describes the maximum number of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover attempts. 2.5.7 Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found, for example no 3C event report is received, till the timer expires, the system will stop inter-RAT measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT measurement. 2.5.8 Switch used to Send Load Information to 2G This is a switch used to send load information to 2G, without direct impact on network performance. When it is set to ON, the RNC sends UMTS cell load information to the GSM during the non-coverage based system relocation in or out process. When it is set to OFF, the RNC does not send UMTS cell load information to the GSM during the system relocation in or out process. 2.5.9 Switch for Non-Coverage Based Handover according to 2G Load Information This describes the switch for non-coverage based handover according to 2G load information. When it is set to ON, the RNC stops the non-coverage based system relocation out process if the GSM cell load exceeds the CS/PS dormain relocate GSM load Threshold. 2.5.10 2G Load Threshold by Inter-Rat Handover in CS-Domain This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in CS-domain. 2.5.11 2G Load Threshold by Inter-RAT Handover in PS-domain This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in PS-domain. 2.5.12 Retry Period of 3C Event This parameter specifies the 3C event retry period. 2.5.13 Maximum Retry Times of 3C Event This parameter specifies the 3C event maximum retry times. 2.5.14 Measurement Quantity of 3A Frequency in QoS Handover This parameter is used to configure the used frequency measurement quantity for the 3A event. 2.5.15 Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover. 2.5.16 DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover. 2.5.17 UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

2.5.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch

This describes the inter-RAT service handover switches. The parameters indicate whether the cell allows the triggering of CS and PS service handovers.

ID
CSServiceHOSwitch PSServiceHOSwitch

Value Range
Enum (ON, OFF)
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-73

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
Open, close

Setting
The default value is OFF. The service handover is configured refers to the service handover attribute of each service and related parameters at network side. Once the service is set up, the related measurement is immediately triggered and inter-RAT handover is performed. The two switches need to be opened only when the service handover function is necessary. By default, they are closed.

Impact on the Network Performance

The inter-RAT service handover switches are set on the basis of the actual network handover strategy.

Related Commands
For the cell-oriented handover parameters: Use ADD CELLHOCOMM to set, MOD CELLHOCOMM to modify, and LST CELLHOCOMM to query the inter-RAT service handover switches.

2.5.2 Hysteresis of Event 3C

This describes the trigger hysteresis of the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage.

ID
Hystfor3C

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Scope
0 dB to 7.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 0, namely 0 dB. The 3C event means that the quality of a GSM cell is higher than an absolute threshold. The 3C event is used for the inter-RAT load handovers and service handovers. When a GSM cell satisfies the following condition, the system triggers the 3C event and records the GSM cell in the 3C event trigger list. The 3C event is not repeatedly reported for the cells in the 3C event trigger list.
2-74 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT TotherRAT + H3C/2 (prescribed in the TS25.331 protocol) Where,

l l

H3C represents the hysteresis for the 3C event, namely Hystfor3C. TotherRAT represents the threshold for triggering the reporting of the 3C event of inter-RAT cells, namely InterRATNCovHOCSThd or InterRATNCovHOPSThd.

When a cell in the 3C event trigger list satisfies the following condition: MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT TotherRAT - H3C/2 (prescribed in 3GPP TS25.331) the cell is deleted from the 3C event trigger list. The hysteresis aims to avoid mis-decisions that are caused by transient fluctuations of signals. For details, refer to 2.2.3 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability is, and the more ping-pong effect is suppressed. In this case, the handover algorithm responds to signal changes more slowly. If Hystfor3C is set to an excessively high value, the GSM cell to which the UE hands over must have a good quality. Therefore, the conditions for triggering the interRAT handover decision are hard to be satisfied, and the call drop rate increases.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query Hystfor3C. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify Hystfor3C.

2.5.3 Time to Trigger for Event 3C

This describes the time to trigger the 3C event in inter-RAT handovers that are not based on coverage.

ID
TrigTime3C

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-75

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms

Setting
The default value is D640, namely 640 ms. The delay trigger time aims to avoid the occasional triggering of excessive event reports for a measurement result. Considering that the period of the physical layer of UE reporting to Layer 3 is 480 ms, TrigTime3C is set to 640, namely that the system reports the 3C event only when at least two continuous measurement reports satisfy the condition for triggering the 3C event. The value of TrigTime3C can be optimized based on the actual radio environment.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the time-to-trigger parameters are, the smaller the average number of handovers is, and the possibility of call drops increases.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query TrigTime3C. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify TrigTime3C.

2.5.4 BSIC Verify Selection Switch

This describes the BSIC verify selection switch, which is used to control the non-coverage-based inter-RAT measurement report. If it is set to Require, the reporting is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, all the measured cells can be reported so long as the report conditions are available, no matter whether their BSICs are correctly decoded or not.

ID
BSICVerify

Value Range
REQUIRED, NOT_REQUIRE

Physical Scope
Required, not required

Setting
The default value is REQUIRED.
2-76 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

The non-coverage-based handovers require a lower timeliness but a higher handover success rate of handovers, so the recommended value of BSICVerify is REQUIRED to ensure the reliability of handovers.

Impact on the Network Performance

If BSICVerify is set to NOT_REQUIRE, handovers occur more easily. If BSICVerify is set to REQUIRED, handovers occur with higher reliability.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query BSICVerify. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify BSICVerify.

2.5.5 Non-Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Decision Thresholds

This describes the non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover decision thresholds: InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd.

ID
InterRATNCovHOCSThd InterRATNCovHOPSThd

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
110 dBm to 48 dBm (0 represents a value lower than 110 dBm; 1 represents 110 dBm; 2 represents 109 dBm; ... 63 represents 48 dBm.)

Setting
The default value is 21, namely 90 dBm. For the decision formula, refer to 2.5.2 Hysteresis of Event 3C. The thresholds for coverage-based handovers and non-coverage-based handovers are distinguished to flexibly control handovers with different aims. The non-coverage-based handovers do not require a high timeliness but require a high success rate and good link quality before and after the handovers, so the non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover decision threshold needs to be set to a high value.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-77

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

For multi-RAB services, use the parameter configuration of CS service if CS services exist.

Impact on the Network Performance

The values of inter-RAT handover decision thresholds vary according to the handover policy. To have UEs hand over only to the GSM cells with high quality, you can set the inter-RAT handover decision threshold to a comparatively high value, for example 85.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify InterRATNCovHOCSThd and InterRATNCovHOPSThd.

2.5.6 Maximum Number of Inter-RAT Handover Attempts

This describes the maximum number of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover attempts.

ID
InterRATHoAttempts

Value Range
1 to 16

Physical Scope
1 to 16 attempts

Setting
The default value is 16. An inter-RAT handover involves many network nodes and is a complicated process, so the delay of the inter-RAT handover is long and the failure rate is comparatively high. Too many handover failures affect the call quality and increase the processing load of the network, so InterRATHoAttempts can be set to a proper value to limit handover failures. InterRATHoAttempts and InterRATMeasTime help reduce unnecessary inter-RAT measurement (compressed mode) by limiting the number of handovers and time of inter-RAT measurement respectively. The number of inter-RAT handovers includes the number of attempts to hand over to the same cell and the number of attempts to hand over to different cells. If the penalty is introduced to the inter-RAT handovers, namely that the system prohibits handovers to the cells to which handovers have failed for a period. The penalty does not prohibit the UE from hand over to other cells. InterRATHoAttempts can be set to 16 at the test stage and set to 1 to 3 in the actual application.
2-78 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher InterRATHoAttempts is, the higher the probability is for the UE performs inter-RAT handovers. The lower InterRATHoAttempts is, the smaller influence is on the network quality. Unless in the test process, InterRATHoAttempts needs to be set to a comparatively low value.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query InterRATHoAttempts. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify InterRATHoAttempts.

2.5.7 Inter-RAT Measurement Timer Length

This describes the effective time length of the inter-RAT measurement. If no proper inter-RAT cell is found, for example no 3C event report is received, till the timer expires, the system will stop inter-RAT measurement, disables the compressed mode, and waits for the triggering of another inter-RAT measurement.

ID
InterRATMeasTime

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Scope
0 means that the system does not start the inter-RAT measurement timer. 1 to 512 means 1 s to 512 s.

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60 s. InterRATMeasTime aims to prevent that the compressed mode is kept for a long time due to the handover conditions are not available when the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. The service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity decreases if the compressed mode is kept for a long time. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished in 60 s. The compressed mode of coverage-based inter-RAT measurement can be closed by the 2F event, while the compressed mode of non-coverage-based inter-RAT measurement cannot be closed by the 2F event but by the measurement timer. Therefore, do not set the timer of the noncoverage-based inter-RAT measurement to 0 if possible.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-79

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE cannot implement inter-RAT handovers. If InterRATMeasTime is excessively high, it has no effect on improvement of the service quality.

For the actual network, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover to get a proper value of InterRATMeasTime that satisfies most UEs.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query InterRATMeasTime. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify InterRATMeasTime.

2.5.8 Switch used to Send Load Information to 2G

This is a switch used to send load information to 2G, without direct impact on network performance. When it is set to ON, the RNC sends UMTS cell load information to the GSM during the non-coverage based system relocation in or out process. When it is set to OFF, the RNC does not send UMTS cell load information to the GSM during the system relocation in or out process.

ID
SNDLDINFO2GSMIND

Value Range
OFF, ON

Physical Scope
OFF, ON

Setting
The default value is ON.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter should be used with the WCDMA and GSM load balancing function.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters:
2-80 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query SNDLDINFO2GSMIND. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify SNDLDINFO2GSMIND.

2.5.9 Switch for Non-Coverage Based Handover according to 2G Load Information

This describes the switch for non-coverage based handover according to 2G load information. When it is set to ON, the RNC stops the non-coverage based system relocation out process if the GSM cell load exceeds the CS/PS dormain relocate GSM load Threshold.

ID
NCOVHOON2GLDIND

Value Range
OFF, ON

Physical Scope
OFF, ON

Setting
The default value is ON.

Impact on the Network Performance

When the switch is enabled, the loading of GSM network is taken into account in the WCDMA and GSM load balancing function, thus avoiding too much impact on the GSM network.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query NCOVHOON2GLDIND. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify NCOVHOON2GLDIND.

2.5.10 2G Load Threshold by Inter-Rat Handover in CS-Domain

This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in CS-domain.

ID
CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-81

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 80, namely 80%. This parameter defines the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in CS-domain.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameter is, more easily to handover, but take much impact on the GSM cell load.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify CSHOOUT2GLOADTHD.

2.5.11 2G Load Threshold by Inter-RAT Handover in PS-domain

This parameter specifies the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in PS-domain.

ID
PSHOOut2GloadThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60%. This parameter defines the GSM load threshold by inter-RAT handover in PS-domain.
2-82 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameter is, more easily to handover, but take much impact on the GSM cell load.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query PSHOOut2GloadThd. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify PSHOOut2GloadThd.

2.5.12 Retry Period of 3C Event

This parameter specifies the 3C event retry period.

ID
PeriodFor3C

Value Range
1 to 64

Physical Scope
500 ms to 32000 ms, step is 500 ms. If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3C event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause.

Setting
The default value is 4, namely 2000 ms.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query PeriodFor3C. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify PeriodFor3C.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-83

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.5.13 Maximum Retry Times of 3C Event

This parameter specifies the 3C event maximum retry times.

ID
AmntOfRpt3C

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
0 to 63 times, 64 means Infinity.

Setting
The default value is 5. If the RNC fails to handover to all the target cells of the 3C event, the RNC periodically retries to launch handover to the target cells failed by load cause for the 3C event maximum retry times. If the handover succeeds or the new 3C event report is received, the periodically retry process is stopped.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameter isthe more easily handover to GSM cellbut the processing resource of WCDMA cell will be increased.

Related Commands
For the RNC-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use SET INTERRATHONCOV to set and LST INTERRATHONCOV to query AmntOfRpt3C. For the cell-oriented non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover algorithm parameters: Use ADD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to add, LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV to query, and MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV to modify AmntOfRpt3C.

2.5.14 Measurement Quantity of 3A Frequency in QoS Handover

This parameter is used to configure the used frequency measurement quantity for the 3A event.

ID
UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A

Value Range
CPICH_Ec/No, CPICH_RSCP
2-84 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Physical Scope
CPICH_Ec/No, CPICH_RSCP

Setting
The default value is CPICH_RSCP.

Impact on the Network Performance

The precondition is that the UE is moving to the edge of the cell. If there is intra-frequency cell, the Ec/No changes faster than RSCP, so the quality of the cell should be measured by Ec/No. If there is no intra-frequency cell, the RSCP changes faster than Ec/No, the quality of the cell should be measured by RSCP. If the measurement quantity is improper, handovers may not be delayed, and thus call drop occurs.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A.

2.5.15 Hysteresis of Downlink RSCP QoS Frequency

This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

ID
DlRscpQosHyst

Value Range
-15 to 15

Physical Scope
-15 dB to 15 dB.

Setting
The default value is 4, namely 4 dB. In event-trigger mode, the frequency threshold for the inter-frequency, inter-rat measurement triggered due to downlink QoS causes, and RSCP measurement quantity adopts the frequency threshold of coverage measurement configured on the daemon minus this parameter.

Impact on the Network Performance

The greater the delay, the more likely to trigger the 2B/3A eventmore easily handover to the target cell.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query DlRscpQosHyst.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-85

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.5.16 DownLink Qos Measurement Timer Length

This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

ID
DLQosMcTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Scope
0 s to 512 s.

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s. After DownLink Qos measurement starts, if no handover is performed, when this timer expires, the Qos measurement is stopped. If there is no coverage-based measurement on, the inter-frequency or inter-system measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates the timer is not to be enabled.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode. If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover, that may lead to call drops.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query DLQosMcTimerLen.

2.5.17 UpLink Qos Measurement Timer Length

This parameter is used in both inter-rat handover and inter-frequency handover.

ID
ULQosMcTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Scope
0 s to 512 s.
2-86 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s. After UpLink Qos measurement starts, if no handover is performed, when this timer expires, the Qos measurement is stopped. If there is no coverage-based measurement on, the inter-frequency or inter-system measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates the timer is not to be enabled.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the time for compression mode. If the compress mode is closed in advance, the UE cannot initiate an inter-frequency handover, that may lead to call drops.

Related Commands
Use SET QOSHO to set and LST QOSHO to query ULQosMcTimerLen.

2.6 Blind Handover Management Parameters

This describes the blink handover management parameters. Table 2-15 List of blind handover management parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 2 BlindHoFla g BlindHOPr io DRDEcN0 Threshhold Meaning Default Configu ration MML Command Level

Blind handover flag Blind handover priority Ec/N0 threshold for direct retry

OFF -

-9 dB

For inter-frequency handovers: Set: ADD INTERFREQNCELL Query: LST INTERFREQNCELL Modify: MOD INTERFREQNCELL For inter-RAT handovers: Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

NCell

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-87

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2.6.1 Blind Handover Flag This describes the blind handover flag, which indicates whether the blind handover is performed. In a blind handover, the UE can directly hands over to the neighboring cell without any measurement. 2.6.2 Blind Handover Priority This describes the blind handover priority. If BlindHOFlag is TRUE, BlindHOPrio can be used to appoint the blind handover priority for the neighboring cell. 2.6.3 Ec/N0 Threshold for Direct Retry In DRD, this parameter is used to judge whether the quality condition of blind handover is met.

2.6.1 Blind Handover Flag

This describes the blind handover flag, which indicates whether the blind handover is performed. In a blind handover, the UE can directly hands over to the neighboring cell without any measurement.

ID
BlindHoFlag

Value Range
FALSE, TRUE

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is FALSE. For the concentric cells with different frequencies, BlindHoFlag can be set to TRUE.

Impact on the Network Performance

Set the parameter according to actual network handover strategies. It may affect KPI performance concerning the cells if the blind handover is allowed in related cells. Especially the emergency blind handovers have more impact.

Related Commands
For the inter-frequency handovers: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify BlindHoFlag. For the inter-RAT handovers: Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify BlindHoFlag.
2-88 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

2.6.2 Blind Handover Priority

This describes the blind handover priority. If BlindHOFlag is TRUE, BlindHOPrio can be used to appoint the blind handover priority for the neighboring cell.

ID
BlindHOPrio

Value Range
0 to 30

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
Table 2-16 lists the meanings of different blind handover priorities. Table 2-16 List of blind handover priority sets Bind Handover Priority Set Inter-frequency emergency blind handover Inter-frequency nonemergency blind handover Inter-RAT emergency blind handover Inter-RAT non-emergency blind handover Priority 0 to 30 0 to 15 0 to 30 0 to 15 Cell Type Inter-frequency cell Inter-frequency cell Inter-RAT cell Inter-RAT cell

The configuration of the non-emergency blind handover priority (015) of cells must guarantee a reasonable handover success rate and avoid the high call drop rate. The scenarios of the nonemergency blind handover priority are concentric cells with different frequencies and macro cells that act as the neighboring cells of micro cells. The cells with priority 1630 have a lower requirement on the blind handover success rate, because the customer satisfaction is not directly affected. The scenarios of the cells with priority 1630 are the cells in the UE's moving direction and the inter-frequency cells with a high handover probability. The specific value in the value ranges is not strictly required, because it is used to flexibly control the preferable target cells of blind handovers. For the inter-frequency blind handover cells, you can randomly select a value for the handover priority between 0 and 10, while you must carefully select a value range (either 015 or 1630, which indicates non-emergency inter-frequency blind handovers or emergency inter-frequency blind handovers) at first.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-89

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

If the blind handovers are enabled, the traffic statistics indexes, such as the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover success rate and call drop rate, are affected to a certain degree. Especially the emergency blind handovers have more impact.

Related Commands
For the inter-frequency handovers: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify BlindHOPrio. For the inter-RAT handovers: Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify BlindHOPrio.

2.6.3 Ec/N0 Threshold for Direct Retry

In DRD, this parameter is used to judge whether the quality condition of blind handover is met.

ID
DRDEcN0Threshhold

Value Range
24 to 0

Physical Scope
12 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is -18, namely -9 dB. This threshold is the minimum Ec/N0 value required for normal communications of UE. In selecting the candidate cell of DRD, the cell whose Ec/N0 value is smaller than this threshold of inter-frequency cells is filtered out.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter specifies the domain for inter-frequency blind handover. The higher the parameter, more easily to blind handover.

Related Commands
For the inter-frequency handovers: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify DRDEcN0Threshhold. For the inter-RAT handovers:
2-90 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify DRDEcN0Threshhold.

2.7 Cell Selection and Reselection Parameters

This describes the cell selection and reselection parameters. Table 2-17 List of cell selection and reselection parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 IdleQhyst1s IdleQhyst2s ConnQhyst1s ConnQhyst2s 2 IdleQoffset1s n IdleQoffset2s n ConnQoffset1 sn ConnQoffset2 sn Qoffset1sn Load level offsets Meaning Default Configurati on MML Command Leve l

Measureme nt hysteresis parameters

Qhyst1s: 2 (4 dB) Qhyst2s: 1 (2 dB)

Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL Query: LST CELLSELRESEL Modify: MOD CELLSELRESEL For intra-frequency cells: Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL Query: LST INTRAFREQNCELL Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCELL For inter-frequency cells: Set: ADD INTERFREQNCELL Query: LST INTERFREQNCELL Modify: MOD INTERFREQNCELL For inter-RAT cells: Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

Cell

0 dB

Qqualmin

Minimum quality criterion

18 dB

Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL Query: LST CELLSELRESEL

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-91

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e r i a l N o . 4 5 Qrxlevmin IdleSintrasear ch ConnSintrase arch IdleSintersear ch ConnSinterse arch SsearchRat

Meaning

Default Configurati on

MML Command

Leve l

Minimum access level Cell reselection start thresholds

58, namely 115 dBm IdleSintrasear ch and ConnSintrase arch: 5, namely 10 dB IdleSintersear ch and ConnSinterse arch: 4, namely 8 dB SsearchRat: 2, namely 4 dB Modify: MOD CELLSELRESEL

Treselections

Reselection hysteresis time Minimum access level for GSM cells Level threshold for 2G MS in idle mode to search for 3G cells 3G cell reselection signal level offset 3G cell reselection signal level threshold

1s

Qrxlevmin

58, namely 115 dBm

Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

NCel l

Qsearch_I

7, namely always

N/A

GSM

FDD_Qoffset

0 dB

1 0

FDD_Qmin

10 dB

2.7.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters

2-92 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

This describes the measurement hysteresis parameters: measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s). The measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s) are used for the UE to measure the service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/No (Qhyst2s) respectively. IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s are used in the idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s are used in the connecting state. 2.7.2 Cell Reselection Offset This describes the cell offset used for cell selection and reselection. In the processes of cell selection and cell reselection, the offset of the cells that use the CPICH Ec/No measurement value is QOffset2sn, the offset of the cells that use the CPICH RSCP measurement value is QOffset1sn. 2.7.3 Minimum Quality Criterion This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is higher than this threshold. 2.7.4 Minimum Access Level This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is higher than this threshold. 2.7.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds This describes the cell reselection start thresholds: intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Sintrasearch), inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Sintersearch), and inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat). IdleSintrasearch and IdleSintersearch are used in idle state. ConnSintrasearch and ConnSintersearch are used in connecting state. 2.7.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time This describes reselection hysteresis time. If the quality of signals of a cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is better than that of the current cell where the UE is residing throughout the reselection hysteresis time, the UE reselects the cell as the next residing cell. 2.7.7 Minimum Access Level of Inter-RAT Cells This describes the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cells, such as the GSM, DCS, or PCS cells. A UE can reside in a cell only when the signal strength measured by the UE is higher than the threshold. 2.7.8 Signal Level Threshold for MS in 2G Idle Mode to Search for 3G Cells This describes the signal level threshold for which a GSM MS in idle mode starts to search for 3G cells. 2.7.9 Signal Level Offset for 3G Cell Reselection This describes the signal level offset for 3G cell reselection. A 3G cell can be reselected when the average signal level of the target 3G cell is higher than that of the current serving cell by at least the amount defined by FDD_Qosffset. 2.7.10 Signal Level Threshold for 3G Cell Reselection This describes the signal level threshold for 3G cell reselection. Only when the signal level in the target 3G cell is higher than the serving cell by at least the amount defined by FDD_Qmin, the target 3G cell may become a candidate cell for reselection.

2.7.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters

This describes the measurement hysteresis parameters: measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s). The measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s) are used for the UE to measure the service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/No (Qhyst2s) respectively. IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s are used in the idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s are used in the connecting state.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-93

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
IdleQhyst1s IdleQhyst2s ConnQhyst1s ConnQhyst2s

Value Range
0 to 20, 255

Physical Scope
0 dB to 40 dB, with the step of 2 dB When the value of measurement hysteresis is 255, the measurement hysteresis is invalid.

Setting
The default value of Qhyst1s is 2, namely 4 dB. The default value of Qhyst2s is 1, namely 2 dB. Qhyst2s is an optional configuration. If Qhyst2s is not configured, the value of the measurement hysteresis is that of Qhyst1s. According to the R rule, the measurement value of the current serving cell plus the hysteresis is used in the cell reselection sequencing. The value of the measurement hysteresis is related to the slow fading feature of the area where the cell is. The measurement hysteresis aims to prevent the ping-pong effect of the cell reselection, which is caused by the slow fading when the UE is on the edge of the cell. The ping-pong effect may trigger frequent location updates (idle mode), URA updates (URA_PCH), or cell updates (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH), and thus increase the load of network signaling and the consumption of UE batteries. Set a proper measurement hysteresis to reduce as much as possible effect of the slow fading as well as ensuring timely cell updates of the UE. According to the CPICH RSCP emulation report of inter-frequency hard handovers, the measurement hysteresis ranges 4 dBm to 5 dBm and is set to 4 dBm by default when the slow fading variance is 8 dB and the relative distance is 20 m. In the cells the slow fading variance is big and the average moving speed of UEs is low, increase the measurement hysteresis to reduce the ping-pong effect of the cell reselection. In the cells where the slow fading variance is low and the average moving speed of UEs is high, for example the suburbs and countryside, reduce the measurement hysteresis to guarantee timely location updates of UEs.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the measurement hysteresis is, the less likely it is for various types of cell reselections to occur, and the better the slow fading resistance capability is, but the slower the system reacts to the environment changes.
2-94 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify the measurement hysteresis.

2.7.2 Cell Reselection Offset

This describes the cell offset used for cell selection and reselection. In the processes of cell selection and cell reselection, the offset of the cells that use the CPICH Ec/No measurement value is QOffset2sn, the offset of the cells that use the CPICH RSCP measurement value is QOffset1sn.

ID
IdleQoffset1sn IdleQoffset2sn ConnQoffset1sn ConnQoffset2sn

Value Range
50 to 50

Physical Scope
50 dB to 50 dB

Setting
The default value is 0. IdleQoffset1sn and IdleQoffset2sn are used in idle state. ConnQoffset1sn and ConnQoffset2sn are used in connecting state. ConnQoffset1sn and ConnQoffset2sn are valid only when SIB12Ind is TRUE, namely that there are SIB12 system messages. In addition, in the inter-RAT cell selection and reselection processes, there is no QOffset2sn but only QOffset1sn, and there is no difference as to Idle and Conn. It is the offset for the CPICH measurement value of neighboring cells. QOffset1sn is used for the RSCP measurement. The measurement value of neighboring cells minus the offset is used in the cell reselection sequencing. QOffset2sn is used for the Ec/No measurement. The measurement value of neighboring cells minus the offset is used in the cell reselection sequencing. The cell reselection offset plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the cell selection and reselection algorithm. It is configured by network planners according to the actual situation.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

The higher the cell reselection offset is, the lower probability that nearby cells are selected. The lower the cell reselection offset is, the higher probability that nearby cells are selected.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-95

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
For the intra-frequency cell selection and reselection: Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify the cell reselection offset. For the inter-frequency cell selection and reselection: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set, LST INTERFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify the cell reselection offset. For the inter-RAT cell selection and reselection: Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify the cell reselection offset.

2.7.3 Minimum Quality Criterion

This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is higher than this threshold.

ID
Qqualmin

Value Range
24 to 0

Physical Scope
24 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 1 dB

Setting
The default value is 18. For the FDD mode, the definition of cell selection S rule in 3GPP 25.304 is as follows: Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0 Where, Squal = Qqualmeas Qqualmin Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas Qrxlevmin Pcompensation
l l l l

Qqualmeas is the quality measured for the cell and is represented by CPICH Ec/NO. Qrxlevmeas is RSCP of CPICH. Qrxlevmin is the minimum pilot signal reception power of the current cell. Pcompensation = max (UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH P_MAX, 0)

UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH is the maximum uplink transmit power when the UE accesses the cell, namely MaxAllowedULTxPower. P_MAX is the maximum radio frequency output power of a UE.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2-96

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

The higher Qqualmin is, the more difficult it is for the UE to reside in the cell. The lower Qqualmin is, the easier it is for the UE to reside in the cell, but it is possible that the UE cannot receive the system messages that are sent through the PCCPCH.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify Qqualmin.

2.7.4 Minimum Access Level

This describes the minimum access threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is higher than this threshold.

ID
Qrxlevmin

Value Range
58 to 13

Physical Scope
115 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 2 dBm 58 means 115 dBm; 57 means 113 dBm; ; 13 means 25 dBm.

Setting
The default value is 58, namely 115 dBm. For the definition of Qrxlevmin, refer to 2.7.3 Minimum Quality Criterion. The settings of Qrxlevmin and Qqualmin need to be considered comprehensively.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

The higher Qrxlevmin is, the more difficult it is for the UE to reside in the cell. The lower Qrxlevmin is, the easier it is for the UE to reside in the cell. But if Qrxlevmin is excessively low, it is possible that the UE cannot receive the system messages that are sent through the PCCPCH.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify Qrxlevmin.

2.7.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds

This describes the cell reselection start thresholds: intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Sintrasearch), inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Sintersearch), and inter-RAT
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-97

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat). IdleSintrasearch and IdleSintersearch are used in idle state. ConnSintrasearch and ConnSintersearch are used in connecting state.

ID
IdleSintrasearch IdleSintersearch ConnSintrasearch ConnSintersearch SsearchRat

Value Range
16 to 10

Physical Scope
32 dB to 20 dB, with the step of 2 dB

Setting
l l l

The default values of IdleSintrasearch and ConnSintrasearch are 5, namely 10 dB. The default values of IdleSintersearch and ConnSintersearch are 4, namely 8 dB. The default value of Ssearchrat is 2, namely 4 dB.

In 3GPP 25.304, the cell reselection start threshold is defined as follows: 1. 2. 3. If Sx <= Sintrasearch, the UE implements the intra-frequency measurement and starts the intra-frequency cell reselection. If Sx <= Sintersearch, the UE implements the inter-frequency measurement and starts the inter-frequency cell reselection. If Sx <= SserachRAT, the UE implements the inter-RAT measurement and starts the interRAT cell reselection.

Where, Sx = UE measurement value Qqualmin. When the UE detects that the quality of serving cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is lower than the minimum quality standard (Qqualmin) plus the cell reselection start threshold, the UE starts the cell reselection process. The intra-frequency cell reselection has a priority higher than the inter-frequency cell reselection and inter-RAT cell reselection, the intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold should be higher than the inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold and inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If the cell reselection threshold is set to a comparatively high value, the UE may frequently start cell reselections, and the battery of the UE may be largely consumed.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2-98

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l

2 Handover Parameters

If the cell reselection threshold is set to a comparatively low value, it is difficult for cell reselections to be started, and the UE may not timely reside in the cells with good quality, affecting the quality of communication between the UTRAN and the UE.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify the cell reselection thresholds.

2.7.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time

This describes reselection hysteresis time. If the quality of signals of a cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is better than that of the current cell where the UE is residing throughout the reselection hysteresis time, the UE reselects the cell as the next residing cell.

ID
Treselections

Value Range
0 to 31

Physical Scope
0 s to 31 s

Setting
The default value is 1. Treselections prevents ping-pong reselections between cells.
NOTE

0 corresponds to the default value that is prescribed in the protocol, and does not mean 0 s.

When setting Treselections, comply with the following principles: 1. Ensure that the UE can reselect a cell when crossing the non-soft-switch area of the cell and that the UE timely performs location updates, cell updates, or URA updates when necessary. Ensure that the UE does not reselect a cell when it is in the soft-switch area of the cell. In this way, the unnecessary location updates, cell updates, and URA updates are avoided. When setting Treselections, consider the difference between cells that cover different areas, for example the cells covering highways and cells covering densely populated areas. Treselections in densely populated areas can be set to a high value and Treselections in the areas where the average moving speed of UEs is high can be set to a low value.

2. 3.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If Treselections is set to a comparatively low value, the ping-pong reselections may be caused.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-99

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2 Handover Parameters
l

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

If Treselections is set to a comparatively high value, the cell reselection delay may become excessively high, and thus cell reselections may be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSELRESEL to set, LST CELLSELRESEL to query, and MOD CELLSELRESEL to modify Treselections.

2.7.7 Minimum Access Level of Inter-RAT Cells

This describes the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cells, such as the GSM, DCS, or PCS cells. A UE can reside in a cell only when the signal strength measured by the UE is higher than the threshold.

ID
Qrxlevmin

Value Range
58 to 13

Physical Scope
115 dBm to 25 dBm, with the step of 2 dBm 58 means 115 dBm; 57 means 113 dBm; ; 13 means 25 dBm.

Setting
The default value is 58, namely 115 dBm. Similar to the S rule, mobile stations in the GSM, DCS, or PCS system also need to meet a path loss standard to reside in a GSM, DCS, or PCS cell. The standard requires that the factor (C1) of the path loss rule should be higher than 0. C1 is defined as follows: C1 = (A Max (B, 0)) Where,
l l

A = RLA_C RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN; B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH P

For the DCS 1800 system

l l l

B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH + POWER OFFSET P; RLA_C: The measured value of average received signal strength RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN: The minimum signal strength needed by the access system, namely Qrxlevmin MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH: The maximum allowed transmit power when the UE accesses the system POWER OFFSET: The power offset parameter of UEs in the DCS 1800 system; and is used with MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

2-100

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l

2 Handover Parameters

P: The maximum radio frequency output power of a UE

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

The higher Qrxlevmin is, the more difficult it is for the UE to reside in the cell. The lower Qrxlevmin is, the easier it is for the UE to reside in the cell.

But if Qrxlevmin is excessively low, it is possible that the UE cannot receive the system messages and paging messages of the cell.

Related Commands
Use ADD GSMNCELL to set, LST GSMNCELL to query, and MOD GSMNCELL to modify Qrxlevmin.

2.7.8 Signal Level Threshold for MS in 2G Idle Mode to Search for 3G Cells
This describes the signal level threshold for which a GSM MS in idle mode starts to search for 3G cells.

ID
Qsearch_I

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Scope
l

If the threshold ranges 0 to 6, the GSM MS starts searching for 3G cells when the signal level is lower than the threshold. If the threshold ranges 8 to 14, the GSM MS starts searching for 3G cells when the signal level is higher than the threshold. If the threshold is 7, the GSM MS is always searching for 3G cells. If the threshold is 15, the GSM MS never searches for the 3G cells.

l l

0 = 98 dBm, 1 = 94 dBm, ..., 6 = 74 dBm, 7 = (always), 8 = 78 dBm, 9 = 74 dBm, ..., 14 = 54 dBm, 15 = (never)

Setting
The default value is 7, which indicates that the GSM MS in idle mode always searches for 3G cells.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of this parameter depends on the customer policy. The 3G cell is preferable during the interoperation of 3G and 2G.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-101

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
The parameter is invalid in the 3G network.

2.7.9 Signal Level Offset for 3G Cell Reselection

This describes the signal level offset for 3G cell reselection. A 3G cell can be reselected when the average signal level of the target 3G cell is higher than that of the current serving cell by at least the amount defined by FDD_Qosffset.

ID
FDD_Qoffset

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Scope
0 = (always select a cell if acceptable), 1 = 28 dB, 2 = 24 dB, ..., 15 = 28 dB

Setting
The default value is 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of this parameter depends on the customer policy. The 3G cell is preferable during the interoperation of 3G and 2G.

Related Commands
The parameter is invalid in the 3G network.

2.7.10 Signal Level Threshold for 3G Cell Reselection

This describes the signal level threshold for 3G cell reselection. Only when the signal level in the target 3G cell is higher than the serving cell by at least the amount defined by FDD_Qmin, the target 3G cell may become a candidate cell for reselection.

ID
FDD_Qmin

Value Range
0 to 7

Physical Scope
0 = 20 dB, 1 = 6dB, 2 = 18 dB, 3 = 8 dB, 4 = 16 dB, 5 = 10 dB, 6 = 14 dB, 7 = 12 dB
2-102 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Setting
The default value is 5.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of this parameter depends on the customer policy. The 3G cell is preferable during the interoperation of 3G and 2G.

Related Commands
The parameter is invalid in the 3G network.

2.8 Neighboring Cell Management Parameters

This describes the neighboring cell management parameters. Table 2-18 List of neighboring cell management parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 NPrioF lag Meani ng Defaul t Config uratio n MML Command Level

Neighb oring cell priority flag Neighb oring cell priority

FALSE

NPRI O

For intra-frequency cells: Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCELL For inter-frequency cells: Set: ADD INTERFREQNCELL Modify: MOD INTERFREQNCELL For inter-RAT cells: Set: ADD GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL

NCell

2.8.1 Neighboring Cell Priority Flag This describes the neighboring cell priority flag. 2.8.2 Neighboring Cell Priority This describes the neighboring cell priority.

2.8.1 Neighboring Cell Priority Flag

This describes the neighboring cell priority flag.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 2-103

2 Handover Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
NPrioFlag

Value Range
FALSE, TRUE

Physical Scope
False, true

Setting
The default value of is FALSE. This parameter is unnecessary for a new network. To swap the network that is configured with neighboring cell priority, use the neighboring cell priority of the existing network and set NPrioFlag to TRUE.

Impact on the Network Performance

An improper neighboring cell priority may result in missed configuration of neighboring cells.

Related Commands
For intra-frequency cells: Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag. For inter-frequency cells: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set and use MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag. For inter-RAT cells: Use ADD GSMNCELL to set and MOD GSMNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.

2.8.2 Neighboring Cell Priority

This describes the neighboring cell priority.

ID
NPrio

Value Range
0 to 30 (for intra-frequency neighboring cells) 0 to 63 (for inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighboring cells)
2-104 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

2 Handover Parameters

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The lower NPrio is, the higher the neighboring cell priority is.

Impact on the Network Performance

An improper neighbor priority may result in missed configuration of neighboring cells.

Related Commands
For intra-frequency cells: Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag. For inter-frequency cells: Use ADD INTERFREQNCELL to set and use MOD INTERFREQNCELL to modify NPrioFlag. For inter-RAT cells: Use ADD GSMNCELL to set and MOD GSMNCELL to modify NPrioFlag.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-105

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

3
About This Chapter
S ID e r i a l N o . 1 ULBETraf fInitBitRat e DLBETraf fInitBitRat e

Admission Control Parameters

This describes the admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 3-1 List of admission control parameters Meaning Default Configuratio n MML Command Le ve l

Initial uplink and downlink access rates of BE services

64, namely 64 Kbit/s

Set or modify: SET FRC Query: LST FRC

R N C

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-1

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e r i a l N o . 2 IU_Qos_N eg_Switch RAB_Do wnsizing_ Switch QueueAlg oSwitch PeemptAl goSwitch

Meaning

Default Configuratio n

MML Command

Le ve l

Intelligent admission algorithm switch

IU_QOS_N EG_SWITC H: 0 RAB_DOW NSIZING_ SWITCH: 1 QUEUEAL GOSWITC H: OFF PREEMPT ALGOSWI TC: OFF

IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWIT CH Set or modify: SET CORRMALGOSWITCH Query: LST CORRMALGOSWITCH QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC Set or modify: SET QUEUEPREEMPT Query: LST QUEUEPREEMPT Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC

R N C

UlTotalEq UserNum

Total number of uplink equivalent subscribers Total number of downlink equivalent subscribers AMR voice uplink threshold of conversational services Non-AMR voice uplink threshold of conversational services AMR voice downlink threshold of conversational services

80

Ce ll

DlTotalEq UserNum

80

UlNonCtrl ThdForA MR

75, namely 75%

Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC

Ce ll

UlNonCtrl ThdForNo nAMR

75, namely 75%

DlConvA MRThd

80, namely 80%

3-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

S ID e r i a l N o . 8 DlConvNo nAMRThd

Meaning

Default Configuratio n

MML Command

Le ve l

Non-AMR voice downlink threshold of conversational services Uplink admission threshold of other services Downlink admission threshold of other services Uplink threshold of handovers, used for the uplink admission of handover UEs Downlink threshold of handovers, used for the downlink admission of handover UEs Total uplink power threshold of the cell Total downlink power threshold of the cell

80, namely 80%

UlNonCtrl ThdForOt her DlOtherTh d

60, namely 60%

1 0

75, namely 75%

1 1

UlNonCtrl ThdForHo

80, namely 80%

1 2

DlHOThd

85, namely 85%

1 3

UlCellTot alThd

83, namely 83%

1 4

DLCELLT OTALTH D

90, namely 90%

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-3

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e r i a l N o . 1 5 UlHoCeRe svSf

Meaning

Default Configuratio n

MML Command

Le ve l

Reserved SF of the uplink credit resources for handovers Reserved SF of the downlink credit resources for handovers Load factor (%) of uplink common channels Reserved load coefficient (%) of downlink common channels

SF16

Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC

Ce ll

1 6

DlHoCeC odeResvSf

SF32

1 7

ULCCHL OADFAC TOR DLCCHL OADRSR VCOEFF

3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Services This describes the uplink and downlink initial access rates when BE services are set up. 3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch This describes the intelligent admission algorithm switch. The intelligent admission algorithm switch consists of four subordinate algorithm switches: the maximum rate negotiation switch (IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH), the initial rate selecting switch (RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH), the queuing algorithm (QUEUEALGOSWITCH), and the preemption algorithm (PREEMPTALGOSWITCH). 3.3 Uplink Total Equivalent User Number This describes the uplink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% uplink load. 3.4 Downlink Total Equivalent User Number This describes the downlink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% downlink load. 3.5 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admission of conversation service users. 3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service
3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

This parameter is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for uplink admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service. 3.7 AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services This describes the AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of AMR-voice subscribers of conversational services is implemented. 3.8 Non-AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services This describes the non-AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of non-AMR-voice subscribers of conversational services is implemented. 3.9 Uplink Threshold for Other Services This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used for uplink admission of other services. 3.10 Downlink Admission Threshold of Other Services This describes the downlink admission threshold of other services, based on which the downlink admission of subscribers of non conversational services is implemented. 3.11 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. The parameter is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do the admission judgment in the uplink soft handover. 3.12 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold This describes the downlink handover admission threshold, based on which the downlink admission of handover subscribers is implemented. 3.13 Uplink Total Power Threshold The total uplink power threshold of the cell is used for admission of HSPA uplink power resource. 3.14 Downlink Total Power Threshold This describes the total downlink power threshold of the cell (PR99 + GBP), which is used for the admission of HSPA downlink power resource. 3.15 Reserved SF of the Uplink Credit Resource for Handovers This describes the reserved threshold for the uplink credit handover. The threshold is used for the admission of uplink credit for new subscribers. 3.16 Reserved SF of the Downlink Credit Resource and Channel Code Resource for Handovers This describes the spreading factor (SF) threshold of the downlink code resources and CE resources reserved for the handover. This parameter is used for the admission of downlink code resources and credit for new subscribers. 3.17 Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load This describes the uplink common channel load factor and the downlink common channel load factor. ULCCHLOADFACTOR is used to reserve the resource for the uplink common channel, and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF is used to reserve the resource for the downlink common channel.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-5

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Services

This describes the uplink and downlink initial access rates when BE services are set up.

ID
ULBeTraffInitBitrate DLBeTraffInitBitrate

Value Range
ULBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1024, D1450, D2048) DLBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D1800, D2048)

Physical Scope
ULBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 608, 1024, 1450, 2048) kbit/s DLBeTraffInitBitrate: Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 768, 1024, 1536, 1800, 2048) kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D64. To save the system resources and promote the admission success rate, the UE needs not to access with the maximum expected rate but implement the initial access with a comparatively low rate when the BE services are being set up. After the access, the rate can be increased when the traffic requires a higher rate and the system resources meet the demand. When the DCCC function is enabled, the values are the uplink and downlink initial access rates when the BE services are set up if the value is lower than the maximum bit rate. If the initial access rates do not meet the demand of the current load, the actual initial access rate is obtained through negotiation on the basis of the uplink and downlink initial access rates when the BE services are set up.
NOTE

When the uplink and downlink load is in initial congestion state, or the Iub transmission resources is in congestion state, the current intelligent admission algorithm uses the minimum rate (generally 8 kbit/s) in the set of optional rates for the BE service as the access rate instead of gradually decreasing the initial access rate through negotiation. When either the uplink load or the downlink load is in congestion, the UE access is rejected without any process of decreasing the rate.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If ULBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate are set to comparatively higher values, the access rate of the BE services needs a shorter time to reach the maximum value, but the rate is more easily to be decreased through negotiation when the system is in congestion, so it is improper to set the access rate to an excessively high value.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

3-6

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l

3 Admission Control Parameters

If ULBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate are set to comparatively lower values, the BE services can access with the rate more easily, but it takes a long time for the rate to increase to the rate required by some services.

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query ULBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate.

3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch

This describes the intelligent admission algorithm switch. The intelligent admission algorithm switch consists of four subordinate algorithm switches: the maximum rate negotiation switch (IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH), the initial rate selecting switch (RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH), the queuing algorithm (QUEUEALGOSWITCH), and the preemption algorithm (PREEMPTALGOSWITCH).

ID
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH QUEUEALGOSWITCH PREEMPTALGOSWITCH

Value Range
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: Enum (0, 1) QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: ON, OFF

Physical Scope
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: 0 means disabled, 1 means enabled. QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: ON means enabled, OFF means disabled.

Setting
The default value of IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is 0, and the default value of RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH is 1. The default values of QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC are OFF. The descriptions of the sub algorithms are as follows:
l

Maximum rate negotiation: At the RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification, and RAB transition, the real-time services or non-real-time services (BE) at the PS domain requires rate negotiation based on the UE supported capability to get the maximum expected rate of a proper service QoS request. This negotiation result should be sent to the CN. For the BE service, it is the maximum rate that can be reached through adjustment by its DCCC.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-7

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

3 Admission Control Parameters

l

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

RAB downsizing: At the RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification, and RAB transition, the real-time or non-real-time (BE) service of PS domain requires selection of a proper initial rate from the typical rates that are smaller than or equal to the maximum expected rate after negotiation and bigger than or equal to the lowest guaranteed rate according to the cell load information before application for cell resources. The bandwidth is configured on the basis of the selected initial rate. Preemption: At the service setup, modification, hard handover, and transition-in, if service request supports preemption capability (configured in CN) when an application for cell resources fails, the system implements preemption and releases the resources of lowerpriority users that can be preempted to have the service request be set up. Queuing: At the service setup, modification, hard handover and transition-in, if service requests do not support preemption capability but supports the queuing capability or the preemption switch is closed when an application for cell resources fails, a queuing process is implemented. When the heartbeat timer of queuing is in the timeout state, the system attempts to allocate resources to the service request with the minimum metric in the queue.

Impact on the Network Performance

IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH are set based on the actual demand and the supporting capacity of the core network. Preemption may increase the admission success rate of subscribers with high priority, but the preemption also may make the preempted subscriber be released. Queuing may increase the admission success rate of RAB, but the queuing also may increase the admission time delay of queuing subscribers.

Related Commands
Use SET CORRMALGOSWITCH to set or modify and LST CORRMALGOSWITCH to query IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH. Use SET QUEUEPREEMPT to set or modify and LST QUEUEPREEMPT to query QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITCH.

3.3 Uplink Total Equivalent User Number

This describes the uplink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% uplink load.

ID
UlTotalEqUserNum

Value Range
0 to 200

Physical Scope
0 to 200, with the step of 1
3-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

Setting
The default value is 80. When algorithm 2 is used, the actual admission equivalent user number is equal to the admission threshold multiplied by the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load. This parameter defines the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter should be considered with the admission threshold. It should be set according to the actual network condition.
l

If UlTotalEqUserNum is excessively high, the system load after admission probably becomes excessively high, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion. If UlTotalEqUserNum is excessively low, the subscribers are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idled and wasted.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify UlTotalEqUserNum.

3.4 Downlink Total Equivalent User Number

This describes the downlink total equivalent user number. When algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% downlink load.

ID
DlTotalEqUserNum

Value Range
0 to 200

Physical Scope
0 to 200, with the step of 1

Setting
The default value is 80. When the algorithm 2 is used, the actual admission equivalent user number is equal to the admission threshold multiplied by the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load. This parameter defines the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter should be considered with the admission threshold. It should be set according to the actual network condition.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-9

3 Admission Control Parameters

l

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

If DlTotalEqUserNum is excessively high, the system load after admission probably becomes excessively high, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion. If DlTotalEqUserNum is excessively low, the subscribers are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idled and wasted.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlTotalEqUserNum.

3.5 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service

The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admission of conversation service users.

Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForAMR

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range

0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 75, that is 75%. Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the load factor of the system after the new call is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted load factor value and the common channel uplink load factor as the predicted value of the new load factor, and then compares the predicted value of the load factor with the load factor threshold. If the predicted load factor value is not bigger than the load factor threshold, the call will be admitted; otherwise it is rejected. The uplink load thresholds include this parameter and uplink threshold for conversation nonAMR service, uplink threshold for other services and uplink handover admission threshold. According to the relations among these four parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in the cell can be limited. These parameters can be also used to ensure the priorities of handover users and the conversation service access.

Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission probably is too high, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion; if it is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idled and wasted.
3-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

This parameter, uplink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, uplink threshold for other services and uplink handover admission threshold should be considered together with the network planning results.
l l

If this parameter is too high, the target coverage in the network planning is influenced. If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service

This parameter is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for uplink admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service.

Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForNonAMR

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range

0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 75, that is 75%. The uplink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after admission of new call according to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the uplink load factor of public channel as the new load factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is refused. Uplink load thresholds include this parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplink handover admission threshold. You can restrict the proportion of conversation to other services in cell based on relations of the four parameters or use them to ensure the priority of handover user and conversation service access.

Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is set too high, the system load after admission may be overly heavy to affect the system stability, resulting in system congestion. If this parameter is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources may be left idle.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-11

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

This parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplink handover admission threshold should be considered together with the planning result of network optimization to avoid over-big set target coverage affecting network optimization, or too-small coverage that can not reach the target capacity.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.7 AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services

This describes the AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of AMR-voice subscribers of conversational services is implemented.

ID
DlConvAMRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value of DlConvAMRThd is 80, namely 80%. According to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after admission of new calls. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the downlink load factor of public channel as the new load factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected. The downlink load thresholds are the AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, and downlink threshold for other services. You can restrict the proportion of voice services to other services in the cell based on relations of the four parameters or use them to guarantee the access priority of voice services.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of DlConvAMRThd is related to the settings of cell radius and the maximum cell transmit power.
l

If DlConvAMRThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

3-12

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l

3 Admission Control Parameters

If DlConvAMRThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be reached.

The AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, downlink threshold for other services, and downlink handover admission threshold are set on the basis of the network planning result.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlConvAMRThd.

3.8 Non-AMR-Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversational Services

This describes the non-AMR-voice downlink thresholds of conversational services, based on which the downlink admission of non-AMR-voice subscribers of conversational services is implemented.

ID
DlConvNonAMRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value of DlConvNonAMRThd is 80, namely 80%. According to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after admission of new calls. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the downlink load factor of public channel as the new load factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected. The downlink load thresholds are the AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold conversational services, and downlink threshold for other services. You can restrict the proportion of voice services to other services in the cell based on relations of the four parameters or use them to guarantee the access priority of voice services.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of DlConvNonAMRThd is related to the settings of cell radius and the maximum cell transmit power.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-13

3 Admission Control Parameters

l

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

If DlConvNonAMRThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small. If DlConvNonAMRThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be reached.

The AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, downlink threshold for other services, and downlink handover admission threshold are set on the basis of the network planning result.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlConvNonAMRThd.

3.9 Uplink Threshold for Other Services

This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used for uplink admission of other services.

Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForOther

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range

0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 60, that is 60%. For the descriptions of this parameter, refer to 3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission is probably too high, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion. If it is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources may be idled and wasted.

This parameter, with uplink threshold for conversation service and uplink handover admission threshold should be considered together with the network planning results.
l l

If it is too high, the object coverage in the network planning is influenced. If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

3-14

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.10 Downlink Admission Threshold of Other Services

This describes the downlink admission threshold of other services, based on which the downlink admission of subscribers of non conversational services is implemented.

ID
DlOtherThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value of DlOtherThd is 75, namely 75%. For the description of DlOtherThd, refer to 3.9 Uplink Threshold for Other Services.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DlOtherThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small. If DlOtherThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be reached.

The downlink admission threshold for other services, AMR voice downlink threshold of conversational services, non-AMR-voice downlink threshold of conversational services, and downlink handover admission threshold are set on the basis of the network planning result.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlOtherThd.

3.11 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold

The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. The parameter is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do the admission judgment in the uplink soft handover.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-15

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Parameter ID
UlNonCtrlThdForHo

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range

0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80, that is 80%. Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after the new service is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted value of the load factor and the uplink load factor of the common channel as the predicted value of the new load factor, and compares the predicted load factor value with the load factor threshold. If the predicted load factor value is not greater than the load factor threshold, the call is admitted; otherwise it is rejected. The uplink load thresholds include this parameter, uplink threshold for other services and uplink threshold for conversation services. According to the relations among these three parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in the cell can be limited. These parameters can also be used to guarantee the priority of the handover users and the conversation service access. Uplink handover admission threshold must be smaller than uplink OLC trigger threshold for smart load control. This parameter is to reserve resources for handover and to ensure the handover performance; the value of this parameter must be greater than uplink threshold for conversation services. This parameter has effects only on inter-frequency handover; it has no influence on intrafrequency handover.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission probably is too heavy, which influences the system stability and results in the system congestion. If it is too low, the probability that users are rejected is high, and some resources may be idle and wasted.

This parameter should be considered together with the uplink threshold for the conversation service and the uplink thresholds for other services. The restriction is described as following:
l

ULOLCTRIGTHD ULCELLTOTALTHD ULNONCTRLTHDFORHO > ULNONCTRLTHDFORAMR, ULNONCTRLTHDFORNONAMR > ULNONCTRLTHDFOROTHER ULLDRTRIGTHD ULLDRRELTHD; DLOLCTRIGTHD DLCELLTOTALTHD DLHOTHD > DLCONVAMRTHD, DLCONVNONAMRTHD > DLOTHERTHD DLLDRTRIGTHD DLLDRRELTHD;
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

3-16

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.12 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold

This describes the downlink handover admission threshold, based on which the downlink admission of handover subscribers is implemented.

ID
DLHOThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value of DLHOThd is 85, namely 85%.

CAUTION
The downlink handover admission threshold must be smaller than the downlink OLC trigger threshold for smart load control and not smaller than the downlink threshold for conversational services. According to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after admission of new calls. It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the uplink load factor of public channel as the new load factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected. The downlink handover admission threshold aims to reserve handover resources and guarantee a good handover performance.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DLHOThd is set to an excessively high value, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the system stability is affected when the cell coverage is very small. If DLHOThd is set to an excessively low value, the system resources may be idled.

The downlink handover admission threshold needs to be considered with the downlink threshold for conversational services and downlink threshold for other services.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-17

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DLHOThd.

3.13 Uplink Total Power Threshold

The total uplink power threshold of the cell is used for admission of HSPA uplink power resource.

Parameter ID
ULCELLTOTALTHD

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range

0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 83, that is, 83%. The setting of this parameter needs to consider the target load of uplink scheduling. Due to the scheduling mechanism of HSUPA, the total load of uplink always fluctuates around the target load. Therefore, some margin is added to the target load of uplink scheduling to serve as the basis of setting this parameter. Relationship with other parameters: UlOlcTrigThd > UlCellTotalThd > UlNonCtrlThdForHo

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If this parameter is too high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system unstable. If it is too low, the possibility of subscribers rejected increases, part of hardware resource is idle and wasted.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.14 Downlink Total Power Threshold

This describes the total downlink power threshold of the cell (PR99 + GBP), which is used for the admission of HSPA downlink power resource.
3-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

ID
DlCellTotalThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value of DlCellTotalThd is 90, namely 90%.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DlCellTotalThd is excessively high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system unstable. If DlCellTotalThd is excessively low, the possibility of subscribers rejected increases, and part of hardware resource is idle and wasted.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlCellTotalThd.

3.15 Reserved SF of the Uplink Credit Resource for Handovers

This describes the reserved threshold for the uplink credit handover. The threshold is used for the admission of uplink credit for new subscribers.

ID
UlHoCeResvSf

Value Range
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF

Physical Scope
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF

Setting
The default value is SF16.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-19

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

SFOFF indicates that no resource is reserved for the handover. If the remaining cell uplink resources cannot satisfy this parameter after a new service is admitted, this new service is rejected. The reserved SF of the uplink credit resources for handovers aims to reserve resources for the UEs who perform the handover and to guarantee the handover performance. The parameter should be higher than or equal to the uplink LDR credit reserved SF threshold.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower UlHoCeResvSf is, the less credit resource is reserved for UEs that perform the handover, and the higher the probability of handover subscriber admission rejection is.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify UlHoCeResvSf.

3.16 Reserved SF of the Downlink Credit Resource and Channel Code Resource for Handovers
This describes the spreading factor (SF) threshold of the downlink code resources and CE resources reserved for the handover. This parameter is used for the admission of downlink code resources and credit for new subscribers.

ID
DlHoCeCodeResvSf

Value Range
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF

Physical Scope
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF

Setting
The default value is SF32. SFOFF indicates that no resource is reserved for the handover. If the remaining cell downlink resources cannot satisfy this parameter after a new service is admitted, this new service is rejected. To reserve resources for UEs who perform handovers and to guarantee a good handover performance, the SF of downlink code resources and CE resources reserved for the handover should be higher than both the threshold of the SF reserved for the cell LDR and the threshold of the SF reserved for the cell LDR.
3-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

3 Admission Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower DlHoCeCodeResvSf is, the less credit resource is reserved for UEs that perform the handover, and the higher the probability of handover subscriber admission rejection is.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlHoCeCodeResvSf.

3.17 Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load

This describes the uplink common channel load factor and the downlink common channel load factor. ULCCHLOADFACTOR is used to reserve the resource for the uplink common channel, and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF is used to reserve the resource for the downlink common channel.

ID
ULCCHLOADFACTOR DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value is 0. The CAC is implemented only for dedicated channels, and also reserve some resource for common channels. Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call admission request, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the load factor of the system after the new call is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted load factor value and the common channel uplink load factor as the new predicted value of the load factor, and then compares the new predicted value of the load factor with the load factor threshold. If the predicted load factor value is not higher than the load factor threshold, the call will be admitted. If the predicted load factor value is higher than the load factor threshold, the call is rejected.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher ULCCHLOADFACTOR and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF are, the more power resources are consumed, which may decrease the system capacity. If ULCCHLOADFACTOR and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF are excessively low, the power resources can be fully utilized, but the coverage may become poor when the resources are insufficient.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 3-21

3 Admission Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify ULCCHLOADFACTOR and DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF.

3-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

4
About This Chapter

Load Control Parameters

This describes the load control parameters that can be modified by network planners. 4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here. 4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters This describes the overload congestion control (OLC) parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-1

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters

The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 4-1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters No. Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Value Relevant Command L e v el R N C

LdrPeriodTimerLen

LDR period timer length

10 s

Set or modify:SET LDCPERIOD Query:LST LDCPERIOD

UlLdrTrigThd UlLdrRelThd DlLdrTrigThd DlLdrRelThd

Uplink or downlink LDR trigger and release threshold

UlLdrTrigThd: 55% DlLdrTrigThd: 70% UlLdrRelThd: 45% DlLdrRelThd: 60%

Set:ADD CELLLDM Query:LST CELLLDM Modify:MOD CELLLDM Set:ADD CELLLDR Query:LST CELLLDR Modify:MOD CELLLDR

C ell

UlLdrFirstAction UlLdrSecondAction UlLdrThirdAction UlLdrFourthAction UlLdrFifthAction UlLdrSixthAction UlLdrSeventhAction UlLdrEighthAction DlLdrFirstAction DLLDRSecondActi on DLLDRThirdAction DLLDRFourthActio n DLLDRFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction

Uplink or downlink LDR action

ULLDRFirstActio n: CODEADJ ULLDRFirstActio n and DLLDRSecondAct ion: INTERFREQLDH O ULLDRSecondAct ion and DLLDRTHIRDAc tion: BERATERED Others: NOACT

C ell

4-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

No.

Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

L e v el

ULLDRBERateRed uctionRabNum ULLDRPSRTQosRe negRabNum ULCSINTERRATS HOULDBEHOUEN UM ULCSINTERRATS HOULDNOTHOUE NUM ULPSINTERRATS HOULDBEHOUEN UM ULPSINTERRATS HOULDNOTHOUE NUM ULLDRAMRRATE REDUCTIONRAB NUM DLLDRBERateRed uctionRabNum DLLDRPSRTQosRe negRabNum DLCSINTERRATS HOULDBEHOUEN UM DLCSINTERRATS HOULDNOTHOUE NUM DLPSINTERRATS HOULDBEHOUEN UM DLPSINTERRATS HOULDNOTHOUE NUM MAXUSERNUMC ODEADJ DLLDRAMRRATE REDUCTIONRAB NUM

Number of users processed by uplink/ downlink LDR action

ULCSINTERRAT SHOULDBEHOU ENUM, ULCSINTERRAT SHOULDNOTHO UENUM and ULLDRAMRRAT EREDUCTIONR ABNUM are set to 3 by default; others are set to 1 by default. DLCSINTERRAT SHOULDBEHOU ENUM, DLCSINTERRAT SHOULDNOTHO UENUM and DLLDRAMRRAT EREDUCTIONR ABNUM are set to 3 by default ; others are set to 1 by default.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-3

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No.

Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

L e v el

ULINTERFREQHO CELLLOADSPACE THD DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd

UL or DL interfrequency cell load handover load space threshold UL or DL interfrequency cell load handover maximum bound width Cell SF reserved threshold UL or DL credit SF reserved threshold LDR code priority indicator Code congestion select interfrequency indication InterFrequency handover code used ratio space threshold Gold user load control switch

20

UlInterFreqHoBWT hd DlInterFreqHoBWT hd

20,000 bit/s

CellSfResThd

SF8

DlCreditSfResThd UlCreditSfResThd

SF8

LdrCodePriUseInd

FALSE

10

CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd

FALSE

11

LdrCodeUsedSpace Thd

13%

12

GoldUserLoadControlSwitch

OFF

4-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

No.

Parameter ID

Parameter Meaning

Default Value

Relevant Command

L e v el

13

MbmsDecPowerRab Thd

MBMS power control service priority threshold

4.1.1 LDR Period Timer Length This describes the LDR timer length. When the preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends period of preliminary congestion indication (namely LDR execution period) to LDR. 4.1.2 Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold This describes the uplink and downlink load thresholds for the system to determine entering into or being released from the preliminary congestion status. The uplink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively. The downlink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively. 4.1.3 Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions This describes the settings of uplink or downlink LDR actions. The parameters are used to set the sequence of uplink or downlink LDR actions. 4.1.4 Number of Subscribers for Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions This describes the number of subscribers selected for uplink or downlink LDR actions. 4.1.5 Cell Load Space Threshold for Uplink or Downlink Inter-Frequency Handover This describes the cell load space threshold for uplink or downlink inter-frequency handovers. A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of inter-frequency handover only when the current uplink load space of the cell is higher than the uplink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold, namely UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd . A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of inter-frequency handover only when the current downlink load space of the cell is higher than the downlink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold, namely DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd. This parameter value is relative to the target cell LDR threshold. 4.1.6 Upper Threshold of Bandwidth for Uplink or Downlink Inter-frequency Cell Load Handover A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the uplink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd or the uplink GBR of the HSUPA subbscriber is lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd. A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the downlink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd or the downlink GBR of the HSDPA subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd. 4.1.7 Cell SF Reserved Threshold This describes the cell SF reserved threshold. The code adjusting could be done only when the minimum available SF of a cell is higher than this threshold. 4.1.8 Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshold
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-5

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

This describes the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold. The uplink or downlink credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor corresponding to the uplink or downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold. 4.1.9 LDR Code Priority Indicator This describes the LDR code priority indicator, which indicates whether the priority of code is considered during the code reshuffling. 4.1.10 Code Congestion Select Inter-Frequency Indication This describes the code congestion select inter-frequency handover indication. If the parameter is set toTURE, subscribers can be selected for inter-frequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion. If the parameter is set to FALSE, subscribers can not be selected for interfrequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion. 4.1.11 Inter-Frequency Handover Code used Ratio Space Threshold If the space threshold of code used ratio between the source cell and the destination cell is larger than this parameter, then start inter-frequency handover. 4.1.12 Gold User Load Control Switch This switch is used to decide whether the load control measures will be taken for gold user in the case of resource congestion or not. 4.1.13 MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold This describes the MBMS power control service priority threshold. When the MBMS service priority is higher than the threshold, the preliminary congestion status of a cell can be released through the decrease of power.

4.1.1 LDR Period Timer Length

This describes the LDR timer length. When the preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends period of preliminary congestion indication (namely LDR execution period) to LDR.

ID
LdrPeriodTimerLen

Value Range
1 to 86400

Physical Scope
1 s to 86400 s, with the step of 1 s

Setting
The default value is 10, namely 10 s. The LDR period timer length is used by the LDM module. Upon detecting the preliminary congestion of uplink or downlink of the cell, the LDM module sends preliminary congestion indications regularly with the interval of the LDR period. In addition, to reduce the message interactions between modules, the uplink and downlink share the same period, that is, each preliminary congestion indication sent by the LDM module indicates whether the uplink, downlink, or both the uplink and the downlink have preliminary congestion.
4-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

The LDR algorithm aims to slowly reduce the cell load and control the load below the admission threshold, each LDR action takes a period (for example the inter-RAT load handover needs a delay of about 5 s if the compressed mode is needed), and there is a delay for the LDM module responds to the load decreasing (the delay is about 3 s when the L3 filter coefficient is set to 6), so LdrPeriodTimerLen should be higher than 8.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The lower LdrPeriodTimerLen is, the more frequently the LDR action is executed, which decreases the load quickly. If LdrPeriodTimerLen is excessively low, an LDR action may overlap the previous one before the previous result is displayed in LDM. The higher LdrPeriodTimerLen is, the more likely this problem can be prevented. If LdrPeriodTimerLen is excessively high, the LDR action may be executed rarely, failing to lower the load timely.

Related Commands
Use SET LDCPERIOD to set and LST LDCPERIOD to query LdrPeriodTimerLen.

4.1.2 Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold

This describes the uplink and downlink load thresholds for the system to determine entering into or being released from the preliminary congestion status. The uplink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively. The downlink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd respectively.

ID
UlLdrTrigThd UlLdrRelThd DlLdrTrigThd DlLdrRelThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
l l l l

The default value of ULLDRTrigThd is 55, namely 55%. The default value of DLLDRTrigThd is 70, namely 70%. The default value of ULLDRRelThd is 45, namely 45%. The default value of DLLDRRelThd is 60, namely 60%.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-7

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

CAUTION
The uplink and downlink LDR trigger thresholds must be higher than the uplink and downlink LDR release thresholds. When the uplink or downlink preliminary congestion is triggered, the system starts the uplink or downlink LDR action. The LDR control aims to reserve a space for the admission and increase the admission success rate. Therefore, according to the current strategy, the LDR trigger threshold should be lower and close to the index of the admission threshold in concern. For example, if the carrier is concerned about the access success rate of the voice service, the LDR trigger threshold can be set to a value lower than and close to the admission threshold of the voice service but higher than the admission threshold of the data service. After the preliminary congestion state of the cell load is released, the system no longer implements the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference between the LDR release threshold and trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state may occur.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the LDR trigger and release thresholds are, the easier the system enters the preliminary congestion status, the harder it is released from this status, the easier the LDR action is triggered, and the more likely the users are affected. But, the admission success rate becomes higher since the resources are preserved. The carrier shall make a trade-off between these factors.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDM to set, LST CELLLDM to query, and MOD CELLLDM to modify the uplink or downlink LDR trigger threshold and release threshold.

4.1.3 Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions

This describes the settings of uplink or downlink LDR actions. The parameters are used to set the sequence of uplink or downlink LDR actions.

ID
The first to the eighth actions of the uplink are set as follows: UlLdrFirstAction UlLdrSecondAction UlLdrThirdAction UlLdrFourthAction UlLdrFifthAction UlLdrSixthAction UlLdrSeventhAction UlLdrEighthAction The first to the tenth actions of the downlink are set as follows:
4-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

DlLdrFirstAction DLLDRSecondAction DLLDRThirdAction DLLDRFourthAction DLLDRFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction

Value Range
Uplink Enum {NOACT, INTERFREQLDHO, BERATERED, QOSRENEGO, CSINTERRATLDHO, PSINTERRATLDHO, AMRRATERED} Downlink Enum {NOACT, INTERFREQLDHO, BERATERED, QOSRENEGO, CSINTERRATLDHO, PSINTERRATLDHO, AMRRATERED}

Physical Scope
NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken. INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load handover is performed. BERATERED (BE service rate decreasing): Channels are reconfigured for the BE service. QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the uncontrollable real-time service is performed. CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is performed. CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is performed. CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-frequency SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is performed. PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBELDHO: The inter-frequency SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is performed. AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the service rate can be performed for the AMR voice service. MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The MBMS service is configured with the maximum power. CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling): The fragments of the downlink code tree are arranged.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-9

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
l l

The default value of DlLdrFirstAction is CODEADJDL. The default values of ULLdrFirstAction and DLLdrSecondAction are INTERFREQLDHO. The default values of ULLdrSecondAction and DLLdrThirdAction are BERATERED. The default values of other parameters are NOACT.

The preceding parameters can be set to determine whether or not an action is taken in the LDR and the sequence of the LDR actions. The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and judges whether each action is successful. If an action is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an action is successful, or an action is set to NOACT, or all the preceding actions are taken, the LDR is finished, and the system waits for the next triggering of the LDR. Because each action is performed by an algorithm module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and delivers control messages, the execution result of each action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can only judge whether the actions succeed by whether candidate users are found. The inter-frequency load handover have no impact on the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the first action. The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when the DCCC algorithm is enabled.

Impact on the Network Performance

The uplink or downlink LDR actions are set on the basis of the actual needs and RNP (radio network planning) strategy.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify the settings of uplink or downlink LDR actions.

4.1.4 Number of Subscribers for Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions

This describes the number of subscribers selected for uplink or downlink LDR actions.

Parameter ID
ULLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (uplink LDR-BE service rate reduction RAB number) ULLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM (uplink LDR uncontrollable real-time service negotiation RAB number) ULCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (uplink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number) ULCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM (uplink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number)
4-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

ULPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (uplink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number) ULPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM (uplink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number) ULLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM(uplink LDR-AMR service reduction RAB number) MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ (downlink channel code maximum reshuffled user number) DLLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (downlink LDR-BE service reduction RAB number) DLLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM (downlink LDR uncontrollable real-time service negotiation RAB number) DLCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (downlink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number) DLCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM (downlink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number) DLPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM (downlink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number) DLPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM(downlink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number) DLLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (downlink LDR-AMR service reduction RAB number)

Value Range
1 to 10

Physical Value Range

None

Parameter Setting
The following parameters are set to 1 by default:
l l l l l l l l l

ULLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM ULPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM ULPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ DLLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM DLLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM DLPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUENUM DLPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTHOUENUM

The other parameters are set to 3 by default.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-11

4 Load Control Parameters

l

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Uplink/Downlink LDR-BE service rate reduction user number: This parameter can be configured according to the actual user distribution. If the proportion of high-rate users is large, you need to set a smaller value for this parameter. If the proportion of high-rate users is small, you need to set a greater value. Because the preliminary congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly decrease cell load, you need to set a small value for this parameter. Uplink/Downlink uncontrollable real-time service negotiation user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS real-time service users. The setting of this parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service reduction user number. Because the number of users performing QoS renegotiation may be smaller than the value of this parameter, for example, the candidate users selected for downlink LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, you must leave some margin when setting this parameter to ensure the success of load reengineering. Uplink/Downlink CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the CS domain users. Because the CS domain users are session users in general and they have little impact on load, you can set a slightly big value for this parameter. Uplink/Downlink CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the CS domain users. Because the CS domain users are session users in general and they have little impact on load, you can set a slightly big value for this parameter. Uplink/Downlink PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS domain users. The setting of this parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service rate reduction user number. Uplink/Downlink PS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS domain users. The setting of this parameter is analogous to the setting of BE service rate reduction user number. Downlink channel code maximum reshuffling user number: Code reshuffling has a great impact on user feelings. In addition, the reshuffled users occupy two code resources during code reshuffling. Thus, you must set a small value for this parameter.

For each user, during a life cycle of preliminary congestion, a type of uplink/downlink LDR action can be selected only once. After a type of uplink/downlink LDR action is selected by a user, the uplink/downlink LDR marks the user. If this type of action is triggered again, this user is not selected as the candidate user. Note that an action is performed separately in the uplink and downlink directions. That is, the same action is performed one time in both the uplink direction and the downlink action.

Impact on Network Performance

The greater the values of this set of parameters are, the more significant the load of the local cell is reduced. This, however, may affect user feeling or cause traffic congestion in the target cell. The smaller the values of this set of parameters are, the smaller the load range are adjusted by the LDR. This, however, more probably ensures users' QoS and balances traffic load.

Relevant Commands
Use the ADD CELLLDR command for configuration, the LST CELLLDR command for query, and the MOD CELLLDR command for modification.

4-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

4.1.5 Cell Load Space Threshold for Uplink or Downlink InterFrequency Handover
This describes the cell load space threshold for uplink or downlink inter-frequency handovers. A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of inter-frequency handover only when the current uplink load space of the cell is higher than the uplink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold, namely UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd . A blind handover target cell can serve as the target cell of inter-frequency handover only when the current downlink load space of the cell is higher than the downlink inter-frequency handover cell load space threshold, namely DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd. This parameter value is relative to the target cell LDR threshold.

ID
UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20%.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The lower UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd are, the easier it is to find a qualified target cell for the blind handover. Excessively small values of the parameters, however makes the target cell easily enter the congestion status. The higher UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd are, the more difficult it is for the inter-frequency blind handover occurs, and the easier it is to guarantee the stability of the target cell.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.

4.1.6 Upper Threshold of Bandwidth for Uplink or Downlink Interfrequency Cell Load Handover
A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the uplink RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd or the uplink GBR of the HSUPA subbscriber is lower than UlInterFreqHoBWThd. A subscriber can serve as the target subscriber of an inter-frequency load handover only when the downlink
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-13

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

RB bandwidth of the R99 subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd or the downlink GBR of the HSDPA subscriber is lower than DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

ID
UlInterFreqHoBWThd DlInterFreqHoBWThd

Value Range
0 to 400000

Physical Scope
0 bit/s to 400000 bit/s

Setting
The default value is 200000, namely 200000 bit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd are, the higher the service rate of the user in handover is, and the more obviously the cell load is decreased. But high values of UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd give rise to the fluctuation and congestion of the target cell load. The lower UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd are, the smaller amplitude of the load decreases as a result of the inter-frequency load handover, and the easier it is to maintain the stability of the target cell load.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

4.1.7 Cell SF Reserved Threshold

This describes the cell SF reserved threshold. The code adjusting could be done only when the minimum available SF of a cell is higher than this threshold.

ID
CellLdrSfResThd

Value Range
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256

Physical Scope
None.
4-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

Setting
The default value is SF8. This parameter indicates the condition how code resource trigger the load reshuffling algorithm. When the downlink residually least SF code is lower than CellLdrSfResThd, the cell is in downlink code resource congestion state. At this time LDR action begins to work. The LDR control aims to reserve the code resource to improve the admission success rate of newly accessing subscribers. The restriction of setting this parameter is as following: DlHoCeCodeResvSf CellLdrSfResThd

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the code resource LDR trigger threshold is, the easier the downlink code resource enters the initial congestion status, the easier the LDR action is triggered, and the easier the subscriber perception is affected. But a lower code resource LDR trigger threshold causes a higher admission success rate because the resource is reserved. The parameter should be set based on the operator's requirement.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify CellLdrSfResThd.

4.1.8 Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshold

This describes the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold. The uplink or downlink credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor corresponding to the uplink or downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.

ID
UlLdrCreditSfResThd DlLdrCreditSfResThd

Value Range
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is SF8. This parameter indicates the condition how CE resource trigger the load reshuffling algorithm. When the downlink residually CE resource corresponding SF code is higer than DlLdrCreditSfResThd, the cell is in downlink code resource congestion state. At this time
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-15

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

LDR action begins to work. The LDR control aims to reserve the code resource to improve the admission success rate of newly accessing subscribers. The restriction of setting this parameter is as following: UlHoCeResvSf UlLdrCreditSfResThd DlHoCeCodeResvSf DlLdrCreditSfResThd

Impact on the Network Performance

If the SF corresponding to the current UL/DL remaining credit resource is higher than the threshold defined by this parameter, the UL/DL credit LDR could be performed and the related handling actions are taken.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify UlLdrCreditSfResThd and DlLdrCreditSfResThd.

4.1.9 LDR Code Priority Indicator

This describes the LDR code priority indicator, which indicates whether the priority of code is considered during the code reshuffling.

ID
LdrCodePriUseInd

Value Range
FALSE, TRUE

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is FALSE. FALSE means not considering the code priority during the code reshuffling. TRUE means considering the code priority during the code reshuffling.

Impact on the Network Performance

If LdrCodePriUseInd is TRUE, the codes with high priority are reserved during the code reshuffling. It is good for the code resource dynamic sharing, which is a function used for the HSDPA service.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify LdrCodePriUseInd.
4-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

4.1.10 Code Congestion Select Inter-Frequency Indication

This describes the code congestion select inter-frequency handover indication. If the parameter is set toTURE, subscribers can be selected for inter-frequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion. If the parameter is set to FALSE, subscribers can not be selected for interfrequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion.

Parameter ID
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd

Value Range
FALSE, TRUE

Physical Value Range

None.

Parameter Setting
The default value is FALSE. The setting of this parameter needs to refer to usage of network resources. In the case of multifrequency coverage, if code resource is the bottleneck (such as for the indoors), it is recommended that the parameter be set as True.

Impact on the Network Performance

When the setting is True, subscribers can be selected for inter-frequency load handover in the case of code resource congestion to eliminate code congestion more easily and to use multifrequency resource effectively. However, inter-frequency blind handover will also introduce the risk of call drops.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR.

4.1.11 Inter-Frequency Handover Code used Ratio Space Threshold

If the space threshold of code used ratio between the source cell and the destination cell is larger than this parameter, then start inter-frequency handover.

Parameter ID
LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd

Value Range
0 to 100
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-17

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Value Range

0 to 100%, step is 1%.

Parameter Setting
The default value is 13, namely 13%. The setting of this parameter needs to consider the bandwidth of inter-frequency handover subscribers. It should be avoided as much as possible to cause the destination cell congested by subscribershandover.

Impact on the Network Performance

The smaller the setting, the more likely to find blind handover target cells that meet LDR conditions is. However, an extremely small setting is likely to cause the target cell congested. The greater the setting, the less likely to incur inter-frequency blind handover is, but the more likely to ensure the reliability of the target cell is.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR.

4.1.12 Gold User Load Control Switch

This switch is used to decide whether the load control measures will be taken for gold user in the case of resource congestion or not.

Parameter ID
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch

Value Range
ON, OFF

Physical Value Range

None.

Parameter Setting
The default value is OFF. The setting is based on the policy of operators towards VIP subscribers. If service quality is to be ensured in resource congestion, this parameter is not enabled.

Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is enabled, load control measures such as down-speeding and handover will be taken for VIP subscribers in the case of resource congestion in the cell, thus affecting service quality of VIP subscribers. Otherwise, no measures will be taken for VIP subscribers in the case of resource congestion.
4-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR.

4.1.13 MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold

This describes the MBMS power control service priority threshold. When the MBMS service priority is higher than the threshold, the preliminary congestion status of a cell can be released through the decrease of power.

ID
MbmsDecPowerRabThd

Value Range
1 to 15

Physical Scope
1 to 15

Setting
The default value is 1. When the priority of the RAB of MBMS services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS power to the minimum power.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The lower MbmsDecPowerRabThd is, the bigger the scope for selecting the MBMS services is, the more cell load is decreased, the more effect there is on the MBMS service. At the same time, the cell overload is significantly decreased while the impact on the MBMS services becomes bigger. The higher MbmsDecPowerRabThd is, the smaller the scope for selecting the MBMS services is, the less cell load is decreased, the more effect there is on the MBMS services, and the quality of services with high priority, however, can be guaranteed.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify MbmsDecPowerRabThd.

4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control Parameters

This describes the overload congestion control (OLC) parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-19

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Table 4-2 List of overload congestion control parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 OlcPeriodTi merLen Meaning Default Configurat ion MML Command Le vel

OLC period timer length

3000, namely 3 s

Set or modify: SET LDCPERIOD Query: LST LDCPERIOD

RN C

UlOlcTrigTh d DlOlcTrigTh d UlOlcRelTh d DlOlcRelTh d

Uplink or downlink OLC trigger threshold and release threshold

UlOlcTri gThd: 95% DlOlcTri gThd: 95% UlOlcRel Thd: 80% DlOlcRel Thd: 80%

Set: ADD CELLLDM Query: LST CELLLDM Modify: MOD CELLLDM

Cel l

UlOlcFTFRs trctTimes DlOlcFTFRs trctTimes

Uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times Number of RABs selected for the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction OLC fast TF restrict data rate restriction timer length and recovery timer length Data rate restriction coefficient for OLC fast TF restriction

Set: ADD CELLOLC Query: LST CELLOLC Modify: MOD CELLOLC

UlOlcFTFRs trctRabNum DlOlcFTFRs trctRabNum

RateRstrctTi merLen RateRecover TimerLen

RateRstrctT imerLen: 3000 (3 s), RateRecove rTimerLen: 5000 (5 s) 68, namely 68%

RateRstrctC oef

4-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

S ID e r i a l N o . 7 UlOlcTraffR elRabNum DlOlcTraffR elRabNum

Meaning

Default Configurat ion

MML Command

Le vel

Number of RABs released for the uplink or downlink traffic

4.2.1 OLC Period Timer Length This describes the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC executes once and then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the period of the OLC action. The uplink OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer. 4.2.2 Uplink or Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold This describes the thresholds for the system to determine that the uplink or downlink enters overload status and the threshold for the system to determine that the uplink or downlink overload is released. 4.2.3 Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times This describes the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times, which indicate the number of times for which the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction is executed. The number of uplink OLC fast TF restriction times is UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, and the number of downlink OLC fast TF restriction times is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes. 4.2.4 Number of RABs Selected for the Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction This describes the number of RABs selected for an uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction. The number of RABs selected for an uplink OLC fast TF restriction is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum, and the number of RABs selected for a downlink OLC fast TF restriction is DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum. 4.2.5 OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Timer Length and Recover Timer Length This describes the OLC fast TF data rate restriction timer length and recover timer length. RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC applies TF restriction to BE subscribers in a downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC applies TF recovery to BE subscribers when the downlink overload is released. 4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Coefficient This describes the data rate restriction coefficient for OLC fast TF restriction. The data rate restriction coefficient indicates the degree of the rate restriction. 4.2.7 Number of RABs Released by the Uplink or Downlink Traffic Release This describes the number of RABs that are released by an uplink or downlink traffic release. The number of RABs released by an uplink traffic release is UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and the number of RABs released by a downlink traffic release is DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-21

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4.2.1 OLC Period Timer Length

This describes the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC executes once and then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the period of the OLC action. The uplink OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer.

ID
OlcPeriodTimerLen

Value Range
100 to 86400000

Physical Scope
100 ms to 86400 s, with the step of 1 ms

Setting
The default value of OlcPeriodTimerLen is 3000, namely 3 s. In the current overload control algorithm, all the uplink/downlink OLC actions (TF restriction and user release) are executed in the period of the OLC timer. When the uplink or downlink has overload, the system implements overload control and checks whether the OLC period timer is started in the current cell. If the OLC period timer is not started, the system starts the timer. If the OLC period timer is started, the system shares the timer. When the OLC timer times out, the system checks the overload state of the cell. If the uplink or downlink has overload, the system implement overload control of the uplink or downlink. If both the uplink and the downlink have overload, the system implements the overload control based on a comprehensive decision. When implementing the overload control, the system resets the OLC timer. The system implements the overload control until both the uplink and the downlink has no overload.
NOTE

When setting OlcPeriodTimerLen, consider the hysteresis for which the load monitoring responds to the load change. For example, when the layer 3 filter coefficient is 6, the hysteresis for which the load measurement responds to the step-function signals is about 2.8 s, namely that the system can trace the load control effect about 3 s later after each load control. In this case, the OLC period timer length cannot be smaller than 3 s.

OlcPeriodTimerLen along with ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, ULOLCTraffRelUserNum, and DLOLCTraffRelUserNum determine the time it takes to release the uplink/downlink overload.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

If the OLC period is excessively long, the system may respond very slowly to overload. If the OLC period is excessively short, unnecessary adjustment may occur before the previous OLC action has taken effect, and therefore the system performance is affected.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

4-22

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

Related Commands
Use SET LDCPERIOD to set and LST LDCPERIOD to query OlcPeriodTimerLen.

4.2.2 Uplink or Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold

This describes the thresholds for the system to determine that the uplink or downlink enters overload status and the threshold for the system to determine that the uplink or downlink overload is released.

ID
UlOlcTrigThd DlOlcTrigThd UlOlcRelThd DlOlcRelThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default values of UlOlcTrigThd and DlOlcTrigThd are 95 (95%). The default values of UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd are 80 (80%).

CAUTION
The OLC trigger threshold must be not higher than the OLC release threshold. The system judges whether the uplink or downlink is in overload status on the basis of the uplink or downlink OLC trigger threshold. If the cell load is higher than the threshold for consecutive pre-determined times, the system is already in overload status for a long time. In this case, the system performs operations of the OLC algorith, including fast TF restriction or even user release, if the cell OLC switch is enabled. The uplink handover admission threshold guarantees the stability of the system, so UlOlcTrigThd must be higher than UlHOThd, and DlOlcTrigThd must be higher than DlHOThd. UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd indicates that the uplink and downlink have recovered to the normal state (the overload is released). When the cell load is lower than the UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd within a hysteresis, the system has already entered the normal state and stops the uplink and downlink OLC. The uplink or downlink OLC release threshold must guarantee the
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-23

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

system stability. To ensure that the overload can be released after the system implements the overload algorithm to limit the rate of BE services, the value of the uplink or downlink OLC release threshold should not be much lower than or close to the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state may have a ping-pong effect. The recommended difference between the OLC release threshold and the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The lower the OLC trigger threshold is, the easier the system is in the overload status. Since OLC ultimately uses extreme method like releasing users to lower the load, an excessively low value of the OLC trigger threshold is very detrimental to the system performance. The lower the OLC release threshold is, the harder the system releases the overload.

Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected, it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDM to set, LST CELLLDM to query, and MOD CELLLDM to modify the uplink or downlink OLC trigger threshold and release threshold.

4.2.3 Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times

This describes the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times, which indicate the number of times for which the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction is executed. The number of uplink OLC fast TF restriction times is UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, and the number of downlink OLC fast TF restriction times is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes.

ID
UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0 to 100 times

Setting
The default value is 3. After the uplink or downlink overload is triggered, the RNC immediately executes OLC by first executing uplink/downlink fast TF restriction. The internal counter is incremented by 1 with each execution. If the number of overloads does not exceed the OLC action threshold, the system lowers the BE service rate by lowering TF to relieve the overload. If the number of overloads exceeds the OLC action threshold, the previous operation has no obvious effect on alleviating the overload and the system has to release users to solve the overload problem.
4-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower the parameters are, the more likely the users are released, resulting in negative effect on the system performance. If the parameters are excessively high, the overload status is released slowly.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times.

4.2.4 Number of RABs Selected for the Uplink or Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction
This describes the number of RABs selected for an uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction. The number of RABs selected for an uplink OLC fast TF restriction is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum, and the number of RABs selected for a downlink OLC fast TF restriction is DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.

ID
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum

Value Range
1 to 10

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 3. The OLC selects RABs on the basis of comprehensive priorities. It considers the service priority, the value of ARP, and the bearer priority indication, and selects the RABs with lower priorities. In the actual system, UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum can be set on the basis of the actual circumstances.
l

If the high-rate subscribers occupy a high proportion, set UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively low values. If the high-rate subscribers occupy a low proportion, set UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum to comparatively high values.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher the parameters are, the more users are involved in fast TF restriction under the same conditions, the quicker the cell load decreases, and the more user QoS is affected.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-25

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify the number of RABs selected for the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction.

4.2.5 OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Timer Length and Recover Timer Length
This describes the OLC fast TF data rate restriction timer length and recover timer length. RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC applies TF restriction to BE subscribers in a downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for which the MAC applies TF recovery to BE subscribers when the downlink overload is released.

ID
RateRstrctTimerLen RateRecoverTimerLen

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Scope
1 ms to 65535 ms

Setting
l l

The default value of RateRstrctTimerLen is 3000, namely 3 s. The default value of RateRecoverTimerLen is 5000, namely 5 s.

Once the MAC layer receives an instruction to perform the fast TF restriction on a subscriber, it periodically uses the rate restriction coefficient to restrict the maximum available TF of the subscriber until it receives an overload release instruction. Therefore, every period specified by RateRstrctTimerLen, apart from the new OLC-selected users who are TF restricted, the previously selected users are also fast-TF restricted in an effort to release the overload more quickly. In order to timely adjust the BE service rate according to the load, the value of RateRstrctTimerLen shall be slightly higher than the system load response time after rate adjustment and the period of overload detection. To avoid the fast TF restriction on the same user and guarantee the QoS of a single user, set RateRstrctTimerLen to the maximum value (65535). Upon receiving the overload release instruction, the MAC layer periodically recovers the maximum available TF of the previously restricted BE users according to the period specified by RateRecoverTimerLen, and raises the maximum available TF to the superior level each time.

4-26

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

CAUTION
RateRstrctTimerLen and RateRecoverTimerLen are effective only to the downlink. The uplink fast TF restriction is performed by the UE. For the uplink fast TF restriction, the RNC only delivers a new TFCS and randomly selects a comparatively bigger time length in the signaling value scope. As soon as the time length selected by the RNC comes to an end, the UE automatically releases the TF restriction.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher RateRstrctTimerLen is, the more slowly the BE service rate decreases. The lower RateRstrctTimerLen is, the harder it is to receive the overload release instruction. The higher RateRecoverTimerLen is, the more slowly the BE service rate recovers, while the lower probability that the overload is triggered again in a short period. The lower RateRecoverTimerLen is, the more quickly the BE service rate is recovered, but more overloads occur.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify RateRstrctTimerLen and RateRecoverTimerLen.

4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Data Rate Restriction Coefficient

This describes the data rate restriction coefficient for OLC fast TF restriction. The data rate restriction coefficient indicates the degree of the rate restriction.

ID
RateRstrctCoef

Value Range
1 to 99

Physical Scope
1% to 99%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value of RateRstrctCoef is 68, namely 68%. When configuring RateRstrctCoef, comply with the following principles: Guaranteee the rate control effect on the high speed services, such as the 384 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, and 144 kbit/s services. When there are more than two transport blocks, the restriction on the biggest transport block must be effective, that is, the rate of the transport block must decrease by at lest one level.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 4-27

4 Load Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

For the 384 kbit/s service, TTI = 10 MS, and the TB set is {0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12}. Consuming that the rate restriction coefficient is x, the restriction rules are as follows:
l l l

8<12x<12 4<12x2<8 2<12x3<4

Through calculation on the basis of the preceding rules, x can be set to 0.68.

Impact on Network Performance

The lower the parameter is, the more severe the rate is restricted. An excessive low RateRstrctCoef, however, may affect the BE transmission delay. A high RateRstrctCoef means loose restriction, which may be ineffective in alleviating the overload.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify RateRstrctCoef.

4.2.7 Number of RABs Released by the Uplink or Downlink Traffic Release

This describes the number of RABs that are released by an uplink or downlink traffic release. The number of RABs released by an uplink traffic release is UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and the number of RABs released by a downlink traffic release is DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

ID
UlOlcTraffRelRabNum DlOlcTraffRelRabNum

Value Range
0 to 10

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 0. The number of RABs that are released by an uplink or downlink traffic release should be considered together with the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times and the number of RABs selected for the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction. When the uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times exceed the threshold set by UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the OLC starts releasing users. For the users of a single service, the releasing of RABs means the complete releasing of the users. The releasing of RABs causes call drops, so UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes should be set to a low value.
4-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

4 Load Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

Higher values of these parameters get the cell load to decrease more obviously, but the QoS will be affected.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLOLC to set, LST CELLOLC to query, and MOD CELLOLC to modify the number of RABs released by an uplink or downlink traffic release.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-29

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

PS Service Rate Control Parameters

About This Chapter

This describes the PS service rate control parameters: the service-related thresholds, DCCC parameters, link stability parameters, state transfer parameters, PS active parameters, and so on. 5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here. 5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on traffic. 5.3 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on throughput. 5.4 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on link quality. 5.5 State Transition Parameters This describes the state transition parameters. 5.6 PS Inactive The common configurable PS inactive parameters are listed here.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-1

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters

The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here. Table 5-1 List of BE service related threshold parameters No. 1 Parameter ID BeBitRateThd Parameter Meaning BE service handover rate threshold Default Value D384, that is, 384 kbit/s Relevant Command Set or Modify:SET HOCOMM Query:LST HOCOMM Level RNC

5-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

No. 2

Parameter ID R99GoldIAVUl GBR R99GoldIAVDl GBR R99SilverIAVU lGBR R99SilverIAVD lGBR R99CopperIAV UlGBR R99CopperIAV DlGBR HSPAGoldIAV UlGBR HSPAGoldIAV DlGBR HSPASilverIA VUlGBR HSPASilverIA VDlGBR HSPACopperIA VUlGBR HSPACopperIA VDlGBR R99GoldBGDU lGBR R99GoldBGDD lGBR R99SilverBGD UlGBR R99SilverBGD DlGBR R99CopperBG DUlGBR R99CopperBG DDlGBR HSPAGoldBG DUlGBR HSPAGoldBG DDlGBR HSPASilverBG DUlGBR HSPASilverBG DDlGBR

Parameter Meaning Uplink and downlink BE

Default Value D64, namely 64 kbit/s

Relevant Command Set or modify: SET USERGBR Query: LST USERGBR

Level

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-3

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No.

Parameter ID HSPACopperB GDUlGBR HSPACopperB GDDlGBR

Parameter Meaning service guarantee bit rate

Default Value

Relevant Command

Level

UlStrTransMod eOnHsupa

Streaming service HSUPA transmission mode

NonScheduled

Set or modify:SET FRC Query:LST FRC

5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold This describes the Best Effort (BE) service handover rate threshold. The BE service handover rate threshold is used to determine whether to perform soft handovers for the BE service on the DCH. When the maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service is lower than or equal to the BE service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform a soft handover to guarantee the service quality of the subscriber. When the maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service exceeds the BE service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform an intra-frequency hard handover to reduce the impact upon the system capacity. 5.1.2 Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate This describes the insured bit rate configured for BE services with different priorities. DCH and H share a set of parameters. 5.1.3 Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode This describes the HSUPA transmission mode switch for streaming services. The parameter is used to control the E-DCH data transmission mode of the streaming service and is valid only when the mapping from the streaming service to E-DCH is available.

5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold

This describes the Best Effort (BE) service handover rate threshold. The BE service handover rate threshold is used to determine whether to perform soft handovers for the BE service on the DCH. When the maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service is lower than or equal to the BE service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform a soft handover to guarantee the service quality of the subscriber. When the maximum rate of the transmission channel of the BE service exceeds the BE service handover rate threshold, the system has the subscriber perform an intra-frequency hard handover to reduce the impact upon the system capacity.

ID
BeBitRateThd

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)
5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D384, namely 384 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher BeBitRateThd is, the more resources are consumed, but the better the QoS becomes.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query BeBitRateThd.

5.1.2 Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate

This describes the insured bit rate configured for BE services with different priorities. DCH and H share a set of parameters.

Parameter ID
R99GoldIAVUlGBR R99GoldIAVDlGBR R99SilverIAVUlGBR R99SilverIAVDlGBR R99CopperIAVUlGBR R99CopperIAVDlGBR HSPAGoldIAVUlGBR HSPAGoldIAVDlGBR HSPASilverIAVUlGBR HSPASilverIAVDlGBR HSPACopperIAVUlGBR HSPACopperIAVDlGBR R99GoldBGDUlGBR R99GoldBGDDlGBR R99SilverBGDUlGBR R99SilverBGDDlGBR R99CopperBGDUlGBR R99CopperBGDDlGBR HSPAGoldBGDUlGBR
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-5

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

HSPAGoldBGDDlGBR HSPASilverBGDUlGBR HSPASilverBGDDlGBR HSPACopperBGDUlGBR HSPACopperBGDDlGBR

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, and D384

Physical Value Range

8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, and 384 (unit: kbit/s)

Parameter Setting
The default value is D64, which stands for 64 kbit/s.

Impact on Network Performance

You can assign different GBRs to the users with different priorities to show service differentiation. The QoS of the users with higher priorities is better. The user access, however, becomes more difficult.

Relevant Commands
Use the SET USERGBR command for configuration and use the LST USERGBR command for query.

5.1.3 Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode

This describes the HSUPA transmission mode switch for streaming services. The parameter is used to control the E-DCH data transmission mode of the streaming service and is valid only when the mapping from the streaming service to E-DCH is available.

ID
UlStrTransModeOnHsupa

Value Range
Scheduled, Non-Scheduled

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default setting is Non-Scheduled.
5-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For the RNC level, use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query UlStrTransModeOnHsupa.

5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Traffic

This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on traffic. Table 5-2 List of dynamic channel configuration parameters N o. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Parameter ID Event4aThd Event4bThd TimetoTrigg er4A TimetoTrigg er4B UlDcccRate Thd DlDcccRate Thd UlMidRateT hd DlMidRateT hd UlMidRateC alc DlMidRateC alc UlRateUpA djLevel Parameter Meaning Traffic upper threshold Traffic lower threshold Time to trigger event 4A Time to Trigger event 4B Uplink DCCC rate thresholds Downlink DCCC rate thresholds Uplink middle rate thresholds Downlink middle rate thresholds Uplink middle rate calculate method Downlink middle rate calculate method Uplink rate increase adjust level Default Value D1024, that is, 1024 bytes D128, that is, 128 bytes D240, that is, 240 ms D2560, that is, 2.56 s D64 (64 kbit/s) D64 (64 kbit/s) D128 (128 kbit/ s) D128 (128 kbit/ s) HAND_APPOI NT HAND_APPOI NT 3_Rates Relevant Command Set: ADD TYPRABDCCCM C Query: LST TYPRAB Modify: MOD TYPRABDCCCM C Level RNC

Set or modify: SET DCCC Query: LST DCCC

RNC

10

11

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-7

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

N o. 12

Parameter ID DlRateUpA djLevel UlRateDnA djLevel DlRateDnA djLevel LittleRateTh d

Parameter Meaning Downlink increase adjust level Uplink rate decrease adjust level Downlink rate decrease adjust level Low activity bitrate threshold

Default Value 3_Rates

Relevant Command

Level

13

3_Rates

14

3_Rates

15

D64, that is, 64 kbit/s

5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold This describes the upper threshold of the traffic, which is used to check whether there is any data to be transmitted. 5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold This describes the lower threshold of the traffic. If the RLC buffer payload is lower than the lower threshold of the traffic for a certain period, the system reports the 4B event. The 4B event is implemented to detect for the decreasing of traffic. When the traffic transport is about to be finished, the traffic in the buffer soon decreases to zero. 5.2.3 Time to Trigger Event 4A This describes the time to trigger the 4A event. When the traffic exceeds the upper threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4A event. 5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B This describes the time to trigger the 4B event. When the traffic is lower than the lower threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4B event. 5.2.5 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels These parameters are used to judge uplink and downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC. 5.2.6 Uplink or Downlink DCCC Rate Threshold When the uplink or downlink maximum rate applied for the BE service is not higher than the uplink or downlink DCCC rate threshold, the system does not reconfigure channels according to the uplink or downlink traffic. 5.2.7 Uplink or Downlink Middle Rate Calculate Method This describes the uplink or downlink middle rate calculate method which can be set to HAND_APPOINT or AUTO_CALC. 5.2.8 Uplink or Downlink DCCC Middle Rate This describes the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate. The uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is configured when 3 rate adjusting in DCCC is used and the middle rate computing method is HAND_APPOINT. If the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is not configured, the middle rate equals half of the maximum rate. 5.2.9 Low Activity Rate Threshold
5-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

This describes the low activity rate threshold. When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but the UE cannot transfer to the CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is off; UE has CS service), the PS BE service rate is reduced to the low activity rate threshold if the PS BE service satisfies the requirement of D2F.

5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold

This describes the upper threshold of the traffic, which is used to check whether there is any data to be transmitted.

ID
Event4aThd

Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k, D768k)

Physical Scope
Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 768k) bytes

Setting
The default value is D1024, namely 1024 bytes. The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink.

Impact on the Network Performance

Event 4A: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) exceeds an absolute threshold. When this event occurs, data transmission is accelerated through the increase of channel transmission bandwidth. The setting of the traffic upper threshold is used to check whether there are data to be transmitted. Therefore, to quickly satisfy the demand of data transmission, Event4AThd can be configured to a comparatively low value. If Event4AThd is excessively low, the channel reconfiguration may be triggered to increase bandwidth even when users have no enough data to be transmitted.

Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters: Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query Event4AThd.

5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold

This describes the lower threshold of the traffic. If the RLC buffer payload is lower than the lower threshold of the traffic for a certain period, the system reports the 4B event. The 4B event is implemented to detect for the decreasing of traffic. When the traffic transport is about to be finished, the traffic in the buffer soon decreases to zero.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-9

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
Event4BThd

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16,D32, D64, D128,D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k)

Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16,32, 64, 128,256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k) bytes

Setting
The default value is D128(rate < 128k), D256(rate >= 128k). The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink.

Impact on the Network Performance

Event 4B: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) becomes lower than an absolute threshold. When this event occurs, the channel transmission bandwidth is reduced to avoid resource waste. The 4B event is used to check whether the traffic becomes lighter. When the service transmission is about to finish, the traffic in the buffer decreases rapidly until it becomes zero. Therefore, Event4BThd can be set to a low value. In addition, when the service has a stable but low source rate, Event4BThd can be set to a proper value to detect the low source rate and decrease the channel bandwidth. The tests on the FTP service and services with low source rates prove that Event4BThd can be set to a value close to the size of the transport block to detect the demand of decreasing the bandwidth caused by the FTP service and services with low source rates.

Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters: Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query Event4BThd.

5.2.3 Time to Trigger Event 4A

This describes the time to trigger the 4A event. When the traffic exceeds the upper threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4A event.

ID
TimetoTrigger4A

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
5-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280,2560,5000) ms

Setting
The default value is D240, namely 240 ms. The parameter is set separately in uplink and downlink.

Impact on the Network Performance

TimetoTrigger4A can be properly set to avoid the unnecessary triggering of traffic events caused by the unstable traffic. If TimetoTrigger4A is set to an excessively high value, the reporting of the 4A event will be delayed, and the performance of the traffic measurement report to trace the transmission requirements for service source data is poor. Before setting TimetoTrigger4A, you need analyze the changes of buffer traffic when there are data to be transmitted.

Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters: Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query TimetoTrigger4A.

5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B

This describes the time to trigger the 4B event. When the traffic is lower than the lower threshold for a certain period, the system reports the 4B event.

ID
TimetoTrigger4B

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms

Setting
The default value is D2560, namely 2560 ms. The parameter is set separately in uplink and downlink. The TimetoTrigger4B is used to prevent frequent triggering caused by small fluctuation of the traffic. This parameter indicates the time from the moment when the traffic volume exceeds the lower threshold to the moment when an event 4B is triggered. This parameter is used to avoid unnecessary reports triggered by traffic fluctuation
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-11

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

TimetoTrigger4B can be properly set to avoid the unnecessary triggering of traffic events caused by the unstable traffic. Before setting TimetoTrigger4B, you need analyze the changes of buffer traffic when there are data to be transmitted. You can set TimetoTrigger4B to a comparatively high value to guarantee a good performance of service transmission. The higher the parameter value is, the harder it is to trigger event 4B. In this case frequent adjustments of the BE service rate can be avoided. An extremely high value, however, may lead to slow system responses. The lower the parameter value is, the easier it is to trigger event 4B. A low value, however, may lead to frequent event triggering under small fluctuation of the traffic.

Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters: Use ADD TYPRABDCCCMC to set, MOD TYPRABDCCCMC to modify, and LST TYPRAB to query TimetoTrigger4B.

5.2.5 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels

These parameters are used to judge uplink and downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC.

Parameter ID
UlRateUpAdjLevel UlRateDnAdjLevel DlRateUpAdjLevel DlRateDnAdjLevel

Value Range
Enum(2_Rates, 3_Rates)

Physical Value Range

1, 2

Parameter Setting
The default values are both 3_Rates.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Relevant Commands
The RNC-oriented parameters: set them through SET DCCC and query them through LST DCCC.
5-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.2.6 Uplink or Downlink DCCC Rate Threshold

When the uplink or downlink maximum rate applied for the BE service is not higher than the uplink or downlink DCCC rate threshold, the system does not reconfigure channels according to the uplink or downlink traffic.

ID
UlDcccRateThd DlDcccRateThd

Value Range
Enum(D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Setting
The default value of the uplink or downlink DCCC rate threshold is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

The uplink DCCC rate threshold cannot be set to an excessively low value, and it should be higher than the minimum rate of the reverse bandwidth required by the 384 kbit/s service. In this way, the uplink measurement reports can be effectively reduced. To set the downlink DCCC rate threshold, consider the gain of code resource.
l

If the downlink DCCC rate threshold is excessively low, the DCCC algorithm is also implemented even when the applied bandwidth is rather small, and there is only a low algorithm gain. If the downlink DCCC rate threshold is excessively high, the DCCC algorithm cannot be implemented for some high bandwidth rates, and the code resource is wasted.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query UlDcccRateThd and DlDcccRateThd.

5.2.7 Uplink or Downlink Middle Rate Calculate Method

This describes the uplink or downlink middle rate calculate method which can be set to HAND_APPOINT or AUTO_CALC.

ID
UlMidRateCalc DlMidRateCalc
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-13

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
AUTO_CALC, HAND_APPOINT

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is HAND_APPOINT. This parameter is used to decide the uplink/downlink middle bite rate calculation method that applies when uplink/downlink Rate increase adjust level or uplink/downlink Rate decrease adjust level is 3_Rates. If uplink/downlink middle bite rate calculate method is set to AUTO_CALC, the value of uplink/ downlink middle bite rate threshold is automatically calculated by the system. The value of uplink/downlink middle bite rate threshold is equal to the RB rate closest to the highest rate divided by two.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query UlMidRateCalc and DlMidRateCalc.

5.2.8 Uplink or Downlink DCCC Middle Rate

This describes the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate. The uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is configured when 3 rate adjusting in DCCC is used and the middle rate computing method is HAND_APPOINT. If the uplink or downlink DCCC middle rate is not configured, the middle rate equals half of the maximum rate.

ID
UlMidRateThd DlMidRateThd

Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Scope
Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D128, namely 128 kbit/s.
5-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

UlMidRateThd and DlMidRateThd are needed only when UlMidRateCalc and DlMidRateCal (the uplink or downlink rate calculating method) are set to HAND_APPOINT.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query UlMidRateThd and DlMidRateThd.

5.2.9 Low Activity Rate Threshold

This describes the low activity rate threshold. When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but the UE cannot transfer to the CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is off; UE has CS service), the PS BE service rate is reduced to the low activity rate threshold if the PS BE service satisfies the requirement of D2F.

ID
LittleRateThd

Value Range
Enum (D0, D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384).

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 384) kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query LittleRateThd.

5.3 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Throughput

This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on throughput.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-15

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Table 5-3 List of DCCC parameters N Parameter ID o . 1 HsupaDcccStg Parameter Meaning HSUPA DCCC strategy Default Value Relevant Command Set:SET DCCC Query:LST DCCC Set:SET EDCHRATEAD JUSTSET Query:LST EDCHRATEAD JUSTSET 3 HsupaInitialRate Initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic D64 Set:SET FRC Query:LST FRC Leve l RNC

RATE_UP_AN D_DOWN_ON _EDCH Rate_128Kbps, Rate_256Kbps, Rate_608Kbps

EdchRateAdjust Set

HSUPA UpLink rate adjust set

5.3.1 HSUPA DCCC Strategy This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA DCCC strategy. 5.3.2 HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA uplink rate adjust set. 5.3.3 Initial Rate of HSUPA BE Rraffic This describes the parameter used to set the initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic.

5.3.1 HSUPA DCCC Strategy

This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA DCCC strategy.

ID
HsupaDcccStg

Value Range
RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH, RATE_UP_ONLY_ON_EDCH

Physical Scope
EDCH rate up and rate down, EDCH rate up

Setting
The default value is RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH.

5-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH strategy means that the rate can be both downsized and upsized. The RATE_UP_ONLY_ON_EDCH strategy means that the rate can only be upsized. This means UE can transit to CELL_FACH state from CELL_EDCH state at any rate.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query HsupaDcccStg.

5.3.2 HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set

This describes the parameter used to set the HSUPA uplink rate adjust set.

ID
EdchRateAdjustSet

Value Range
Rate_8Kbps, Rate_16Kbps, Rate_32Kbps, Rate_64Kbps, Rate_128Kbps, Rate_144Kbps, Rate_256Kbps, Rate_384Kbps, Rate_608Kbps, Rate_1450Kbps, Rate_2890Kbps, Rate_5760Kbps

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 608 kbit/s, 1450 kbit/s, 2890 kbit/s, 5760 kbit/s

Setting
Rate_8Kbps: Unselected Rate_16Kbps: Unselected Rate_32Kbps: Unselected Rate_64Kbps: Unselected Rate_128Kbps: Selected Rate_144Kbps: Unselected Rate_256Kbps: Selected Rate_384Kbps: Unselected Rate_608Kbps: Selected Rate_1450Kbps: Unselected Rate_2048Kbps: Unselected Rate_2890Kbps: Unselected
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-17

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Rate_5760Kbps: Unselected

Impact on the Network Performance

The more rate levels selected, the longer time subscribers reach to MBR. Subscribers feel bad but the network resource utilization increase. The less rate levels selected, the shorter time subscribers reach to MBR. Subscribers feel good but the network resource utilization decrease.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET EDCHRATEADJUSTSET to set and LST EDCHRATEADJUSTSET to query EdchRateAdjustSet.

5.3.3 Initial Rate of HSUPA BE Rraffic

This describes the parameter used to set the initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic.

ID
HsupaInitialRate

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1450, D2048, D2890, D5760

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 608 kbit/s, 1450 kbit/s, 2890 kbit/s, 5760 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s. When DCCC algorithm switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm switch are enabled, the uplink initial bit rate will be set to this value if the uplink maximum bit rate is higher than the initial bit rate.

Impact on the Network Performance

The feel of subscribers and network resource utilization are considered in setting this parameter.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query HsupaInitialRate.
5-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.4 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters Based on Link Quality

This describes dynamic channel configuration parameters based on link quality. Table 5-4 List of DCCC parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 BeUlEvTri gInd BeUlQos6 A1McSwit ch BeUlQos5 AMcSwitc h BeUlQos6 DMcSwitc h Meaning Defaul t Config uration MML Command Le vel

Uplink quality measurement swithes

BeUlEv TrigInd: SINGL E BeUlQo s6A1Mc Switch: YES BeUlQo s5AMc Switch: YES BeUlQo s6DMc Switch: YES

Set:SET QOSACT Query:LST QOSACT

RN C

UlThd6A1 UlThd6A2 UlThd6B1 UlThd6B2

Uplink quality transmit power measurement threshold

UlThd6 A1 UlThd6 B1: 2 dB UlThd6 A2 UlThd6 B2: 10 dB

Set or modify or remove:ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS Query:LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS

RA B

StaBlkNum 5A Thd5A

Uplink quality block error rate measurement threshold

StaBlkN um5A: 500 Thd5A: 280

5-19

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e r i a l N o . 4 SrncBeDlR lcQosSwitc h DrncBeDl RlcQosSwi tch 5 ThdEa ThdEb

Meaning

Defaul t Config uration

MML Command

Le vel

Downlink quality measurement swithes

NO

Set:SET QOSACT Query:LST QOSACT

RN C

Downlink quality code transmit power measurement threshold

2 (1 dB)

Set or modify or remove:ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS Query:LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS

RA B

EventAThr ed EventBThr ed

Downlink quality downlink RLC measurement threshold

EventA Thred: 160 (16%) EventB Thred: 80(8%)

Set or modify or remove:ADD TYPRABRLC, MOD TYPRABRLC, RMV TYPRABRLC QueryLST TYPRABRLC

RA B

7 8

UlFullCvr Rate DlFullCvr Rate

Uplink full coverage rate Downlink full coverage rate

64kbit/s 32kbit/s

RNC level: Set:SET DCCC Query:LST DCCC Cell level: Set:ADD CELLDCCC Query:LST CELLDCCC

RN C/ CE LL

5.4.1 Uplink Quality Measurement Switches This describes the parameters used to specify the strategy of uplink quality measurement. 5.4.2 Uplink Quality Transmit Power Measurement Threshold The parameters and UE maximum transmit power specify the threshold of 6A1, 6A2, 6B1, and 6B2 event. 5.4.3 Uplink Quality Block Error Rate Measurement Threshold This describes the uplink quality block error rate 5A event threshold.
5-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.4.4 Downlink Quality Measurement Swithes This parameters are used to specify the strategy of downlink quality measurement. 5.4.5 Downlink Quality Code Transmit Power Measurement Threshold This describes relative threshold of the Ea event. The parameter and the maximum transmit power determine the event Ea/Eb/Fa/Fb threshold of the DL DPCCH power. 5.4.6 Downlink Quality Downlink RLC Measurement Threshold This describes the parametes, EventAThred and EventBThred. 5.4.7 Uplink Full Coverage Rate This describes the uplink full coverage rate. 5.4.8 Downlink Full Coverage Rate This describes the downlink full coverage rate.

5.4.1 Uplink Quality Measurement Switches

This describes the parameters used to specify the strategy of uplink quality measurement.

ID
BeUlEvTrigInd BeUlQos6A1McSwitch BeUlQos5AMcSwitch BeUlQos6DMcSwitch

Value Range
BeUlEvTrigInd: SINGLE, COMBINE BeUlQos6A1McSwitch, BeUlQos5AMcSwitch and BeUlQos6DMcSwitch: YES, NO

Physical Scope
BeUlEvTrigInd: SINGLE, COMBINE. BeUlQos6A1McSwitch, BeUlQos5AMcSwitch and BeUlQos6DMcSwitch: YES, NO

Setting
The default value of BeUlEvTrigInd is: SINGLE The default value of BeUlQos6A1McSwitch, BeUlQos5AMcSwitch and BeUlQos6DMcSwitch are: YES

Impact on the Network Performance

It specifies the strategy of uplink quality measurement by UE uplink transmit power, or uplink BLER, or both UE uplink transmit power and uplink BLER. The COMBIN type is recommended to ensure the stability of link, but the scope is smaller than the SINGLE type.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-21

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET QOSACT to set and LST QOSACT to query the parameters.

5.4.2 Uplink Quality Transmit Power Measurement Threshold

The parameters and UE maximum transmit power specify the threshold of 6A1, 6A2, 6B1, and 6B2 event.

ID
UlThd6A1 UlThd6A2 UlThd6B1 UlThd6B2

Value Range
0 to 82

Physical Scope
0 to 82 dB, step: 1 dB

Setting
The default value of UlThd6A1 and UlThd6B1 is: 2 dB The default value of UlThd6A2 and UlThd6B2 is: 10 dB

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher UlThd6A1 and UlThd6B1, more sooner to trigger 6A1 and 6B1 event, more easily to down-speeding, so that keep the stability of link but the scope is smaller. The higher UlThd6A2 and UlThd6B2, more sooner to trigger 6A2 and 6B2 event, more easily to not up-speeding, so that keep the stability of link but the scope is smaller.

Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters: Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS. query: LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS.

5.4.3 Uplink Quality Block Error Rate Measurement Threshold

This describes the uplink quality block error rate 5A event threshold.
5-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

ID
StaBlkNum5A Thd5A

Value Range
1 to 512

Physical Scope
1 to 512

Setting
The default value of StaBlkNum5A is 500. This parameter defines the length of slide window. The default value of Thd5A is 280. This parameter sets the threshold for the number of wrong blocks of uplink CRC. If the number of wrong blocks statisticized within the length of one slide window is larger than the threshold, 5A event is reported.

Impact on the Network Performance

The larger the threshold is, the more difficult to trigger 5A event, and the easier to cause a call drop. The smaller the threshold is, the easier to trigger 5A event and cause unnecessary downspeeding and handover, thus affecting the QoS.

Related Commands
For service-oriented parameters: Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS. query: LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS.

5.4.4 Downlink Quality Measurement Swithes

This parameters are used to specify the strategy of downlink quality measurement.

ID
SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch

Value Range
YES, NO
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-23

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
YES, NO

Setting
The default value of SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch and DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch are NO. The parameters specify that downlink RLC is necessary or not.

Impact on the Network Performance

The combination of downlink code transmit power and downlink RLC can make the measurement more strictly to ensure the stability of link, but make the scope be smaller.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET QOSACT to set and LST QOSACT to query the parameters.

5.4.5 Downlink Quality Code Transmit Power Measurement Threshold

This describes relative threshold of the Ea event. The parameter and the maximum transmit power determine the event Ea/Eb/Fa/Fb threshold of the DL DPCCH power.

ID
ThdEa ThdEb

Value Range
ThdEa, ThdEb0 to 111

Physical Scope
ThdEa, ThdEb: 0 dB to 55.5 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value of ThdEa and ThdEb is 2, namely 1 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher EventEaThd is, the lower the absolute threshold for event Ea is, and it is easy to trigger event Ea and it is useful for link stability. On the other hand, the service coverage planning is much influenced by a high EventEaThd. The lower EventEaThd is, the more likely it is to guarantee the link stability and the less service coverage planning is affected.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

5-24

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Related Commands
ThdEa and ThdEb: For service-oriented parameters: Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS, MOD TYPRABQUALITYMEAS and RMV TYPRABQUALITYMEAS. Query: LST TYPRABQUALITYMEAS.

5.4.6 Downlink Quality Downlink RLC Measurement Threshold

This describes the parametes, EventAThred and EventBThred.

ID
EventAThred EventBThred

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Scope
0 to 100%, step: 0.1%.

Setting
The default value of EventAThred is 160, namely 16. The default value of EventBThred is 80, namely 8.

Impact on the Network Performance

The lower EventAThred is, it is easier to trigger event A and it is useful for link stability. On the other hand, the service coverage planning is much influenced by a low EventAThred. The higher EventAThred is, the more likely it is to guarantee the link stability and the less service coverage planning is affected.

Related Commands
For Service-oriented parameters: Set or modify or remove: ADD TYPRABRLC, MOD TYPRABRLC and RMV TYPRABRLC. Query: LST TYPRABRLC.

5.4.7 Uplink Full Coverage Rate

This describes the uplink full coverage rate.

ID
ULFullCvrRate
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-25

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

The uplink full coverage rate is the maximum uplink service rate that is reached when a cell is totally covered under some bearer. If the maximum rate of a BE service is excessively low, the DCCC algorithm cannot easily control the rate and requires more handling workload. Therefore, only the BE services with an uplink maximum rate higher than the threshold rate can perform the uplink coverage-based DCCC algorithm control.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query ULFullCvrRate. For cell-oriented parameters: Use ADD CELLDCCC to set, LST CELLDCCC to query, and MOD CELLDCCC to modify ULFullCvrRate.

5.4.8 Downlink Full Coverage Rate

This describes the downlink full coverage rate.

ID
DLFullCvrRate

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Scope
Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D32, namely 32 kbit/s.
5-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

The downlink full coverage rate is the maximum downlink service rate that is reached when the cell is totally covered. If the current rate is higher than the full coverage rate, lower the rate to the full coverage rate after the downlink TCP is limited. If the current rate is lower than or equal to the full coverage rate, lower the rate to the minimum guaranteed rate. If the Ea event is reported again, disconnect the links. If the maximum rate of a BE service is excessively low, the DCCC algorithm cannot easily control the rate and requires more handling workload. Therefore, the downlink coverage-based DCCC algorithm control can be implemented for only the BE services of which the downlink maximum rate is higher than the threshold rate.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET DCCC to set and LST DCCC to query DLFullCvrRate. For cell-oriented parameters: Use ADD CELLDCCC to set, LST CELLDCCC to query, and MOD CELLDCCC to modify DLFullCvrRate.

5.5 State Transition Parameters

This describes the state transition parameters. Table 5-5 List of state transition parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 FtoDTVMTh d RtFtoDHTvm Thd BeFtoHTvm Thd FtoETvmThd Meaning Defaul t Config uratio n MML Command Lev el

FACH to DCH traffic D1024, namely report threshold 1024 bytes

Set or modify: SET UESTATETRANS Query: LST UESTATETRANS

RN C

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-27

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e r i a l N o . 2 FtoDTvmTim eToTrig RtFtoDHTvm TimeToTrig BeFtoHTvm TimeToTrig FtoETvmTim eToTrig 3 DtoFStateTra nsTimer RtDH2FState TransTimer BeH2FStateT ransTimer E2FStateTran sTimer 4 D2F2PTVM THD BeH2FTvmT hd RtDH2FTvm Thd E2FThrouTh d

Meaning

Defaul t Config uratio n

MML Command

Lev el

FACH to DCH traffic D240, namely time totrigger 240 ms

DCH to FACH state transition timer

5s

DCH to FACH traffic D64, namely report threshold 64 bytes E2FThr ouThd: 8 kbps

5-28

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

S ID e r i a l N o . 5 D2FTvmTim eToTrig RtDH2FTvm TimeToTrig BeH2FTvmT imeToTrig E2FThrouTi meToTrig

Meaning

Defaul t Config uratio n

MML Command

Lev el

DCH to FACH traffic D2FTv mTime time totrigger ToTrig, BeH2F TvmTi meToT rig, and E2FThr ouTime ToTrig: D0, namly 0 ms RtDH2 FTvmT imeToT rig: D240, namely 240 ms

6 7

FtoPStateTra nsTimer CellReSelect Timer

FACH to PCH state transition timer Cell Reselection timer

180 s 180 s

5.5.1 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold This describes the upper threshold of 4A traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger state transition from FACH to DCH. If the parameter is excessively high, congestion may occur in common channels. 5.5.2 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger This describes the time to trigger the traffic transition from the FACH to the DCH. For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, if the traffic exceeds the report threshold throughout the time length specified by this parameter, the event 4A report is triggered, causing state transition to the CELL_DCH state. 5.5.3 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer This describes the DCH to FACH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the users in the CELL_DCH state are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-29

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5.5.4 DCH to FACH Traffic Report Threshold The parameter helps judge whether a UE is in the low activity state. Every time when a UE in the CELL_DCH state reports the 4B traffic event, 1 is added to the low activity detection timer. 5.5.5 DCH to FACH Traffic Time to trigger When the traffic volume is smaller than the lower threshold and lasts a time length, the UE report event 4B. 5.5.6 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer This describes the FACH to PCH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the subscribers in the CELL_FACH state are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH. 5.5.7 Cell Reselection Timer This describes the cell reselection timer. The cell reselection timer and CellReSelectCounter jointly check the status of the UE that frequently performs cell reselection to determine whether there is a need of state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.

5.5.1 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold

This describes the upper threshold of 4A traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger state transition from FACH to DCH. If the parameter is excessively high, congestion may occur in common channels.

ID
FtoDTVMThd RtFtoDHTvmThd BeFtoHTvmThd FtoETvmThd

Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k, D768k)

Physical Scope
Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 768k) bytes

Setting
The default value is D1024, namely 1024 bytes.

Impact on the Network Performance

This threshold is set to check whether there is data to be transmitted so that the UE moves to the CELL_DCH substate. To avoid common channel congestion, this parameter should not be set too high.
5-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query FtoDTVMThd.

5.5.2 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger

This describes the time to trigger the traffic transition from the FACH to the DCH. For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, if the traffic exceeds the report threshold throughout the time length specified by this parameter, the event 4A report is triggered, causing state transition to the CELL_DCH state.

ID
FtoDTvmTimeToTrig RtFtoDHTvmTimeToTrig BeFtoHTvmTimeToTrig FtoETvmTimeToTrig

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms

Setting
The default value of RtFtoDHTvmTimeToTrig is D240, namely 240 ms. The default value of FtoDTvmTimeToTrig, BeFtoHTvmTimeToTrig, and FtoETvmTimeToTrig is D0, namely 0 ms.

Impact on the Network Performance

FtoDTvmTimeToTrig can be properly set to avoid the unnecessary triggering of traffic events caused by the unstable traffic. An excessively high FtoDTvmTimeToTrig may delay the reporting of the 4A event and result in congestion of the common channel.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query FtoDTvmTimeToTrig.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-31

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5.5.3 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer

This describes the DCH to FACH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the users in the CELL_DCH state are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.

ID
DtoFStateTransTimer RtDH2FStateTransTimer BeH2FStateTransTimer E2FStateTransTimer

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Scope
1 s to 65535 s

Setting
The default value is 5, namely 5 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DtoFStateTransTimer is excessively low, it may hard to judge whether the subscriber is in relatively stable low activity status. If DtoFStateTransTimer is excessively high, dedicated channel resources may be wasted.

DtoFStateTransTimer needs to be set on the basis of the BE service model.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.

5.5.4 DCH to FACH Traffic Report Threshold

The parameter helps judge whether a UE is in the low activity state. Every time when a UE in the CELL_DCH state reports the 4B traffic event, 1 is added to the low activity detection timer.

ID
D2F2PTVMTHD BeH2FTvmThd RtDH2FTvmThd E2FThrouThd
5-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Value Range
D2F2PTVMTHD, BeH2FTvmThd, RtDH2FTvmThd: D8 to D768K E2FThrouThd: 0 to 384

Physical Scope
8bytes to 768K bytes 0 to 384 kbit/s

Setting
The default value of D2F2PTVMTHD, BeH2FTvmThd and RtDH2FTvmThd is D64, namely 64 bytes. The default value of E2FThrouThd is 8, namely 8 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.

5.5.5 DCH to FACH Traffic Time to trigger

When the traffic volume is smaller than the lower threshold and lasts a time length, the UE report event 4B.

ID
D2FTvmTimeToTrig RtDH2FTvmTimeToTrig BeH2FTvmTimeToTrig E2FThrouTimeToTrig

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Scope
Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms

Setting
The default value is D240, namely 240 ms.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 5-33

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.

5.5.6 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer

This describes the FACH to PCH state transition timer. The parameter checks whether the subscribers in the CELL_FACH state are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH.

ID
FtoPStateTransTimer

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Scope
1 s to 65535 s

Setting
The default value is 65535, namely 65535 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If FtoPStateTransTimer is excessively low, it may hard to judge whether the user is in relatively stable low activity status. If FtoPStateTransTimer is excessively high, common channel resources may be wasted.

FtoPStateTransTimer needs to be set on the basis of the BE service model.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query the parameters.

5.5.7 Cell Reselection Timer

This describes the cell reselection timer. The cell reselection timer and CellReSelectCounter jointly check the status of the UE that frequently performs cell reselection to determine whether there is a need of state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.
5-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

ID
CellReSelectTimer

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Scope
1 s to 65535 s

Setting
The default value is 180, 180 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If CellReSelectTimer is excessively low, it is hard to judge whether the users are in relatively stable low activity. If CellReSelectTimer is excessively high, no state transition occurs for a long time.

For a UE in CELL_PCH, if the number of cell reselection is larger than or equal to CellReSelectCounter within the CellReSelectTimer, it can be considered that the UE is in the state of frequent cell reselection. The target state will be set to URA_PCH when the timer expired, and if the UE initiates cell update again, RNC will enable it to transit to URA_PCH through the message CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM to UE.

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters: Use SET UESTATETRANS to set and LST UESTATETRANS to query CellReSelectTimer.

5.6 PS Inactive
The common configurable PS inactive parameters are listed here. Table 5-6 List of PS inactive parameters No. 1 2 3 Paramet er ID PsInactT mrForCon PsInactT mrForStr PsInactT mrForInt Parameter Meaning Conversationa l service T1 Streaming service T1 Interactive service T1 Default Value 20 s 20 s 20 s Relevant Command Set or modify: SET PSINACTTIMER Query: LST PSINACTTIMER Level RNC

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-35

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

No. 4

Paramet er ID PsInactT mrForBac

Parameter Meaning Background service T1

Default Value 20 s

Relevant Command

Level

5.6.1 PS Inactive Timer This describes the timer T1 for conversational, streaming, interactive and background services. When no data is transferred during this timer for the PS interactive subscribers, then the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to release the connection.

5.6.1 PS Inactive Timer

This describes the timer T1 for conversational, streaming, interactive and background services. When no data is transferred during this timer for the PS interactive subscribers, then the PDCP layer requests the RRC layer to release the connection.

ID
PsInactTmrForCon PsInactTmrForStr PsInactTmrForInt PsInactTmrForBac

Value Range
0 to 14400

Physical Scope
0 s to 14400 s

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

PsInactTmrForInt can be set to have the resource of the access layer be released for the PS interactive service if no data is transmitted for the PS interactive service for a period to promote the utilization of the cell resource.
l

The higher PsInactTmrForInt is, the more resource is occupied when no data is transferred. The lower PsInactTmrForInt is, the more frequently the timer is started and the more signaling messages are transferred when data transfer is unstable.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

5-36

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Related Commands
For RNC-oriented parameters, use SET PSINACTTIMER to set and LST PSINACTTIMER to query PsInactTmrForInt.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-37

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

About This Chapter

This describes the special topic parameters, including parameters for cell channel power distribution, paging, RRC connection setup, synchronization, and location updating. 6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters This describes the cell channel power distribution parameters that can be modified by network planners. 6.2 Paging Parameters This describes the paging parameters that can be modified by network planners. 6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters This describes the RRC connection setup parameters that can be configured by network planners. 6.4 Synchronization Parameters This describes the synchronization parameters that can be modified by network planners. 6.5 Location Update Parameters This describes the location update parameters that can be modified by network planners. 6.6 User Priority Parameters This describes the user priority parameters that can be modified by network planners. 6.7 Bearer Channel Type Parameters This describes the bearer channel type parameters.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-1

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters

This describes the cell channel power distribution parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 6-1 List of cell channel power distribution parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 MaxTxPowe r PCPICHPow er Meaning Default Configu ration MML Command Lev el

Maximum cell transmit power PCPICH transmit power Transmit power of PSCH and SSCH

430, namely 43 dBm 330, namely 33 dBm

Set: ADD CELLSETUP Modify: MOD CELLSETUP Set: ADD PCPICH Query: LST PCPICH Modify: MOD CELL

Cell

PSCHPower SSCHPower

-50, PschPower namely -5 Set: ADD PSCH dB Query LST PSCH Modify: MOD CELL SschPower Set: ADD SSCH Query: LST SSCH Modify: MOD CELL

BCHPower

BCH transmit power

-20, Set: ADD BCH namely -2 Query: LST BCH dB Modify: MOD CELL 10, namely 1 dB 20 dB Set: ADD FACH Query: LST FACH Modify: MOD SCCPCH Set: ADD PCH Query: LST PCH Modify: MOD SCCPCH Cell FA CH

MaxFachPo wer

Maximum FACH transmit power PCH transmit power

PCHPower

6-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

S ID e ri a l N o . 7 PICHPower Offset

Meaning

Default Configu ration

MML Command

Lev el

PICH transmit power

-3 dB

Set: ADD CHPWROFFSET Query: LST PICH Modify: MOD PICHPWROFFSET

AICHPower Offset

AICH transmit power

-6 dB

Set: ADD CHPWROFFSET Query: LST AICH Modify: MOD AICHPWROFFSET

6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power This describes the maximum downlink transmit power of the NodeB. 6.1.2 PCPICH Transmit Power This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning. 6.1.3 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power This describes the transmit powers of the P-SCH and S-SCH relative to the PCPICH. 6.1.4 BCH Transmit Power This describes the transmit power of the PCCPCH bearing the BCH compared with the PCPICH. 6.1.5 Maximum FACH Transmit Power This describes the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower relative to the PCPICH. 6.1.6 PCH Transmit Power This describes the transmit power of the PCH relative to the PCPICH. 6.1.7 PICH Transmit Power This describes the transmit power of the PICH relative to the PCPICH. 6.1.8 AICH Transmit Power This describes the transmit power of the AICH relative to the PCPICH.

6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power

This describes the maximum downlink transmit power of the NodeB.

ID
MaxTxPower
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-3

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
0 to 500

Physical Scope
0 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm

Setting
The default value is 430, namely 43 dBm. This parameter defines the sum of the maximum transmit powers of all the downlink channels in the cell at the same time. It should be set according to the NodeB capability, cell range and capacity. The parameter is set on the basis of network planning.

Impact on the Network Performance

If MaxTxPower is excessively low, the downlink capacity and the coverage is limited. MaxTxPower, however, should not exceed the actual processing capability of the NodeB.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set and MOD CELLSETUP to modify MaxTxPower.

6.1.2 PCPICH Transmit Power

This describes the power of the primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point of the parameter is the antenna connector of NodeB, and the value of the parameter is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

ID
PCPICHPower

Value Range
100 to 500

Physical Scope
10 dBm to 50 dBm, with the step of 0.1 dBm

Setting
The default value of PCPICHPower is 330, namely 33 dBm. For a cell with large coverage, PCPICHPower should be set to a comparatively high value; for a cell with small coverage, PCPICHPower should be set to a comparatively low value. In a planned multi-cell environment, the minimum value of PCPICHPower is definite. If the value of PCPICHPower is lower than the allowed minimum value, coverage holes may occur when the cells are under heavy load.
6-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PCPICHPower is excessively low, the downlink pilot coverage range is directly affected. If PCPICHPower is excessively high, the downlink interference increases and the transmit power allocated to the service is reduced, and thus the downlink capacity is affected.

In addition, the configuration of PCPICHPower also has direct influence on the distribution of handover areas.

Related Commands
Use ADD PCPICH to set, LST PCPICH to query, and MOD CELL to modify PCPICHPower.

6.1.3 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power

This describes the transmit powers of the P-SCH and S-SCH relative to the PCPICH.

ID
PSCHPower SSCHPower

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 50, namely 5 dBm. These two parameters can be adjusted through measurement in the actual environment so that the transmit powers of the synchronization channels just satisfy the UE receiving demodulation requirement. Specifically, when UEs receive signals at different locations within the range of the cell, the transmit power should be enough to ensure that the UE can implement fast synchronization in most areas at the verge of the cell. Neither PSCH nor SSCH has come through channel code spectrum spread, so they produce more serious interference than other channels do, especially for near-end users. Therefore, PSCHPower and SSCHPower should not be excessively high.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PSCHPower and SSCHPower are excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in network searching, resulting in influence on coverage of the downlink common channel. This finally affects the cell coverage. If PSCHPower and SSCHPower are excessively high, the power resources are wasted, and other channels are interfered seriously, thus the cell capacity is influenced.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-5

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
l l

Use ADD PSCH to set and use LST PSCH to query PschPower. Use ADD SSCH to set and use LST SSCH to query SschPower.

After the cell setup, both PschPower and SschPower can be modified with MOD CELL.

6.1.4 BCH Transmit Power

This describes the transmit power of the PCCPCH bearing the BCH compared with the PCPICH.

ID
BCHPower

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 2 dB. This parameter can also be adjusted and optimized through measurement in the actual environment. When UEs receive signals at different locations within the range of the cell, the transmit power should be enough to ensure the correct demodulation of the information carried on the channel in most areas at the verge of the cell. BCHPower should not be excessively high, so as to avoid unnecessary waste of the transmit power.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If BCHPower is excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in receiving the system information, resulting in the influence on the coverage of the downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage. If BCHPower is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, and thus the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD BCH to set, LST BCH to query, and MOD CELL to modify BCHPower.

6.1.5 Maximum FACH Transmit Power

This describes the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower relative to the PCPICH.

ID
MaxFachPower
6-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 10, namely 1 dB. If the FACH power is excessively low, the UE fails to receive the FACH data packets or the UE receives error packets in a large portion; if the FACH power is excessively high, the power is wasted. Set the maximum FACH transmit power to an appropriate value that is just enough to ensure the target BLER.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If MaxFachPower is excessively low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive correctly the services and signaling borne over the FACH, resulting in the influence on the downlink common channel coverage and the cell coverage. If MaxFachPower is excessively high, other channels are interfered, the downlink power resources are occupied, and consequently the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD FACH to set, LST FACH to query, and MOD SCCPCH to modify MaxFachPower.
NOTE

In the MOD SCCPCH command, the maximum transmit powers of the two FACH channels are respectively FACH1MaxPower and FACH2MaxPower.

6.1.6 PCH Transmit Power

This describes the transmit power of the PCH relative to the PCPICH.

ID
PCHPower

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 2 dB.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-7

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

If the PCH power is excessively low, the UE fails to receive the PCH data packets or the UE receives wrong packets, which may increase the retransmission times of paging packets, resulting in the paging failure or the paging delay increase. If the PCH power is excessively high, the power is wasted.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PCHPower is excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in receiving the system information, resulting in the influence on the coverage of the downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage. If PCHPower is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, the downlink power is occupied, and thus the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD PCH to set, LST PCH to query, and MOD SCCPCH to modify PCHPower.

6.1.7 PICH Transmit Power

This describes the transmit power of the PICH relative to the PCPICH.

ID
PICHPowerOffset

Value Range
10 to 5

Physical Scope
10 dB to 5 dB

Setting
The default value is 7, namely 7 dB. An appropriate transmit power value should be set for PICH to ensure that all the users at the cell verge can receive the paging indications. The transmit power, however, should not be excessively high, or the power is wasted.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If PICHPowerOffset is excessively low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive paging messages correctly, resulting in mis-operation in reading PCH channel and waste of the UE battery, and the downlink common channel coverage and cell coverage may be affected. If PICHPowerOffset is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, the downlink power is occupied, and thus the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD CHPWROFFSET to set, LST PICH to query, and MOD PICHPWROFFSET to modify PICHPowerOffset.
6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6.1.8 AICH Transmit Power

This describes the transmit power of the AICH relative to the PCPICH.

ID
AICHPowerOffset

Value Range
22 to 5

Physical Scope
22 dB to 5 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 6, namely -6 dB. An appropriate transmit power value should be set for the AICH to ensure that all the users at the cell verge can receive the paging indications. The transmit power, however, should not be excessively high to avoid power waste.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If AICHPowerOffset is excessively low, users at the verge of cells fail in receiving the system information, resulting in the influence on the coverage of the downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage. If AICHPowerOffset is excessively high, other channels are interfered seriously, the downlink transmit power is occupied, and thus the cell capacity is influenced.

Related Commands
Use ADD CHPWROFFSET to set, LST AICH to query, and MOD AICHPWROFFSET to modify AICHPowerOffset.

6.2 Paging Parameters

This describes the paging parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-9

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Table 6-2 List of paging parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 DRXCycle LenCoef Meaning Def ault Co nfi gur atio n MML Command L ev el

Paging cycle coefficient

Set or modify: SET FRC and MOD CNDOMAIN Query: LST FRC or LST CNDOMAIN

R N C

MaccPage RepeatTim es

Number of RNC paging repetitions

Set or modify: SET DPUCFGDATA Query: LST DPUCFGDATA

6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient This describes the paging cycle coefficient. The parameter is the discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it is a parameter of paging type 1. The paging cycle coefficient falls into two categories: DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain and DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain. 6.2.2 Number of RNC Paging Repetitions This describes the number of RNC paging repetitions. If the number of paging messages retransmitted by the system exceeds the parameter and there is still no response to the pagings, the system no longer transmits the paging.

6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient

This describes the paging cycle coefficient. The parameter is the discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it is a parameter of paging type 1. The paging cycle coefficient falls into two categories: DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain and DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.

ID
DRXCycleLenCoef

Value Range
UTRAN domain: 3 to 9 CN domain: 6 to 9

Physical Scope
None.
6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Setting
The default values of both the DRX cycle coefficients of the UTRAN domain and the CN domain are 6. In the idle mode, the UE can receive the paging indication in the DRX mode to reduce the power consumption. In this case, the UE needs to detect only one paging indication in a paging occasion within each DRX cycle. The DRX cycle length of UTRAN domain is obtained by substituting this parameter into the formula DRX cycle = 2K PBP frames. Where, K is the paging cycle coefficient, and PBP is the number of paging block periods (In the FDD mode, PBP = 1).

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DRXCycleLenCoef is excessively low, the UE detects the paging channel frequently, and thus the battery is consumed fast. If DRXCycleLenCoef is excessively high, the UE reacts very slowly to paging indications, and the system may repeatedly page the UE, resulting in increased downlink interference.

Related Commands
l l

Use SET FRC to set the DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain. Use ADD CNDOMAIN to set and MOD CNDOMAIN to modify the DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.

The DRX cycle coefficients of both the UTRAN domain and the CN domain must be set. Use LST FRC and LST CNDOMAIN to respectively query the DRX cycle coefficient of the UTRAN domain and the DRX cycle coefficient of the CN domain.

6.2.2 Number of RNC Paging Repetitions

This describes the number of RNC paging repetitions. If the number of paging messages retransmitted by the system exceeds the parameter and there is still no response to the pagings, the system no longer transmits the paging.

ID
MaccPageRepeatTimes

Value Range
0 to 2

Physical Scope
0 to 2 times

Setting
The default value is 1. In order to increase the paging success rate, the CN and RNC both repeat paging messages. The paging repetition, however, has negative effects: it increases the paging messages, especially in
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-11

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

the condition of downlink common channel congestion on the air interface; therefore, the downlink channel resources are wasted and new paging messages cannot be timely delivered. If the RNC continuously transmits two paging messages of Type 1, the interval of the two paging messages is a paging period. To guarantee a high paging success rate and high paging efficiency, the number and time interval of paging repetitions of the CN must be set on the basis of the number of UTRAN paging repetitions. If the UTRAN retransmits the paging message once, the time interval for CN paging repetitions should be longer than two DRX periods. The CN cannot retransmit the next paging message until the UTRAN finishes transmitting and retransmitting the previous paging message. Therefore, the number and time interval of RNC paging repetitions, the number of UTRAN paging repetitions, and DRX paging period need to be adjusted together.

Impact on the Network Performance

If MaccPageRepeatTimes is excessively high, the system repeatedly pages UEs, the downlink common channel resources are wasted, and the downlink interference increases.

Related Commands
Use SET DPUCFGDATA to set and LST DPUCFGDATA to query MaccPageRepeatTimes.

6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters

This describes the RRC connection setup parameters that can be configured by network planners. Table 6-3 List of RRC connection setup parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 T300 N300 Meaning Default Configuration MML Command Level

T300 timer N300 constant

T300: D2000 (2 s) N300: 3

Set: SET IDLEMODETIMER Query: LST IDLEMODETIMER

RNC

6.3.1 T300 and N300 This describes the T300 timer and the constant N300. The UE starts the T300 timer after sending the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and stops the T300 timer upon receiving the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. If the T300 timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages is smaller than N300, the UE continues to retransmit
6-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. If the T300 timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages exceeds N300, the UE enters idle mode.

6.3.1 T300 and N300

This describes the T300 timer and the constant N300. The UE starts the T300 timer after sending the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and stops the T300 timer upon receiving the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. If the T300 timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages is smaller than N300, the UE continues to retransmit the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. If the T300 timer times out and the number of retransmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages exceeds N300, the UE enters idle mode.

ID
T300 N300

Value Range
T300: Enum (D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000) N300: 0 to 7

Physical Scope
T300: Enum (100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000) ms N300: None

Setting
The default value of T300 is D2000, namely 2 s. The default value of N300 is 3.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of timer T300 should be considered together with the UE and UTRAN processing delay and the propagation delay. The higher T300 is, the longer the UE waits. The higher N300 is, the higher success probability of the RRC connection setup is, and the longer RRC setup time it takes. If N300 is excessively high, it is likely that a UE repeats access attempts and connection setup requests, and consequently other UEs are influenced seriously.

Related Commands
Use SET IDLEMODETIMER to set and LST IDLEMODETIMER to query T300 and N300.

6.4 Synchronization Parameters

This describes the synchronization parameters that can be modified by network planners.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-13

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Table 6-4 List of synchronization parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 2 NInsyncIn d NOutsync Ind TRLFailur e N312 T312 Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Lev el

Number of successive in-sync indications Number of successive out-of-sync indications Radio link failure timer duration When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts the timer T312, and after the UE detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops the timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails. After the UE detects N313 successive outof-sync indications from L1, it starts the timer T313. After the UE detects N315 successive in-sync indications from L1, it stops timer T313.

5 50

Set: ADD CELLSETUP Query: LST CELL Modify: MOD CELL

Cell

3 4

50 (5 s)
l

N312: D1 T312: 6 s

Set or modify: SET IDLEMODETIMER Query: LST IDLEMODETIMER

RN C

N313 N315 T313

N313: D50 N315: D1 T313: 3 s

Set or modify: SET CONNMODETIMER Query: LST CONNMODETIMER

6.4.1 Number of Successive In-Sync Indications This describes the number of successive in-sync indications. 6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-Sync Indications This describes the number of successive out-of-sync indications. 6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration This describes the duration of the radio link failure timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB starts the timer TRlFailure after it receives successive out-ofsync indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The NodeB shall stop and reset the timer TRlFailure after receiving successive in-sync indications of the number defined by
6-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

NInsyncInd. When the timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync. 6.4.4 T312 and N312 This describes the T312 timer and the constant N312. When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts the timer T312, and after the UE detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops the timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails. 6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313 This describes the constants N313 and N315 and the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N313) of successive out-of-sync indications from L1, the UE starts the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N315) of successive in-sync indications from L1, the UE stops the timer T313. Once the timer expires, the radio link is disconnected.

6.4.1 Number of Successive In-Sync Indications

This describes the number of successive in-sync indications.

ID
NInsyncInd

Value Range
1 to 256

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 5. This parameter defines the of successive in-sync indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio link recovery process. The radio link set remains in the initial state until it has received a certain number (the number is defined by NInsyncInd) of successive in-sync indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the radio link recovery process, which indicates that the radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is considered to be in the synchronized state.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher NInsyncInd is, the stricter the synchronization process becomes, and the more difficult the synchronization occurs. The lower NInsyncInd is, the easier the synchronization occurs.

If the link quality is poor, a simple synchronization requirement leads to waste of the UE power and increase of uplink interference. In the radio link maintenance process, NInsyncInd is used together with the successive out-of-sync indication counter.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-15

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set, LST CELL to query, and MOD CELL to modify NInsyncInd.

6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-Sync Indications

This describes the number of successive out-of-sync indications.

ID
NOutsyncInd

Value Range
1 to 256

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 50. NOutsyncInd defines the number of successive out-of-sync indications required to receive before starting the timer TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB starts the timer TRlFailure after it receives successive out-of-sync indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The NodeB shall stop and reset the timer TRlFailure after receiving successive in-sync indications of the number defined by NInsyncInd. When the timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

If NOutsyncInd is excessively high, the link out-of-sync decision is likely to happen. If NOutsyncInd is excessively low, the link out-of-sync decision is not likely to happen. But if the link quality is poor, it may result in a waste of the UE power and increased uplink interference.

In the radio link maintenance process, this parameter is used together with the successive insync indication counter.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set, LST CELL to query and MOD CELL to modify NOutsyncInd.

6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration

This describes the duration of the radio link failure timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB starts the timer TRlFailure after it receives successive out-ofsync indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The NodeB shall stop and reset the
6-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

timer TRlFailure after receiving successive in-sync indications of the number defined by NInsyncInd. When the timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.

ID
TRLFailure

Value Range
0 to 255

Physical Scope
0 s to 25.5 s, with the step of 0.1 s

Setting
The default value is 50, namely 5 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If TRLFailure is excessively low, there are few chances for the radio link to get synchronized. If TRLFailure is excessively high, the radio link failure process is probably delayed, and the downlink interference increases.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLSETUP to set, use LST CELL to query and use MOD CELL to modify TRLFailure.

6.4.4 T312 and N312

This describes the T312 timer and the constant N312. When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts the timer T312, and after the UE detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops the timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails.

ID
T312 N312

Value Range
T312: 1 to 15 N312: Enum (D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000)

Physical Scope
T312: 1 s to 15 s
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-17

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

N312: Enum (1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000)

Setting
The default value of N312 is D1, namely 1, and the default value of T312 is 6, namely 6 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

The higher N312 is, the more difficult the dedicated channel synchronization becomes. The higher T312 is, the higher the synchronization probability is, but the longer the synchronization time it takes.

Related Commands
Idle mode: Use SET IDLEMODETIMER to set and LST IDLEMODETIMER to query N312 and T312. Connected mode: Use SET CONNMODETIMER to set and LST CONNMODETIMER to query N312 and T312.

6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313

This describes the constants N313 and N315 and the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N313) of successive out-of-sync indications from L1, the UE starts the timer T313. After detecting a certain number (the number is defined by N315) of successive in-sync indications from L1, the UE stops the timer T313. Once the timer expires, the radio link is disconnected.

ID
N313 N315 T313

Value Range
N313: Enum (D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200) N315: Enum (D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000) T312: 1 to 15

Physical Scope
N313: Enum (1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200) N315: Enum (1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000) T312: 1 s to 15 s
6-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Setting
The default value of N313 is D50; the default value of N315 is D1; the default value of T313 is 3, namely 3 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

The higher N313 is, the more difficult it is to start the timer T313, and the lower the outof-sync probability is. The lower N315 is, the longer T313 is, and the higher the link recovery probability is.

Related Commands
Use SET CONNMODETIMER to set and LST CONNMODETIMER to query N313, N315, and T313.

6.5 Location Update Parameters

This describes the location update parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 6-5 List of location update parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 T321 2 Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le ve l

Periodic location update timer

10, that is, 1 hour

Set: ADD CNDOMAIN Query: LST CNDOMAIN Modify: MOD CNDOMAIN

R N C

6.5.1 Periodical Location Update Timer This describes the time duration of the periodical location update timer.

6.5.1 Periodical Location Update Timer

This describes the time duration of the periodical location update timer.

ID
T3212

Value Range
0 to 255
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-19

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
0 to 1530 minutes, with the step of 6 minutes

Setting
The default value is 10, namely 1 hour. If T3212 is 0, no location update is needed. T3212 is valid only when the CN domain identifier is CS_DOMAIN. If the timer T3212 is not started, the system starts the timer T3212 when the UE enters NORMAL SERVICE or ATTEMPTing TO UPDATE sub-mode of MM IDLE mode, and then the UE sends the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message. If the UE receives the LOCATION UPDATING ACCEPT, LOCATION UPDATING REJECT, or AUTHENTICATION REJECT message, the system stops and initializes the timer T3212. Then the system starts a location update again after the UE enters NORMAL SERVICE or ATTEMPTing TO UPDATE mode. If the timer T3212 expires, the system initializes the timer and starts a location update again.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If T3212 is excessively low, the UE performs location updates frequently, resulting in a large number of location update messages on the Uu and Iu interfaces. If T3212 is excessively high, the UE location information may not be updated timely.

Related Commands
Use ADD CNDOMAIN to set, LST CNDOMAIN to query, and MOD CNDOMAIN to modify T3212.

6.6 User Priority Parameters

This describes the user priority parameters that can be modified by network planners.

6-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Table 6-6 List of user priority parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 ARP1Priority ARP2Priority ARP3Priority ARP4Priority ARP5Priority ARP6Priority ARP7Priority ARP8Priority ARP9Priority ARP10Priority ARP11Priority ARP12Priority ARP13Priority ARP14Priority 2 PriorityReference Integrated priority configuration reference Indicator of carrier type priority ARP Meaning Defa ult Confi gurati on MML Command Le vel

User priorities corresponding to allocation or retention priority 1 to 14

None.

Set: SET USERPRIORITY Query: LST USERPRIORITY

RN C

CarrierTypePriorInd

DCH

6.6.1 User Priorities Corresponding to Allocation or Retention Priority 1 to 14 This describes the user priorities corresponding to allocation or retention priority 1 to 14. 6.6.2 Intergated Priority Configuration Reference This describes the reference used to determine which priority is arranged at the first in the priority sequence. 6.6.3 Indication of Carrier Type Priority This describes the indication that indicates which carrier type (DCH or HSPA) has the higher priority when both carrier types have the same priority of ARP and TrafficClass.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-21

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6.6.1 User Priorities Corresponding to Allocation or Retention Priority 1 to 14

This describes the user priorities corresponding to allocation or retention priority 1 to 14.

ID
ARP1Priority ARP2Priority ARP3Priority ARP4Priority ARP5Priority ARP6Priority ARP7Priority ARP8Priority ARP9Priority ARP10Priority ARP11Priority ARP12Priority ARP13Priority ARP14Priority

Value Range
Gold, Sliver, Copper

Physical Scope
1, 2, 3

Setting
None.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET USERPRIORITY to set and LST USERPRIORITY to query the user priorities corresponding to the allocation or retention priorities.
6-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6.6.2 Intergated Priority Configuration Reference

This describes the reference used to determine which priority is arranged at the first in the priority sequence.

ID
PriorityReference

Value Range
ARP, TrafficClass

Physical Scope
1, 2

Setting
The default value is ARP.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET USERPRIORITY to set and LST USERPRIORITY to query PriorityReference.

6.6.3 Indication of Carrier Type Priority

This describes the indication that indicates which carrier type (DCH or HSPA) has the higher priority when both carrier types have the same priority of ARP and TrafficClass.

ID
CarrierTypePriorInd

Value Range
NONE, DCH, HSPA

Physical Scope
0, 1, 2

Setting
The default value is NONE.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-23

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use SET USERPRIORITY to set and LST USERPRIORITY to query CarrierTypePriorInd.

6.7 Bearer Channel Type Parameters

This describes the bearer channel type parameters. Table 6-7 List of bearer channel type parameters S ID e r i a l N O . 1 VoipChlType Meaning Defa ult Confi gurati on MML Command Le vel

Priority type of the bearer channel for the VoIP Priority type of the bearer channel for the IMS signaling Priority type of the bearer channel for the SRB Flag of effecting SrbChlType at the RRC stage Downlink streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA Downlink BE traffic threshold on HSDPA Uplink streaming traffic threshold on HSUPA

DCH

Set: SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA Query: LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA

RN C

ImsChlType

DCH

SrbChlType

DCH

SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag DlStrThsOnHsdpa

FALS E 64 kbit/s

DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa UlStrThsOnHsupa

64 kbit/s 256 kbit/s

6-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

S ID e r i a l N O . 8 UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa UlBeTraffDecThs DlBeTraffDecThs

Meaning

Defa ult Confi gurati on

MML Command

Le vel

Uplink BE traffic threshold on HSUPA Uplink and downlink BE traffic decision threshold on DCH

608 kbit/s 8 kbit/ s Set: SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA/ ADD CELLFRC Query: LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA/ LST CELLFRC OFF Set: SET FRC Query: LST FRC 32 kbit/s

1 0 1 1

ImsBearEnhancedSwitch ImsInitialAccessRate

Enhanced switch of the IMS signaling bearer Initial access rate of the IMS signaling

6.7.1 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the VoIP This parameter indicates the type of the VoIP bearer channel. 6.7.2 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the IMS Signaling This parameter indicates the type of the IMS signaling. 6.7.3 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the SRB This parameter indicates the type of the SRB. 6.7.4 Flag of Effecting SrbChlType at the RRC Stage This parameter indicates whether SrbChlType takes effect when the RRC connection is established and at other stages, or takes effect only at other stages. 6.7.5 Downlink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSDPA The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain streaming service to be carried on HSDSCH. When the maximum Downlink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH. 6.7.6 Downlink BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH. 6.7.7 Uplink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-25

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

The rate decision threshold of Uplink PS domain streaming service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum Uplink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH. 6.7.8 Uplink BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA The rate decision threshold of UL PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH. 6.7.9 Uplink and Downlink BE Traffic Decision Threshold on DCH The default rate decision threshold of uplink and downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on DCH. If the FRC parameters of the best cell cannot be obtained, this default value will be used. When the uplink and downlink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be set up on DCH. Otherwise, on CCH. 6.7.10 Enhanced Switch of the IMS Signaling Bearer This parameter indicates whether to enable the function of configuring the initial bandwidth of the IMS signaling at the background. 6.7.11 Initial Access Rate of the IMS Signalling This parameter indicates the initial bandwidth of the IMS signalling configured at the background.

6.7.1 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the VoIP

This parameter indicates the type of the VoIP bearer channel.

ID
VoipChlType

Value Range
DCH, HSDPA, HSPA

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is DCH. DCH means the VoIP service is carried by the DCH channel. HSDPA means the VoIP is carried by the HSDPA channel. HSPA means the VoIP is carried by the HSDPA and HSUPA channels.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query VoipChlType.
6-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6.7.2 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the IMS Signaling
This parameter indicates the type of the IMS signaling.

ID
ImsChlType

Value Range
DCH, HSDPA, HSPA

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is DCH. DCH means the IMS signaling is carried by the DCH channel. HSDPA means the IMS signaling is carried by the HSDPA channel. HSPA means the IMS signaling is carried by the HSDPA and HSUPA channels.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query ImsChlType.

6.7.3 Priority Type of the Bearer Channel for the SRB

This parameter indicates the type of the SRB.

ID
SrbChlType

Value Range
DCH, HSDPA, HSPA

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is DCH.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-27

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

DCH means the SRB is carried by the DCH channel. HSDPA means the SRB is carried by the HSDPA channel. HSPA means the SRB is carried by the HSDPA and HSUPA channels.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query SrbChlType.

6.7.4 Flag of Effecting SrbChlType at the RRC Stage

This parameter indicates whether SrbChlType takes effect when the RRC connection is established and at other stages, or takes effect only at other stages.

ID
SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag

Value Range
FALSE, TRUE

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is FALSE. TRUE means SrbChlType takes effect when the RRC connection is established and at other stages. FALSE means SrbChlType takes effect only at other stages.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag.

6.7.5 Downlink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSDPA

The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain streaming service to be carried on HSDSCH. When the maximum Downlink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH.

ID
DlStrThsOnHsdpa
6-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s. The streaming service is fit to be carried on the cell with abundance power resource, such as indoor cell. The bottleneck of such cell usually is channel code resource. If the service is carried on DCH, the higher the rate, the more the channel code needed. If the service is carried on HS-DSCH, the change of channel code needed is small when the rate getting higher. So that the high-speed service is fit to carried on HS-DSCH.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set to low, the capacity of HS-DSCH may be lower than that of DCH.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query DlStrThsOnHsdpa.

6.7.6 Downlink BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA

The rate decision threshold of Downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH. Otherwise, on DCH.

ID
DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D1800, D2048

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 768 kbit/s, 1024 kbit/s, 1536 kbit/s, 1800 kbit/s, 2048 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D64, namely 64 kbit/s. HS-DSCH channel is a resource sharing channel. If the burst BE service is carried on HS-DSCH, the time utilization of subscribers increase, converge the transmit data, save the power resource. So that all the BE service is recommended to be carried on HS-DSCH.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-29

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too large, the utilization of system resource will be lower.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa.

6.7.7 Uplink Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA

The rate decision threshold of Uplink PS domain streaming service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum Uplink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH.

ID
UlStrThsOnHsupa

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D256, namely 256 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query UlStrThsOnHsdpa.

6.7.8 Uplink BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA

The rate decision threshold of UL PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be carried on E-DCH.

ID
UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D1800, D2048
6-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 768 kbit/s, 1024 kbit/s, 1536 kbit/s, 1800 kbit/s, 2048 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D608, namely 608 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

Through the emulationwhen data service is carried on E-DCH, system capacity increase rather than that is carried on R99 channel. So that all the BE service can be carried on E-DCH.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA to query UlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa.

6.7.9 Uplink and Downlink BE Traffic Decision Threshold on DCH

The default rate decision threshold of uplink and downlink PS domain background or interactive service to be carried on DCH. If the FRC parameters of the best cell cannot be obtained, this default value will be used. When the uplink and downlink service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service will be set up on DCH. Otherwise, on CCH.

ID
UlBeTraffDecThs DlBeTraffDecThs

Value Range
D8, D16

Physical Scope
8, 16. unit: kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D8, namely 8 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

The service carried on DCH can obtain better rate and consume more system resource. So lowspeed service is often carried on CCH, and the high-speed service is carried on DCH.

Related Commands
Use SET FRCCHLTYPEPARA or ADD CELLFRC to set and LST FRCCHLTYPEPARA or LST CELLFRC to query the parameters.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 6-31

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6.7.10 Enhanced Switch of the IMS Signaling Bearer

This parameter indicates whether to enable the function of configuring the initial bandwidth of the IMS signaling at the background.

ID
ImsBearEnhancedSwitch

Value Range
OFF, ON

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is OFF. OFF means the function is disabled. ON means the function is enabled.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query ImsBearEnhancedSwitch.

6.7.11 Initial Access Rate of the IMS Signalling

This parameter indicates the initial bandwidth of the IMS signalling configured at the background.

ID
ImsInitialAccessRate

Value Range
D32, D64

Physical Scope
32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D32, namely 32 kbit/s. This parameter takes effect when the IMS signalling enhanced switch is enabled.
6-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

If this parameter is set to 32 kbit/s, a higher bandwidth utilization can be obtained, but the access delay of the IMS service is longer. If this parameter is set to 64 kbit/s, a shorter service access delay can be obtained, but the bandwidth utilization is lower.

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query ImsInitialAccessRate.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-33

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

7
About This Chapter

HSDPA Parameters

This describes HSDPA parameters as follows: HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters, HSDPA mobility management parameters, HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA call admission control algorithm parameters. 7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters This describes the HSDPA power resource management parameters. Based on three different UE capabilities, the minimum TTI interval for UE to receive data on HS-PDSCH is 1, 2, or 3 TTIs. For the default configuration, inside the brackets is the physical value while outside the brackets is the cell value. 7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters This describes the HSDPA code resource management parameters that can be modified by network planners. 7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here. 7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters This describes the HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters that can be modified by network planners. 7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Parameters This describes the HSDPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters

This describes the HSDPA power resource management parameters. Based on three different UE capabilities, the minimum TTI interval for UE to receive data on HS-PDSCH is 1, 2, or 3 TTIs. For the default configuration, inside the brackets is the physical value while outside the brackets is the cell value. 7.1.1 HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant This describes the HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant that can be modified by network planners. 7.1.2 F-DPCH Power Control Parameter This describes the F-DPCH power control RNC-oriented parameters.

7.1.1 HSPA Total Power and Measurement Power Offset Constant

This describes the HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant that can be modified by network planners. Table 7-1 HSPA total power and measurement power offset constant S ID e r i a l N o . 1 HspaPower Meaning Defau lt Confi gurati on MML Command Lev el

Power offset of the total power of HSPA relative to the cell maximum transmit power Measurement power offset constant. Measure Power Offset = Min (13,CellMaxPowe r - PcpichPower Measure Power Offset Constant)

0 dB

Set: ADD CELLHSDPA Query: LST CELLHSDPA Modify: MOD CELLHSDPA

Cell

HsPdschM POConstEn um

2.5 dB

7.1.1.1 HSPA Total Power This describes the offset between the maximum value of the sum of HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, EAGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH and the maximum transmit power of a cell.
7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

7.1.1.2 Measurement Power Offset Constant This describes the constant that is used to calculate the measurement power offset (MPO).

HSPA Total Power

This describes the offset between the maximum value of the sum of HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, EAGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH and the maximum transmit power of a cell.

ID
HspaPower

Value Range
500 to 0

Physical Scope
50 dB to 0 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value of is 0, namely 0 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

The maximum value for dynamic power adjustment affects the throughput of HSDPA subscribers on the edge of a cell.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify the total HSPA power.

Measurement Power Offset Constant

This describes the constant that is used to calculate the measurement power offset (MPO).

ID
HsPdschMPOConstEnum

Value Range
3 to 19

Physical Scope
3 dB to 19 dB, with the step of 0.5 dB

Setting
The default value is 2.5, namely 2.5 dB.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-3

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

It helps calculate the MPO (). Measure Power Offset = Max ( -6, Min (13, CellMaxPower - PcpichPower - Measure Power Offset Constant)) According to the formula PHSPDSCH = PCPICH + + , calculate PHSPDSCH, and then convert it to CQI. This parameter is used to adjust the distribution of CQI reported by UE. In order to schedule and resource allocate based on correct channel quality on the network side, make sure that the value of CQI cannot be 0 or 30.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschMPOConstEnum.

7.1.2 F-DPCH Power Control Parameter

This describes the F-DPCH power control RNC-oriented parameters. Table 7-2 List of F-DPCH parameters S ID e r i a l N O . 1 FdpchPO2 Meaning Defa ult Confi gurati on MML Command Le vel

F-DPCH power offset

3 dB

Set: SET FPDCHPARA Query: LST FPDCHPARA

RN C

FDPCHMAXREFPW R FDPCHMINREFPWR

F-DPCH maximum reference power F-DPCH minimum reference power

-3 dB

-20 dB

Set: SET FDPCHRLPWR Query: LST FDPCHRLPWR

7.1.2.1 F-DPCH Power Offset The parameter indicating the power offset of TPC command on F-DPCH channel relative to Reference F-DPCH TX power 7.1.2.2 F-DPCH Maximum Reference Power This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH maximum transmit power. 7.1.2.3 F-DPCH Minimum Reference Power
7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH minimum transmit power.

F-DPCH Power Offset

The parameter indicating the power offset of TPC command on F-DPCH channel relative to Reference F-DPCH TX power

ID
FdpchPO2

Value Range
0 to 24

Physical Scope
0 dB to 6 dB, with the step of 0.25 dB

Setting
The default value of is 12, namely 3 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too large, some power will be wasted. If the parameter is set too low, the quality of F-DPCH can't be ensured.

Related Commands
Use SET FDPCHPARA to set, LST FDPCHPARA to query.

F-DPCH Maximum Reference Power

This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH maximum transmit power.

ID
FDPCHMAXREFPWR

Value Range
-350 to 150

Physical Scope
-35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is -30, namely -3 dB.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-5

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too large, the F-DPCH power will be largely consumed. If the parameter is set too small, the F-DPCH coverage can't be ensured.

Related Commands
Use SET FDPCHRLPWR to set, LST FDPCHRLPWR to query.

F-DPCH Minimum Reference Power

This parameter is used to limit the F-DPCH minimum transmit power.

ID
FDPCHMINREFPWR

Value Range
-350 to 150

Physical Scope
-35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is -200, namely -20 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too large, the F-DPCH power will be largely consumed. If the parameter is set too small, the F-DPCH power control may be longer.

Related Commands
Use SET FDPCHRLPWR to set, LST FDPCHRLPWR to query.

7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Parameters

This describes the HSDPA code resource management parameters that can be modified by network planners.

7-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

Table 7-3 List of HSDPA code resource management parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 AllocCodeMode Meaning Defa ult Conf igura tion MML Command Lev el

HSDPA code resource allocation mode (Manual, Automatic) Number of HSPDSCH codes. Valid when AllocCodeMode is set to Manual. Maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes. Valid when AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic. Minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. Valid when AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic. Number of HSSCCH codes

Auto matic

Set: ADD CELLHSDPA Query: LST CELLHSDPA Modify: MOD CELLHSDPA

Cell

HsPdschCodeNum

HsPdschMaxCode Num

10

HsPdschMinCode Num

HsScchCodeNum

7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Allocation Mode This describes the HSDPA code resource allocation mode: automatic or manual. 7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes This describes the number of HS-PDSCH codes. The number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Manual. 7.2.3 Maximum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes This describes the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The maximum number of HSPDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic. 7.2.4 Minimum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes This describes the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The minimum number of HSPDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic. 7.2.5 Number of HS-SCCH Codes This describes the number of codes allocated for the HS-SCCH.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-7

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Allocation Mode

This describes the HSDPA code resource allocation mode: automatic or manual.

ID
AllocCodeMode

Value Range
Automatic, Manual

Physical Scope
Automatic means automatic allocation. Manual means manual allocation.

Setting
The default value is Automatic. At the early stage of network construction, or when the traffic model of subscribers in a cell is not fixed, AllocCodeMode can be set to Automatic to have the HSDPA channel codes be automatically allocated. If the traffic model of subscribers in a cell is fixed and known, AllocCodeMode can be set to Manual to select the static allocation mode.

Impact on the Network Performance

Manual allocation leads to restriction of HSDPA code resource or leaves HSDPA code resource idle.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify AllocCodeMode.

7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes

This describes the number of HS-PDSCH codes. The number of HS-PDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Manual.

ID
HsPdschCodeNum

Value Range
1 to 15

Physical Scope
None.
7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

Setting
HsPdschCodeNum is set according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsPdschCodeNum is 4.

Impact on the Network Performance

l l

If HsPdschCodeNum is excessively low, the HSDPA code resource is restricted. If HsPdschCodeNum is excessively high, the HSDPA code resource is wasted and the admission rejection rate of R99 services increases due to code resource.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschCodeNum.

7.2.3 Maximum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes

This describes the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The maximum number of HSPDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic.

ID
HsPdschMaxCodeNum

Value Range
1 to 15

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
HsPdschMaxCodeNum is set according to the actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsPdschMaxCodeNum is 10.

Impact on the Network Performance

In automatic HSDPA code allocation mode, set the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes to a comparatively high value.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschMaxCodeNum.

7.2.4 Minimum Number of HS-PDSCH Codes

This describes the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. The minimum number of HSPDSCH codes is valid only when AllocCodeMode is set to Automatic.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-9

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
HsPdschMinCodeNum

Value Range
1 to 15

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
HsPdschMinCodeNum is set according to the actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsPdschMinCodeNum is 5.

Impact on the Network Performance

In automatic HSDPA code allocation mode, set the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes to a comparatively low value. In addition, HsPdschMinCodeNum must be not higher than HsPdschMaxCodeNum.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsPdschMinCodeNum.

7.2.5 Number of HS-SCCH Codes

This describes the number of codes allocated for the HS-SCCH.

ID
HsScchCodeNum

Value Range
1 to 15

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
HsScchCodeNum is set according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value of HsScchCodeNum is 4.

Impact on the Network Performance

HsScchCodeNum decides the maximum number of subscribers that the NodeB can schedule in a TTI period. In the scenarios like outdoor macro cells with power restricted, it is less likely
7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

to schedule multiple subscribers simultaneously, so two HS-SCCHs are configured. In the scenarios like indoor pico with code restricted, it is more likely to schedule multiple subscribers simultaneously, so four HS-SCCHs are configured. If excessive HS-SCCHs are configured, the code resource is wasted. If insufficient HS-SCCHs are configured, the HS-PDSCH code resource or power resource is wasted. Both affect the cell throughput rate.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSDPA to set, LST CELLHSDPA to query, and MOD CELLHSDPA to modify HsScchCodeNum.

7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters

The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here. Table 7-4 List of HSDPA mobility management parameters Parameter ID HSPATIMERLE N Parameter Meaning HSPA handover protection length Default Value 0 (0 s) Relevant Command Set or modify:SET HOCOMM Query: LST HOCOMM Level RNC

7.3.1 HSPA Handover Protection Length According to event 1D trigger, HSPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSPA) to: Guerantee that HSPA does not change serving cell frequently; Affect system performance. When event 1D triggers HSPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSPA expires, the event 1D does not trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 0, the system does not start the timer, namely, event 1D immediately trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSPA handover will never be triggered until the cell to bear HSPA service is unlisted.

7.3.1 HSPA Handover Protection Length

According to event 1D trigger, HSPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSPA) to: Guerantee that HSPA does not change serving cell frequently; Affect system performance. When event 1D triggers HSPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSPA expires, the event 1D does not trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 0, the system does not start the timer, namely, event 1D immediately trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSPA handover will never be triggered until the cell to bear HSPA service is unlisted.

Parameter ID
HSPATIMERLEN

Value Range
0 to 1024
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-11

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Value Range

0 s to 1024 s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0 s. The serving cell is updated between different NodeBs. The buffer of original MAC-hs is reset, so the data in the buffer is missing. As a result, the interruption time of data transfer exists. The length of interruption time of data transfer is relevant to implementation of flow control algorithm and RLC parameter configuration. The unit is hundred mill-second. In the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals, if the process occurs frequently, the subscriber keeps in the state of restoring data transfer, interruption of data transfer, and then restoring data transfer. This impacts the average throughput. Set this parameter to control the frequency of update of serving cell. As a result, the impact of the process on performance of HSPA data transfer is controlled. If the flow control algorithm can control data in MAC-hs buffer accurately, set the parameter to 0. If the parameter is too large in the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals, report event 1D by UE before expiration is more probable. When the UE reports event 1D before expiration, due to the parameter restriction, the serving cell keeps being weak cell. As a result, the throughput declines. Figure 7-1 Impact from over long HSPA protection length

Impact on the Network Performance

Set it properly to restrict the frequency to update serving cell in the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals. This helps control the interruption of data transfer in serving cell update between different NodeBs. It also helps control the impact on subscriber throughput.

7-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set it through SET HOCOMM. Query it through LST HOCOMM.

7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Channel Type Switch Parameters

This describes the HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 7-5 List of HSDPA direct retry and channel type switch parameters Se ria l N o. 1 ID Meaning Defau lt Confi gurati on 5s MML Command Le ve l

HRetryTimerL en D2HIntraHoTi merLen

D2H retry timer length Timer length of D2H intrafrequency handover Timer length of D2H interfrequency handover Timer length of multicarrier handover CM permission indicator on HSDPA

Set: SET COIFTIMER Query: LST COIFTIMER

R N C

2s

Set: SET HOCOMM Query: LST HOCOMM

D2HInterHoTi merLen

5s

MultiCarrierH oTimerLen

14 s

HsdpaCMPer missionInd

TURE

Set: SET CMCF Query: LST CMCF

7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length This describes the D2H retry timer length. If a service is preferably to be mapped to the HSDSCH but is actually mapped to the DCH, the D2H retry timer starts. If H2D occurs, the D2H retry timer starts only after the D2H punishment timer expires. 7.4.2 Intra-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length This describes the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length. After a UE finishes the intrafrequency handover, the system starts the D2H intra-frequency handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover supports HSDPA or has a DRD neighboring cell. If the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the intra-frequency handover.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-13

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7.4.3 Inter-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length This describes the D2H inter-frequency handover timer length. After a UE finishes the intrafrequency handover, the system starts the D2H inter-frequency handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover does not support HSDPA but has a DRD neighboring cell. If the inter-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the inter-frequency handover. 7.4.4 Multi-Carrier Handover Timer Length This describes the multi-carrier handover timer length. To prevent ping-pong handovers between multiple carriers, which have a bad effect on the system performance, a protect timer MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is needed. After the UE is handed over from cell A, the timer starts up. Before the timer expires, the HSDPA or HSUPA service is not directly redirected to cell A. If the timer length is set to 0, the timer does not start up, that is, it does not prevent the pingpong handovers between multiples carriers. 7.4.5 Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA This describes the compress mode permission indication on HSDPA. If the compress mode permission indication is set to TRUE, the CM (Compress Mode) is permitted on HSDPA, and HSDPA can exist with CM activated. If the compress mode permission indication is set to FALSE, H2D is needed before the CM is activated when HSDPA exists, and HSDPA cannot exist when CM is activated.

7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length

This describes the D2H retry timer length. If a service is preferably to be mapped to the HSDSCH but is actually mapped to the DCH, the D2H retry timer starts. If H2D occurs, the D2H retry timer starts only after the D2H punishment timer expires.

ID
HRetryTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 180

Physical Scope
0, 1 to 180 s

Setting
The default value is 5 (5 s). When the D2H timer is set to 0, the H retry function is closed.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If HRetryTimerLen is excessively high, the D2H handover does not occur when the subscribers data can be carried on HSDPA. This affects subscriber perception. If HRetryTimerLen is excessively low, useless direct retry occurs. As a result, extra signaling interaction occurs and the network resource is wasted.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

7-14

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

Related Commands
Use SET COIFTIMER to set and LST COIFTIMER to query HRetryTimerLen.

7.4.2 Intra-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length

This describes the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length. After a UE finishes the intrafrequency handover, the system starts the D2H intra-frequency handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover supports HSDPA or has a DRD neighboring cell. If the intra-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the intra-frequency handover.

ID
D2HIntraHoTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 999

Physical Scope
0 s to 999 s

Setting
The default value is 2, namely 2 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If D2HIntraHoTimerLen is excessively high, the D2H is not triggered in time after an intra-frequency handover. This may affect the QoS. If D2HIntraHoTimerLen is excessively low, the ping-pong handover between H2D and D2H may occur in some scenarios.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and user LST HOCOMM to query D2HIntraHoTimerLen.

7.4.3 Inter-Frequency Handover D2H Timer Length

This describes the D2H inter-frequency handover timer length. After a UE finishes the intrafrequency handover, the system starts the D2H inter-frequency handover timer and performs the D2H retry after the timer expires, if the current cell after the handover does not support HSDPA but has a DRD neighboring cell. If the inter-frequency handover D2H timer length is set to 0, the D2H retry is triggered immediately after the inter-frequency handover.

ID
D2HInterHoTimerLen
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-15

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
0 to 180

Physical Scope
0 s to 180 s

Setting
The default value is 5, namely 5 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If D2HInterHoTimerLen is excessively high, the D2H is not triggered in time after an inter-frequency handover. This may affect the QoS. If D2HInterHoTimerLen is excessively low, the ping-pong handover between H2D and D2H may occur in some scenarios.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set and LST HOCOMM to query D2HInterHoTimerLen.

7.4.4 Multi-Carrier Handover Timer Length

This describes the multi-carrier handover timer length. To prevent ping-pong handovers between multiple carriers, which have a bad effect on the system performance, a protect timer MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is needed. After the UE is handed over from cell A, the timer starts up. Before the timer expires, the HSDPA or HSUPA service is not directly redirected to cell A. If the timer length is set to 0, the timer does not start up, that is, it does not prevent the pingpong handovers between multiples carriers.

ID
MultiCarrierHoTimerLen

Value Range
0 to 999

Physical Scope
0 s to 999 s

Setting
The default value is 14, namely 14 s.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is excessively high, the handover to the original cell may not be triggered in time after multi-carrier handovers. This may affect the QoS.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

7-16

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l

7 HSDPA Parameters

If MultiCarrierHoTimerLen is excessively low, the ping-pong handover between multiple carriers occurs in some scenarios.

Related Commands
Use SET HOCOMM to set DivCtrlField and LST HOCOMM to query MultiCarrierHoTimerLen.

7.4.5 Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA

This describes the compress mode permission indication on HSDPA. If the compress mode permission indication is set to TRUE, the CM (Compress Mode) is permitted on HSDPA, and HSDPA can exist with CM activated. If the compress mode permission indication is set to FALSE, H2D is needed before the CM is activated when HSDPA exists, and HSDPA cannot exist when CM is activated.

ID
HsdpaCMPermissionInd

Value Range
FALSE (not permitted), TRUE (permitted)

Physical Scope
0, 1

Setting
The default value is TRUE.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the terminal supports this function, the terminal has a better performance when the CM is activated with HSDPA connected.

Related Commands
Use SET CMCF to set and LST CMCF to query HsdpaCMPermissionInd.

7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Parameters

This describes the HSDPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-17

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Table 7-6 List of admission control parameters Ser ial No . 1 ID Meaning Default Configurati on 3840 MML Command Level

NodeBHsd paMaxUse rNum

Maximum number of HSDPA users of the NodeB

Set: ADD NODEBALGOPAR A Query: LST NODEBALGOPAR A Modify: MOD NODEBALGOPAR A

NodeB

UlHsDpcc hRsvdFact or HsdpaStr mPBRThd HsdpaBeP BRThd MaxHSDS CHUserN um

UL HSDPCCH reserve factor HSDPA streaming PBR threshold HSDPA BE service PBR threshold Maximum number of users supported by the HS-DSCH

70%

Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC

Cell

30%

64

7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users Per NodeB This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel per NodeB. 7.5.2 Uplink HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor This describes the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor. If the uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK and NACK messages, the system does not perform the CAC. If the HS-DPCCH bears CQI messages, the system performs the CAC. The uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor is the resource reserved when the uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK/NACK messages. The CAC threshold equals the product of the UL limit capacity and the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor. 7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic. 7.5.4 HSDPA BE Service PBR Threshold This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA BE service. 7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA User Number This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel.

7-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users Per NodeB

This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel per NodeB.

ID
NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum

Value Range
0 to 3840

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 3840. NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum is set according to the product specification and actual number of sold HSDPA licenses.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the HSDPA user connection is rejected by the NodeB, you can infer that the HSDPA licenses are insufficient. We need to apply for new HSDPA licenses.

Related Commands
Use ADD NODEBALGOPARA to set, LST NODEBALGOPARA to query, and MOD NODEBALGOPARA to modify NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum.

7.5.2 Uplink HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor

This describes the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor. If the uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK and NACK messages, the system does not perform the CAC. If the HS-DPCCH bears CQI messages, the system performs the CAC. The uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor is the resource reserved when the uplink HS-DPCCH bears ACK/NACK messages. The CAC threshold equals the product of the UL limit capacity and the uplink HS-DPCCH reserve factor.

ID
UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0 to 1, with the step of 0.01
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-19

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default value is 0. Because the current ACK and NACK channel power on the HS-DPCCH is included in the public measurement of the Iub interface, the uplink HS-DPCCH reverse factor is set according to the ACK/NACK load that may burst on the HS-DPCCH during the interval of two measurement processes. In general, the burst data in such a short time rarely have any impact, so the uplink HS-DPCCH reverse factor can be set to 0 by default.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor is excessively high, the probability of admission rejection increases. If UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor is excessively low, the reserved uplink resource is insufficient. But because the probability of the burst load of ACK/NACK messages is low and the effect is small, UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor can be set to a comparatively lower value so as to admit more connections.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor.

7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold

This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic.

ID
HsdpaStrmPBRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 70, namely 70%. For the HSDPA admission, the system needs to meet the following condition: , where,
l l

PBRstrm is the total throughput of the streaming service provided by the cell. Thdhsdpa_strm_PBR is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming service.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

7-20

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

7 HSDPA Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is likely a active factor of streaming service. If the HsdpaStrmPBRThd is excessively high, the admission mistaken rejection rate may increase. If the HsdpaStrmPBRThd is excessively low, the mistakenly admission rate may increase, the GBR of subscribers cannot be guaranteed.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify HsdpaStrmPBRThd.

7.5.4 HSDPA BE Service PBR Threshold

This describes the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA BE service.

ID
HsdpaBePBRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 30, namely 30%. For the HSDPA admission, the system needs to meet the following condition: , where,
l l

PBRBE is the total throughput of the BE service provided by the cell. Thdhsdpa_BE_pbr is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA BE service.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is likely a active factor of BE service. If the HsdpaBePBRThd is excessively high, the admission mistaken rejection rate may increase. If the HsdpaBePBRThd is excessively low, the mistakenly admission rate may increase, the GBR of subscribers cannot be guaranteed.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify HsdpaBePBRThd.

7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA User Number

This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA channel.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 7-21

7 HSDPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
MaxHSDSCHUserNum

Value Range
0 to 64

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 64. The number of subscribers supported by the HSDPA refers to the number of subscribers whose service is carried by the HSDPA channel, no matter how many RABs are borne by the HSDPA channel. The highest value of MaxHSDSCHUserNum equals the cell HSDPA capacity that is prescribed in the NodeB product specification. MaxHSDSCHUserNum can be set according to the cell type, the available power of HSDPA, and the code resource.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If MaxHSDSCHUserNum is excessively low, the HSDPA capacity of cell may be reduced, causing a waste of the HSDPA resource. If MaxHSDSCHUserNum is excessively high, the congestion of HSDPA service may be caused.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxHSDSCHUserNum.

7-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8 HSUPA Parameters

8
About This Chapter

HSUPA Parameters

This describes the HSUPA parameters: HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and HSUPA admission control parameters. 8.1 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. 8.2 HSUPA Admission Control Parameters This describes the HSUPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners. 8.3 HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters This describes the HSUPA outer loop power control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-1

8 HSUPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8.1 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters

This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 8-1 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 2 MaxTargetUlL oadFactor NonServToTot alEdchPwrRati o Hsupa2msTtiR ateThs Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le vel

Maximum target uplink load factor Target non-serving EDCH to total E-DCH power ratio Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI

75% 0

Set: ADD CELLHSUPA Query: LST CELLHSUPA

Cel l

384 kbit/s

Set: SET FRC Query: LST FRC

RN C

8.1.1 Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor This describes the target uplink load factor of the NodeB scheduling module. The RNC calculates the maximum RTWP value according to this factor, and then sends it to the NodeB by the Iub message. 8.1.2 Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI Only HSUPA services with uplink bit rate reaching this threshold can use 2ms as their E-DCH TTI value, otherwise use 10ms as the E-DCH TTI value. 8.1.3 Threshold of Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio This describes the threshold of the ratio of the non-serving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power. The non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to the UE only when the ratio of the nonserving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power is higher than this threshold.

8.1.1 Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor

This describes the target uplink load factor of the NodeB scheduling module. The RNC calculates the maximum RTWP value according to this factor, and then sends it to the NodeB by the Iub message.

ID
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor
8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8 HSUPA Parameters

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 75, namely 75%.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is set according to the radio network planning.
l l

If MaxTargetUlLoadFactor is excessively low, the cell throughput is excessively low. If MaxTargetUlLoadFactor is excessively high, the interference is excessively high.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSUPA to set and LST CELLHSUPA to query MaxTargetUlLoadFactor.

8.1.2 Rate Threshold for HSUPA 2 ms TTI

Only HSUPA services with uplink bit rate reaching this threshold can use 2ms as their E-DCH TTI value, otherwise use 10ms as the E-DCH TTI value.

ID
Hsupa2msTtiRateThs

Value Range
D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1450

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 384 kbit/s, 608 kbit/s, 1450 kbit/s

Setting
The default value is D384, namely 384 kbit/s.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too low, the low-speed service use the 2 ms TTI which lead to the waste of CE resource. If the parameter is set too high, the high-speed service cannot use the 2 ms TTI which lead to influence on QoS of traffic.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 8-3

8 HSUPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use SET FRC to set and LST FRC to query Hsupa2msTtiRateThs.

8.1.3 Threshold of Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio

This describes the threshold of the ratio of the non-serving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power. The non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to the UE only when the ratio of the nonserving E-DCH power to the total E-DCH power is higher than this threshold.

ID
NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is used to decide whether the non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to the UE.
l

If NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio is excessively low, the power of non-serving RL is very low, and the UE data rate is affected when the UE is in soft handover status. If NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio is excessively high, the non-serving RL can not send RG DOWN to the UE even if the system is overloaded.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLHSUPA to set and use LST CELLHSUPA to query NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio.

8.2 HSUPA Admission Control Parameters

This describes the HSUPA admission control parameters that can be modified by network planners.

8-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8 HSUPA Parameters

Table 8-2 List of HSUPA admission control parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 MAXHSUPA USERNUM HsupaNonServ InterfereFactor HsupaLowPrio rityUserPBRT hd HsupaEqualPri orityUserPBR Thd HsupaHighPri orityUserPBR Thd 4 5 DLHSUPARS VDFACTOR NodeBHsupa MaxUserNum DL HSUPA reserved factor Maximum number of users of the HSUPA in the NodeB 0 3840 Set: ADD NODEBALGOPAR A Query: LST NODEBALGOPAR A Modify: MOD NODEBALGOPAR A No de B Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le vel

Maximum number of users supported by the HSUPA HSUPA Non-serveice cell interfere factor PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different priority users

64

2 3

0 100/100/1 00

Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC

Cel l

8.2.1 Maximum HSUPA User Number This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel. The parameter is used for the HSUPA admission control. 8.2.2 HSUPA Non-Serveice Cell Interfere Factor This parameter indicates that the ratio of uplink interference generated by the non-service RL in an HSUPA cell to the total uplink interference. 8.2.3 PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different priority users This group of parameters indicates the threshold of PBR satisfaction decision. The parameter affects HSUPA scheduling service access. The QoS satisfaction of the existing service is used to allow new users to access.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 8-5

8 HSUPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8.2.4 Downlink HSUPA Reserved Factor This describes the downlink HSUPA reserved factor. The parameter is used to reserve part of resource for downlink control channels: E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH. 8.2.5 Maximum HSUPA User Number Per NodeB This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel per NodeB.

8.2.1 Maximum HSUPA User Number

This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel. The parameter is used for the HSUPA admission control.

ID
MaxHsupaUserNum

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0 to 100

Setting
The default value is 64. This parameter represents the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel and is set according to the product specification. For the HSUPA admission, the number of subscribers must be counted first. If the current HSUPA subscriber number is lower than this parameter, the admission request is being analyzed, or else, the admission is rejected directly.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If MaxHsupaUserNum is excessively high, the product capacity cannot support all the HSUPA users after admission, and cannot provide satisfying services. If MaxHsupaUserNum is excessively low, part of the subscribers are rejected for admission, and part of the resource is idle and wasted, thus decreasing the system capacity.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MaxHsupaUserNum.

8.2.2 HSUPA Non-Serveice Cell Interfere Factor

This parameter indicates that the ratio of uplink interference generated by the non-service RL in an HSUPA cell to the total uplink interference.

ID
HsupaNonServInterfereFactor
8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8 HSUPA Parameters

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0 to 100%

Setting
The default value is 0. The ratio of HSUPA users and soft handover in the system is considered when setting this parameter. If the ratio of HSUPA users and soft handover in the system is large, this parameter should be increased.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If HsupaNonServInterfereFactor is excessively low, the product capacity cannot support all the HSUPA users after admission, and cannot provide satisfying services. If HsupaNonServInterfereFactor is excessively high, part of the subscribers are rejected for admission, and part of the resource is idle and wasted, thus decreasing the system capacity.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify HsupaNonServInterfereFactor.

8.2.3 PBR satisfaction for HSUPA different priority users

This group of parameters indicates the threshold of PBR satisfaction decision. The parameter affects HSUPA scheduling service access. The QoS satisfaction of the existing service is used to allow new users to access.

ID
HsupaNonServInterfereFactor

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0 to 100%

Setting
The default value is 100, namely 100%. During setting, the characteristics of the scheduling service, the setting of GBR and GBR guarantee strategy should be considered. To ensure GBR of users, set the parameter to 100. If the requirement for GBR is low, the parameter can be set to a value less than 100.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 8-7

8 HSUPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too large, the requirement for users PBR satisfaction is higher, and the probability of refusing HSUPA scheduling service increases, thus affecting access success rate. If the value is too small, the requirement for users PBR satisfaction is lower, and too many HSUPA scheduling service users may be accessed, thus affecting the satisfaction of accessed users and resulting in system congestion due to serious load.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify the parameters.

8.2.4 Downlink HSUPA Reserved Factor

This describes the downlink HSUPA reserved factor. The parameter is used to reserve part of resource for downlink control channels: E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH.

ID
DlHSUPARsvdFactor

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%, with the step of 1%

Setting
The default value is 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

The higher DlHSUPARsvdFactor is, the more resource is reserved for the HSUPA control channel, and thus the more resource is wasted. If DlHSUPARsvdFactor is excessively low, the HSUPA service quality is affected when the resource is limited.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify DlHSUPARsvdFactor.

8.2.5 Maximum HSUPA User Number Per NodeB

This describes the maximum number of subscribers supported by the HSUPA channel per NodeB.
8-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8 HSUPA Parameters

ID
NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum

Value Range
0 to 3840

Physical Scope
0 to 3840

Setting
The default value is 3840. NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum is set according to the product specification and actual number of sold HSUPA licenses.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the HSUPA subscriber connection is rejected by the NodeB, you can infer that the HSUPA licenses are insufficient. We need to apply for new HSUPA licenses.

Related Commands
Use ADD NODEBALGOPARA to set, LST NODEBALGOPARA to query, and MOD NODEBALGOPARA to modify NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum.

8.3 HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Parameters

This describes the HSUPA outer loop power control parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 8-3 List of HSUPA outer loop power control parameters S ID e r i a l N o . 1 EdchTarget RetransNu m Meaning Defau lt Confi gurati on MML Command Lev el

Target number of E-DCH PDU retransmission

0.1

Set: ADD TYPRABOLPC Query: LST TYPRABOLPC Modify: MOD TYPRABOLPC

RA B

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

8-9

8 HSUPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e r i a l N o . 2 ResBLER

Meaning

Defau lt Confi gurati on

MML Command

Lev el

Target value of EDCH residual BLER

N/A

8.3.1 HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Switch This switch is used to select HSUPA outer loop power control algorithm. 8.3.2 Target Number of E-DCH PDU Retransmission This parameter specifies the target number of E-DCH PDU Mac-es retransmission. 8.3.3 Target Value of E-DCH Residual BLER This parameter indicates the target transmission quality of E-DCH, that is, the target residual BLER value.

8.3.1 HSUPA Outer Loop Power Control Switch

This switch is used to select HSUPA outer loop power control algorithm.

Parameter ID
OlpcAlgSwitch

Value Range
Enum (BASEDONRESIDUALBLER, BASEDONMEANNHT)

Physical Value Range

BASEDONRESIDUALBLER, BASEDONMEANNHT

Parameter Setting
For BE and streaming services, set this parameter to BASEDONMEANNHT. For conversational services, set this parameter to BASEDONRESIDUALBLER.

Impact on the Network Performance

None.
8-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

8 HSUPA Parameters

Relevant Commands
Use ADD TYPRABOLPC to set, LST TYPRABOLPC to query and MOD TYPRABOLPC to modifyOlpcAlgSwitch.

8.3.2 Target Number of E-DCH PDU Retransmission

This parameter specifies the target number of E-DCH PDU Mac-es retransmission.

ID
EdchTargetRetransNum

Value Range
0 to 150

Physical Scope
0 to 15, step is 0.1.

Setting
The default value is 1, namely 0.1.

Impact on the Network Performance

The smaller the parameter is, the better subscribers feel, but the air interface capacity is not the maximum. The rate of subscriber, air interface capacity, and CE resource consumed are considered for the parameter setting.

Related Commands
Use ADD TYPRABOLPC to set, LST TYPRABOLPC to query, and MOD TYPRABOLPC to modify EdchTargetRetransNum.

8.3.3 Target Value of E-DCH Residual BLER

This parameter indicates the target transmission quality of E-DCH, that is, the target residual BLER value.

ID
ResBLER

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Scope
0 to 1, step is 0.001.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 8-11

8 HSUPA Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
None.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too small, the subscribers feel better, but the air interface capacity is not the maximum. The rate of subscriber, air interface capacity, and CE resource consumed are considered for the parameter setting.

Related Commands
Use ADD TYPRABOLPC to set, LST TYPRABOLPC to query, and MOD TYPRABOLPC to modify ResBLER.

8-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

9
About This Chapter

MBMS Parameters

This describes MBMS parameters. MBMS parameters are MBMS admission parameters, MBMS preemption parameters, and FLC/FLD algorithm parameters. 9.1 MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters This describes the MBMS admission and preemption algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. 9.2 FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters This describes the FLC/FLD algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-1

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9.1 MBMS Admission and Preemption Algorithm Parameters

This describes the MBMS admission and preemption algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 9-1 List of MBMS admission and preempt algorithm parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 MaxFachPowe r Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le vel

Maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS service

Set various values according to the service rate.

Set: ADD FACH Query: LST FACH

Cel l

MTCHMinPer c0

Minimum coverage 80% percentage of the MBMS service with the highest priority, that is, priority 0 Minimum coverage 50% percentage of the MBMS service with the lowest priority, that is, priority 15 MTCH budget power resource MTCH budget code resource MTCH maximum power MTCH maximum code resource 20% 16 SF64 60% 40 SF64

Set: ADD CELLMBMSFACH Query: LST CELLMBMSFACH

MTCHMaxPer c15

4 5 6 7

MtchRsvPwr MtchRsvsf MtchMaxPwr MtchMaxsf

Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC

9-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

S ID e ri a l N o . 8 MbmsDecPow erRabThd

Meaning

Default Configur ation

MML Command

Le vel

A service priority threshold, indicating that the power of the MBMS services with a priority lower than this threshold can be decreased MBMS service preempt algorithm switch

Set: ADD CELLLDR Query: LST CELLLDR Modify: MOD CELLLDR

MbmsPreempt AlgoSwitch

OFF

Set: SET QUEUEPREEMPT Query: LST QUEUEPREEMPT

1 0 1 1 1 2

PtmPreemptS witch PtmStrmPasiS witch PtmNullStrmP asiSwitch

MBMS PTM preempt switch MBMS streaming PTM preempt switch MBMS non-streaming PTM preempt switch

ON ON ON

Set: SET RNCMBMSPARA Query: LST RNCMBMSPARA

RN C

9.1.1 Maximum FACH Transmit Power This describes the maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS service. 9.1.2 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the highest priority, that is, priority 0. 9.1.3 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the lowest priority, that is, priority 15. 9.1.4 MTCH Budget Power Resources This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers. 9.1.5 MTCH Budget Code Resource This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers. 9.1.6 MTCH Maximum Power This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum power of a MBMS cell. 9.1.7 MTCH Maximum Code Resource This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-3

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9.1.8 Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Power This describes the service priority threshold for decreasing power. The power of the MBMS services with a priority lower than this threshold can be decreased. 9.1.9 MBMS Service Preemption Algorithm Switch This describes the MBMS preemption algorithm switch. When this switch is ON, an MBMS service can obtain resources through preemption in case the access of the MBMS service fails. The preemption, however, occurs only between the MBMS services. 9.1.10 MBMS PTM Preempt Switch This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators. 9.1.11 MBMS Streaming PTM Preempt Switch This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators. 9.1.12 MBMS Non-Streaming PTM Preempt Switch This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.

9.1.1 Maximum FACH Transmit Power

This describes the maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS service.

ID
MaxFachPower

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
Set various values for MaxFachPower according to the service rate.

Impact on the Network Performance

Because the FACH does not have the power control function, you must consider the QoS of the subscribers on the edge of a cell when setting the maximum transmit power of the FACH.
l

If MaxFachPower is excessively low, the quality for receiving services on the edge of a cell decreases and the mosaic effect and the service delay occur. If MaxFachPower is excessively high, the extra power of the FACH is wasted.

RAN6.1 supports only the MBMS broadcast function. Thus, all cells must use the PTM transmission mode. This means that all cells use the FACH to send data. An UE can obtain remarkable gain through soft combination or selective combination. According to the emulation result, the gain obtained through soft combination ranges from 4.6 dB to 6.6 dB and the gain obtained through selective combination ranges from 2 dB to 3 dB. In terms of the MBMS terminal, you must choose selective combination for the integrated channel of the CMB and the MBMS. Thus, by taking the generated gain into account, you can configure a lower power for the FACH when a majority of terminals in a network support the MBMS service.
9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

CAUTION
The CMB terminals do not support soft combination or selective combination. Therefore, if a majority of terminals support the CMB service, you can neglect the relevant gain when configuring the FACH.

Related Commands
Use ADD FACH to set and LST FACH to query MaxFachPower.

9.1.2 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority
This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the highest priority, that is, priority 0.

ID
MTCHMinPerc0

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 80, namely 80%.

Impact on the Network Performance

When a cell has a heavy load, the RNC assigns a low power to the MBMS service. This avoids the further deterioration of cell congestion and increases the success rate of MBMS service setup. You must ensure that the assigned low power can cover the minimum coverage area of the MBMS service. The minimum coverage area is set on the basis of the percentage of area covered by the MBMS service using the maximum transmit power of the FACH. To implement service differentiation, you must ensure that the minimum coverage area varies according to service priorities. The value of MTCHMinPerc0 is in positive correlation with the coverage area of the MBMS service when the cell load is high.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMBMSFACH to set andLST CELLMBMSFACH to query MTCHMinPerc0.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-5

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9.1.3 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority
This describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service with the lowest priority, that is, priority 15.

ID
MTCHMinPerc15

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 50, namely 50%.

Impact on the Network Performance

When a cell has a heavy load, the RNC assigns a low power to the MBMS service. This avoids the further deterioration of cell congestion and increases the success rate of MBMS service setup. You must ensure that the assigned low power can cover the minimum coverage area of the MBMS service. The minimum coverage area is set on the basis of the percentage of area covered by the MBMS service using the maximum transmit power of the FACH. To implement service differentiation, you must ensure that the minimum coverage area varies according to service priorities. The value of MTCHMinPerc15 is in positive correlation with the coverage area of the MBMS service when the cell load is high.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMBMSFACH to set andLST CELLMBMSFACH to query MTCHMinPerc15.

9.1.4 MTCH Budget Power Resources

This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers.

ID
MtchRsvPwr

Value Range
0 to 100
9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 20, namely 20%. When the power sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is less than or equal to MtchRsvPwr, and the code sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is less than or equal to MtchRsvSF, the established MBMS PTM bearer can only be preempted by the MBMS PTM bearer with higher priority, and cannot be preempted by the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is a kind of protection for the MBMS PTM bearer, In case of low power resource consumption, it is necessary to prevent the MBMS PTM bearer being preempted, because this bearer serves multiple users at the same time. This threshold should not be set to a large one, otherwise, the system resources will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer, and few nonMBMS service capability will be left.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchRsvPwr.

9.1.5 MTCH Budget Code Resource

This parameter is configured according to the budget for power and code resources of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers.

ID
MtchRsvsf

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
64 SF64

Setting
The default value is 16, namely 16 SF64. When the power sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is less than or equal to MtchRsvPwr, and the code sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is less than or equal to MtchRsvSF, the established MBMS PTM bearer can only be preempted by the MBMS PTM bearer with higher priority, and cannot be preempted by the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-7

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is a kind of protection for the MBMS PTM bearer, In case of low code resource consumption, it is necessary to prevent the MBMS PTM bearer being preempted, because this bearer serves multiple users at the same time. This threshold should not be set to a large one, otherwise, the system resources will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer, and few nonMBMS service capability will be left.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchRsvsf.

9.1.6 MTCH Maximum Power

This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum power of a MBMS cell.

ID
MtchMaxPwr

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Scope
0% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 60, namely 60%. This parameter is configured according to the budget for power of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers. When the power sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is larger than this threshold, the MBMS PTM bearer whose access is refused can only preempt the MBMS PTM bearer with low priority, and cannot preempt the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is a kind of protection for the MBMS PTM bearer, In case of low code resource consumption, it is necessary to prevent the MBMS PTM bearer being preempted, because this bearer serves multiple users at the same time. This threshold should not be set to a large one, otherwise, the system resources will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer, and few nonMBMS service capability will be left.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchMaxPwr.
9-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

9.1.7 MTCH Maximum Code Resource

This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.

ID
MtchMaxsf

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Scope
64 SF64

Setting
The default value is 40, namely 40 SF64. This parameter is configured according to the budget for code of the MBMS PTM bearer (that is MTCH) made by carriers. When the code sum of all the MBMS PTM bearers in a cell is larger than this threshold, the MBMS PTM bearer whose access is refused can only preempt the MBMS PTM bearer with low priority, and cannot preempt the MBMS PTP bearer or non-MBMS bearer.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter is a kind of limit to the MBMS PTM bearer. When the total code resources of the bearer are consumed largely, excessive consumption should be avoided. This threshold should not be set to a large one. Otherwise, the system resource will be consumed by the MBMS PTM bearer and few non-MBMS service capability will be left.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLCAC to set, LST CELLCAC to query, and MOD CELLCAC to modify MtchMaxsf.

9.1.8 Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Power

This describes the service priority threshold for decreasing power. The power of the MBMS services with a priority lower than this threshold can be decreased.

ID
MbmsDecPowerRabThd

Value Range
1 to 15

Physical Scope
1 to 15
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-9

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default value is 1.

Impact on the Network Performance

The MBMS service at each rate is set on the basis of two power levels. The power set for an MBMS service is determined according to cell load during the service access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS service must be decreased as required in the duration of cell congestion. Some services with high priority, for example the disaster pre-alert, however, do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell load. In such a case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to protect the services with high priority against the impact of the service access failure and the load control algorithm.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLLDR to set, LST CELLLDR to query, and MOD CELLLDR to modify MbmsDecPowerRabThd.

9.1.9 MBMS Service Preemption Algorithm Switch

This describes the MBMS preemption algorithm switch. When this switch is ON, an MBMS service can obtain resources through preemption in case the access of the MBMS service fails. The preemption, however, occurs only between the MBMS services.

ID
MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch

Value Range
ON, OFF

Physical Scope
ON, OFF

Setting
The default value is OFF.

Impact on the Network Performance

The periodic re-setup of the preempted MBMS service is not implemented in RAN6.1. As a result, an MBMS service cannot be sent in a cell if the resource for the MBMS service is occupied by another service through preemption. Therefore, the switch is OFF by default.

Related Commands
Use SET QUEUEPREEMPT to set and LST QUEUEPREEMPT to query MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch.
9-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

9.1.10 MBMS PTM Preempt Switch

This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators.

ID
PtmPreemptSwitch

Value Range
ON, OFF

Physical Scope
ON, OFF

Setting
The default value is ON. If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM bearer is allowed to preempt other MBMS service bearers or non-MBMS service bearers. If the parameter is set to OFF, preemption is forbidden.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set to ON, preemption may be triggered in case of failure of access to the PTM bearer. The MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with low priority will be released, thus resulting in traffic interruption.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to query PtmPreemptSwitch.

9.1.11 MBMS Streaming PTM Preempt Switch

This parameter is configured according to the requirements of operators.

ID
PtmStrmPasiSwitch

Value Range
ON, OFF

Physical Scope
ON, OFF

Setting
The default value is ON.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-11

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer is preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high priority. If the parameter is set to OFF, preemption is forbidden.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer may be preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high priority in case of resource congestion, thus resulting in MBMS service interruption. Because the PTM service bearer serves multiple users, the influence scope of service interruption is wide.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to query PtmStrmPasiSwitch.

9.1.12 MBMS Non-Streaming PTM Preempt Switch

This parameter indicates the MTCH maximum code resource of a MBMS cell.

ID
PtmNullStrmPasiSwitch

Value Range
ON, OFF

Physical Scope
ON, OFF

Setting
The default value is ON. If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer is preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high priority. If the parameter is set to OFF, preemption is forbidden.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set to ON, the PTM streaming service bearer may be preempted by the MBMS service bearer or non-MBMS service bearer with high priority in case of resource congestion, thus resulting in MBMS service interruption. Because the PTM service bearer serves multiple users, the influence scope of service interruption is wide.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to query PtmNullStrmPasiSwitch.
9-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

9.2 FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters

This describes the FLC/FLD algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 9-2 List of FLC/FLD algorithm parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 FlcAlgoSwitch Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le vel

FLC algorithm switch

ON

Set: ADD CELLMCCH Query: LST CELLMCCH Modify: MOD CELLMCCH

Cel l

2 3 4

MbmsTransM ode NCountingThd NPtpToPtmOf fset

MBMS transmission mode Counting threshold PTP to PTM offset

PTM 2 1

Set: SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA Query: LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST CELLMBMSPARA Modify: MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA Set: SET RNCMBMSPARA Query: LST RNCMBMSPARA

RN C/ SA/ Cel l

MbmsPtpUlBit Rate

MBMS PTP RB uplink rate

16 kbit/s

RN C

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-13

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

S ID e ri a l N o . 6 MbmsNCellIn d

Meaning

Default Configur ation

MML Command

Le vel

MBMS neighboring cell indicator

TRUE

Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCE LL Query: LST INTRAFREQNCE LL Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCE LL

Cel l

9.2.1 FLC Algorithm Switch This describes the FLC algorithm switch. When the FLC algorithm switch is enabled, the RNC performs FLC operations. 9.2.2 MBMS Transmission Mode This describes the transmission mode of MBMS. 9.2.3 Counting Threshold When the counting or recounting UE is larger than the parameter, then use the PTM transmission mode, otherwise use the PTP transmission mode. 9.2.4 PTP To PTM Offset This describes the offset from PTP to PTM. 9.2.5 MBMS PTP RB Uplink Rate This describes the MBMS PTP uplink bit rate. 9.2.6 MBMS Neighboring Cell Indicator This parameter indicates whether the cell is MBMS neighboring cell or not.

9.2.1 FLC Algorithm Switch

This describes the FLC algorithm switch. When the FLC algorithm switch is enabled, the RNC performs FLC operations.

ID
FlcAlgoSwitch

Value Range
ON, OFF
9-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

Physical Scope
ON, OFF

Setting
The default value is ON.

Impact on the Network Performance

The FLC algorithm is a mandatory algorithm. When the network starts sending the MBMS service, the FLC algorithm ensures that the subscribers on the other frequency points can reselect the current frequency point for receiving the MBMS service. Therefore, the FLC algorithm is enabled by default.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMCCH to set, LST CELLMCCH to query, and MOD CELLMCCH to modify FlcAlgoSwitch.

9.2.2 MBMS Transmission Mode

This describes the transmission mode of MBMS.

ID
MbmsTransMode

Value Range
PTM~0/ PTP~1/ ENHANCEDPTM~2/ DYNAMIC~3

Physical Scope
PTM/PTP/ENHANCEDPTM/DYNAMIC

Setting
The default value is PTM. This parameter can be configured for the RNC or service area(SA). If for the RNC, all the cells under the RNC adopt the transmission mode. If for the SA, all the cells under the SA adopt the transmission mode.

Impact on the Network Performance

PTM, PTP and ENHANCEDPTM, as static or semi-static transmission modes, have small effect on the MBMS service and network performance. The DYNAMIC mode is the most complicated. To balance the service quality guarantee and network resource utilization, dynamically convert PTP and PTM modes. The network converts transmission modes periodically according to the number of users and the state of neighboring cells, so the reception of MBMS users may be affected. In addition, when passing the boundary
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-15

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

of a PTP cell or a PTM cell, MBMS users may be aware of service interruption, thus greatly affecting the MBMS service and network performance.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA to set, LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST CELLMBMSPARA to query, and MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA to modify MbmsTransMode.

9.2.3 Counting Threshold

When the counting or recounting UE is larger than the parameter, then use the PTM transmission mode, otherwise use the PTP transmission mode.

ID
NCountingThd

Value Range
2 10

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 2. Comprehensively configure such resources as power, code, CE and transmission of the PTM bearer and PTP bearer. Suppose that the consumption of the PTM bearer resources is two times the average consumption of the PTP bearer resources, the parameter is configured as 2. This parameter can be configured for RNC, SA or CELL.

Impact on the Network Performance

The greater the parameter, the higher the probability of the network to adopt PTP transmission mode. Although the power consumption of PTP may be less than that of PTM, the code, CE and transmission occupied by the PTP bearer increase as the number of subscribers increases. This parameter should be configured by considering various resources and bottleneck resources of operators so that it should not be set too large.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA to set, LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST CELLMBMSPARA to query, and MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA to modify NCountingThd.

9.2.4 PTP To PTM Offset

This describes the offset from PTP to PTM.
9-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

ID
NPtpToPtmOffset

Value Range
15

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 1. To avoid ping-pong of PTP and PTM transmission modes, adopt dual-threshold control as mode conversion decision. That is, in the initial state or PTM mode, the PTM mode is adopted if the number of MBMS subscribers exceeds NCountingThd, otherwise, the PTP mode is adopted. But in the PTP mode, the PTM mode is adopted if the number of MBMS users exceeds NCountingThd+NPtpToPtmOffset, otherwise, the PTP mode is adopted. This parameter can be configured for RNC, SA or Cell.

Impact on the Network Performance

Although dual-threshold control is adopted, this parameter only acts as hysteresis. The configuration of this parameter should not affect the whole decision policy. In addition, NCountingThd should not be too large. The smaller this parameter, the better. It is recommended to keep the default value.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA orADD SAMBMSPARA orADD CELLMBMSPARA to set, LST RNCMBMSPARA orLST SAMBMSPARA or LST CELLMBMSPARA to query, and MOD SAMBMSPARA or MOD CELLMBMSPARA to modify NPtpToPtmOffset.

9.2.5 MBMS PTP RB Uplink Rate

This describes the MBMS PTP uplink bit rate.

ID
MbmsPtpUlBitRate

Value Range
D8~0, D16~1, D32~2, D64~3, D128~4, D144~5, D256~6

Physical Scope
8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 9-17

9 MBMS Parameters

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default value is D16~1, namely 16 kbit/s. MBMS service is a unidirectional downlink service. But for the PTP bearer, an uplink channel must be established for signaling transmission. Because the uplink signaling traffic is not heavy, the uplink channel width can be configured as a small one.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the parameter is set too large, uplink resources will be wasted. Therefore, the default value is recommended.

Related Commands
Use SET RNCMBMSPARA to set and LST RNCMBMSPARA to queryMbmsPtpUlBitRate.

9.2.6 MBMS Neighboring Cell Indicator

This parameter indicates whether the cell is MBMS neighboring cell or not.

ID
MbmsNCellInd

Value Range
TRUE, FALSE

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is TRUE. In an actual commercial network, there may be multiple intra-frequency neighboring cells around a cell. Such a design can further limit the number of neighboring cells affecting the transmission mode of this cell. If the MbmsTransMode is set to DYNAMIC, and a cell is not in the elementary congestion state and the PTP transmission mode is shown in the statistical result of the number of users in the cell, the final transmission mode is PTM mode if only a PTM mode is shown in the statistical result of the number of subscribers in an MBMS neighboring cell.

Impact on the Network Performance

The more the intra-frequency neighboring cells are configured as MBMS neighboring cells, the easier the transmission mode of this cell is determined as PTM, and the higher the ratio of PTM transmission mode in the whole network is. In terms of performance of the whole network, if the number of subscribers reaches a certain scale, the higher the ratio of PTM transmission mode, the better. Because the higher the ratio, the greater the MBMS consolidatory gain obtained by
9-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

9 MBMS Parameters

subscribers, the less the conversion between PTP and PTM modes, and the lower the service influence. But, if there are a few subscribers in the whole network, the high ratio of PTM transmission mode will waste resources and affect other service capacities.

Related Commands
Use ADD INTRAFREQNCELL to set, LST INTRAFREQNCELL to query, and MOD INTRAFREQNCELL to modify MbmsNCellInd.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

9-19

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

10
About This Chapter

Algorithm Switches

This describes the RNC algorithm Switches. In the RNC, algorithm switches are categorized into connection-oriented algorithm switches and cell-oriented algorithm switches. 10.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC This describes the connection-oriented algorithm switches in the RNC. In the RNC, the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective only within the duration of a cell, that is, the modification of an algorithm switch is not effective for the UEs that are already in connection mode before the modification but effective for the UEs that are connected later. The enabling and disabling of the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective for the entire RNC, but cannot be controlled for single cells. 10.2 Cell Algorithm Switches This describes the cell algorithm switches, which are valid for single cells. Different cells can have different algorithm configurations. The algorithm switches become effective as soon as they are configured. 10.3 Other Algorithm Switches This describes some other algorithm switches, such as the Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm switch, and intra-frequency measurement control information indication.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-1

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in the RNC

This describes the connection-oriented algorithm switches in the RNC. In the RNC, the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective only within the duration of a cell, that is, the modification of an algorithm switch is not effective for the UEs that are already in connection mode before the modification but effective for the UEs that are connected later. The enabling and disabling of the connection-oriented algorithm switches are effective for the entire RNC, but cannot be controlled for single cells. On the RNC LMT, set each connection-oriented algorithm switch through SET CORRMALGOSWITCH and query the status of each algorithm switch through LST CORRMALGOSWITCH. 10.1.1 Channel Class Algorithm Switches This describes the channel algorithm switches. 10.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switch This describes the handover algorithm switches. 10.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches This describes the power control switches. 10.1.4 HSPA Algorithm Switch This describes the HSPA algorithm switches. 10.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches This describes the DRD algorithm switches. 10.1.6 SRNS Relocation Algorithm Switch This describes the SRNS relocation algorithm switches. 10.1.7 Compressed Mode Algorithm Switch This describes the compressed mode algorithm switches.

10.1.1 Channel Class Algorithm Switches

This describes the channel algorithm switches.

ID
ChSwitch

10-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Meaning

CAUTION
The DCCC algorithm is a basic function. If the DCCC algorithm is disabled, channels cannot implement the following D2D adjustments that are caused by other algorithms:
l l l l l

D2D rate adjustment of the BE service triggered on the basis of traffic 1A rate decreasing, that is, the rate decreasing before soft handovers Rate decreasing due to the IUB bandwidth limit Rate decreasing due to the TCP limit, that is, the rate decreasing for the link stability BE service bandwidth adjustment that is triggered by the primary congestion

Table 10-1 shows channel algorithm switches. Table 10-1 List of channel algorithm switches Serial No. Algorithm Switch AMR_TWO _CODCH_S WITCH Switch Name Switch of configurin g two DCHs for AMR Switch of configurin g the SID frame for AMR AMRC algorithm switch Default Configur ation OFF Description

When the switch is enabled, two CoDCHs are allocated for the AMR voice call with the bit rate of 7.95 kbit/s or less. When the switch is disabled, three CoDCHs are allocated for the AMR voice call. When the switch is enabled, the SID frame for AMR-NB voice call will be configured anyway. Otherwise, the SID frame will be configured acorrding to the CN assignment. When the switch is enabled and the AMRC (AMR Control) license is activated, the AMR control function is applied to the AMR service. When the switch is enabled, the AQM algorithm is applied to the RNC. When the switch is enabled, the bandwidth of the BE services is decreased before handover happens. It is recommended to enable DCCC_SWITCH when using this function.
10-3

AMR_SID_ MUST_CF G_SWITCH

OFF

AMRC_SW ITCH

OFF

AQM_SWI TCH BE_RATE_ DOWN_BF _HO_SWIT CH

AQM algorithm switch Algorithm switch for rate decreasing before handovers

OFF

OFF

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch DCCC_SWI TCH

Switch Name DCCC algorithm switch Downlink inner loop power control activation switch Downlink blind detection switch

Default Configur ation ON

Description

When the switch is enabled, the dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm is applied to the RNC. When the switch is enabled, the inner loop downlink power control status is set to Active. When the switch is disabled, the inner loop downlink power control status is set to Inactive. When the switch is enabled, the downlink blind transport format detection function is used for single SRB and AMR + SRB bearers.
NOTE The UE is only required to support the blind transport format that is the prescribed in section 4.3.1 of the 3GPP 25.212 protocol.

DL_INNER _LOOP_PO WER_CTR L_SWITCH

ON

DOWNLIN K_BLIND_ DETECTIO N_SWITCH

ON

FRC_FP_M ODE_SWIT CH

FP mode switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the FP mode on the Iub interface is set to normal mode. When the switch is disabled, the FP mode on the Iub interface is set to silent mode. When the switch is enabled and the PDCP IP header compression license is activated, the PDCP IP header compression algorithm will be applied to the RNC. When the switch is enabled and the PDCP RO header compression license is activated, the PDCP RO header compression algorithm will be applied to the RNC.

10

FRC_PDCP _RFC2507_ HC_SWITC H FRC_PDCP _RFC3095_ HC_SWITC H

PDCP IP header compressi on switch PDCP RO header compressi on switch

OFF

11

OFF

10-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch HANDOVE R_TO_UTR AN_DEFA ULT_CONF IG_SWITC H

Switch Name Default configurat ion switch for interRAT handover to UTRAN

Default Configur ation ON

Description

12

When the switch is enabled, the default configurations of signaling and RABs which are defined in 3GPP 25.331 are used when the UE performs handovers from the GSM system to the WCDMA system. When the switch is disabled, those default configurations are not applied, but the RB, TrCH and PhyCH included in the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND message are used instead. When the switch is enabled, the RAB Assignment request and the subsequent RB Setup should be continued if the RLC AM capability of UE cannot meet the minimum RLC buffer requirement defined by the RLC TX/RX WINDOW LIMITs of the RAB to be setup. When the switch is disabled, the RAB setup request should be rejected. When the switch is enablede, the IMS signalling RAB CN assigned will be processed as a normal PS RAB. Otherwise no special action will be taken. When the switch is enabled and the IMS license is activated, the RNC supports IMS. When the switch is enabled, the Iu QoS negotiation function is applied to the PS domain if alternative RAB parameters are present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message.

13

IGNORE_R LC_CAP_S WITCH

Algorithm switch of ignoring the RLC capability of UE

ON

14

IMS_PROC _AS_NOR MAL_PS_S WITCH

IMS processed as a normal PS RAB switch IMS support activation switch Iu QoS negotiatio n switch

OFF

15

IMS_SUPP ORT_ACTI VATION IU_QOS_N EG_SWITC H

ON

16

OFF

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-5

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch IU_QOS_R ENEG_SWI TCH

Switch Name Iu QoS renegotiatio n switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

17

When the switch is enabled and the IU QOS RENEQ license is activated, the RNC supports the maximum rate re-negotiation if the QoS of real-time traffic can not be guaranteed according to cell conditions.

10-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch IUB_OVER BOOKING_ SWITCH

Switch Name Iub overbooki ng switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

18

When the wireless environment is poor, some TFs are banned for high speed RAB to limit the speed and then reduce the transmission power. When the switch is enabled, the IUB overbooking function is applied to the SRNC. The data services are unstable to a certain degree, for example, some traffic is caused by downloading a webpage while no traffic is caused when users are reading the webpage, so the actual service rate is much different from the channel rate and there is a big peak-toaverage ratio. If data services and voice services use the same path for transmission, a full-rate bandwidth must be reserved for the data services so that the voice services are not affected when the data services are implemented in peak rate. The Iub interface has insufficient transmission resources and each data service needs much bandwidth, so a rather limited amount of data can be connected at the same time, and thus it is difficult to carry out a mass of data services. More data services can be implemented if data services use an independent path for transmission, differentiated transmission methods are used, and smaller activated factors are configured. In this way, only data services are affected even when congestion is caused by simulatneous data transmission of multiple data connections.

19

IUUP_V2_S PT_SWITC H

IUUp V2 SPT switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the Support IUUP Version 2 license is enabled, the RNC supports the TFO/TRFO function.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-7

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch LOSSLESS _RELOCIN _SWITCH

Switch Name Lossless relocation switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

20

When the switch is enabled and the UE supports lossless relocation, PDCP is configured to supporting the lossless relocation if the RNC meets conditions such as the RLC mode, desertion mode, and insequence submission. When the switch is enabled, the size of downlink RLC PDU can change lossless.

21

LOSSLESS _DLRLC_P DUSIZECH G_SWITCH

Lossless downlink RLC PDU size change algorithm switch Switch of single domain supporting multiple services IPv6 packet header compressi on switch UE state transition switch for PS BE service UE State Transition switch for PS NonBE service RAB downsizin g switch

OFF

21

MULTI_RA B_SWITCH

ON

When the switch is enabled, multiRABs combination of 2CS, 2CS +1PS, 1CS+2PS and 2PS are supported in the RNC.

22

PDCP_IPV6 _HEAD_C OMPRESS_ SWITCH PS_BE_ST ATE_TRA NS_SWITC H PS_NON_B E_STATE_ TRANS_S WITCH RAB_DOW NSIZING_S WITCH

OFF

When the switch is enabled and the PDCP header compression license is activated, the PDCP header compression algorithm for IPv6 will be applied to the RNC. When the switch is enabled, the UE RRC state transitions (CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/ URA_PCH) for services are applied to the RNC. When the switch is enabled, the UE RRC state transitions to CELL_FACH for real-time services are applied to the RNC. When the switch is enabled, the RAB downsizing function is activated to determine the initial bit rate according to cell resources.

23

OFF

24

OFF

25

ON

10-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch RSC_FEED BK_AFTER _SETUPRA B_FAIL_S WITCH SYSHOIN_ CMP_IUUP _FIXTO1_S WITCH

Switch Name RSC feedback after setup RAB failure switch SysHoIn complete configure IUUP version back switch DCCC switch based on throughpu t

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

26

When the switch is enabled, the cell left SF is brought back if the RAB setup fails because of the lack of CELL SF and then the RAB setup tries again with a lower speed to fit the feedback SF. When the switch is enabled, IUUP Version can back to R99 when SysHoIn use complete configure.

27

OFF

28

THROU_D CCC_SWIT CH

OFF

When the switch is enabled, DCCC is applied to DCH based on throughput statistic.

10.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switch

This describes the handover algorithm switches.

ID
HoSwitch

Meaning
Table 10-2 List of handover algorithm switches Serial No. Algorithm Switch 1J_MEAS_ SWTICH Switch Name 1J measurem ent control switch Default Configur ation OFF Description

When the switch is enabled and the UE version is R6, 1J event will be carried with intra-frequency measurement control.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-9

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch 6F6G_SWI TCH

Switch Name 6F6G measurem ent control switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

When the switch is enabled, the RNC starts the 6F6G measurement if the UE is in a macro-diversity, that is, the UE triggers the radio link synchronization parameters measurement if the UE has more than two links in the active set. If the timing difference between radio links exceeds a certain threshold, the UE reports the 6F event and triggers a timer. If the timing difference between the radio links is below the threshold, the UE reports the 6G event, or the UE will release one or more radio links when the timer expires. When the switch is enabled, the active set quality measurement is allowed. After the RB setup is complete (or after the RRC setup is complete if SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is ON), the RNC initiates signal quality measurement to all the cells in the active set. If the integrated signal quality of all the cells in the active set is below a certain threshold, the UE reports the 2D event. Then according to the status of the interfrequency and inter-RAT handover switch and UE capability, the RNC will initiate the compressed mode and send inter-frequency measurement control or inter-RAT measurement control to trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers based on the coverage. When the switch is enabled, the cells in detected set can be added to the active set when the RNC receives the valid event reports from the cells. The cells in the detected set allowed to be added to the active set must be the neighboring intrafrequency cells of a cell in the active set.

ACT_SET_ QUAL_SW ITCH

Active set quality measurem ent switch

ON

DETSET_ ADD_TO_ ACTSET_ SWITCH

Detected set add to active set switch

OFF (ON recommen ded)

10-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch DETSET_ RPRT_SW ITCH HCS_SPD_ EST_SWIT CH

Switch Name Detected set report switch HCS speed estimation switch

Default Configur ation OFF (ON recommen ded) OFF

Description

When the switch is enabled, the detected cell is allowed to send the intra-frequency measurement report to the RNC. When the switch is enabled, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed when it is in an HCS cell, and initiates inter-layer handover by fast-mobility decision or by fastmobility decision according to the UE's speed. When the switch is enabled, the intra-frequency hard handover is allowed under the following conditions:
l

INTRA_FR EQUENCY _HARD_H ANDOVE R_SWITC H

Intrafrequency hard handover switch

ON

The BE service is set up on the DCH and the bit rate of BE service or combined services exceeds the threshold for soft handover downlink bit rate. The UE reports the 1D event when the soft handover switch is off. The UE performs inter-RNC handovers when there is no Iur interface between the RNCs.

INTER_FR EQ_HHO_ SWITCH

Interfrequency hard handover switch Inter-RAT handover out switch for CS service Inter-RAT handover out switch for PS service

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the inter-frequency measurement is allowed or the inter-frequency hard handover based on cell load is allowed. When the switch is enabled, the RNC is allowed to initiate interRAT measurement to trigger interRAT handovers of the CS domain from the UTRAN. When the switch is enabled, the RNC is allowed to initiate interRAT measurement to trigger interRAT handovers of the PS domain from the UTRAN.

INTER_R AT_CS_O UT_SWIT CH INTER_R AT_PS_O UT_SWIT CH

ON

10

ON

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-11

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch IUR_SHO_ DIVCTRL _FIELD_S UPP_SWIT CH

Switch Name Inter-Iur softhandover macrodiversity support switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

11

When the switch is enabled, the Iur diversity support switch is configured according to the diversity switch of this RNC. When the switch is disabled, the Iur diversity support switch is set to MUST (for BE service) or MAY (for other services) according to the service type. When the switch is enabled, the measurement object is chosen from neighboring cells of all the cells in the active set and limited by 32. When the switch is disabled, the measurement object is chosen from neighboring cells and the best cell and limited by 32. When the switch is enabled, the Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function is supported in the 3G -> 2G inter-RAT handover support process for the PS domain. When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT CH is ON, the PS 3G->2G cell change NACC switch is not invalid. NACC: Network Assisted Cell Change. The NACC is used to access the 2G cell according to the SI/PSI of the target cell to reduce the delay of inter-cell handovers.

12

NCELL_C OMBINE_ SWITCH

Neighbori ng cell combining switch

OFF

13

PS_3G2G_ CELLCHG _NACC_S WITCH

PS 3G>2G cell change NACC switch

OFF

14

PS_3G2G_ RELOCAT ION_SWIT CH

PS 3G>2G reallocatio n switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, inter-RAT handovers of the PS domain from UTRAN use the relocation method. When the switch is disabled, inter-RAT handovers of the PS domain from UTRAN use the cell change order method.

10-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch SERVICE_ HO_BASE D_ON_RN C_SWITC H

Switch Name Service handover based on the RNC settings

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

15

When the switch is enabled, the service attribute of inter-RAT handovers is configured according to the RNC parameters. When the switch is disabled, the service attribute of inter-RAT handovers is configured based on the CN if the CN has the service handover attribute, and is configured based on the RNC if the CN has not the service handover attribute.

16

SIGNAL_ HO_SWIT CH

Signaling handover switch

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC initiates the quality measurement of active set after the RRC setup is complete (before RB setup). In this way, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or interRAT handover when the RRC setup is complete. Thus the UE can be handed over to an inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring cell more quickly when the UE is located at the edge of the cell or the signal quality of the radio link is bad. SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is not used to trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers only when the UE has signal connection. It is used to start the active set quality measurement process once the RRC connection is set up and the RB is not setup. If the active set quality measurement result has been sent, SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH affects nothing.

17

SIGNAL_I UR_INTR A_HO_SW ITCH

Signaling intrafrequency handover control over Iur

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the intra-frequency handover over IUR is allowed if the UE has only signal connection.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-13

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch SNA_RES TRICTION _SWITCH

Switch Name SNA restriction switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

18

When the switch is enabled, the RNC controls the UEs that are active in the CN configuration. Those UEs are allowed to access and move only in the cells with permission. The SNA restriction needs to be supported by the CN.

19

SOFT_HA NDOVER_ SWITCH

Soft handover switch

ON

When the switch is enabled, the soft or softer handover is allowed in the cells of the RNC. When receiving an event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC starts to add, remove or replace soft handover cells. When the switch is enabled, then the neighboring cells whose frequency band is not included in the UE's measurement capability will also be sent in the inter-frequency measurement list. When the switch is enabled, the LDR inter-frequency handover is allowed in the soft handover state.

20

HO_BEYO ND_UE_C AP_ADD_ TO_MC_S WITCH LDR_HO_ ALLOW_S HO_SWIT CH

Neighbor cell beyond UE capability measurem ent switch Soft handover state trigger LDR interfrequency handover switch MBMS frequency layer convergen ce swtich Overlay network switch Service cell change and active set update in one step switch

OFF

21

OFF

22

MBMS_FL C_SWITC H

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the MBMS frequency layer convergence adopts redirection strategy. When the switch is enabled, the special functions for overlay network are valid. Otherwise, they are forbidden. When the switch is enabled, active set update procedure and service cell change procedure can be finished in one step. The switch is only fit for the UE with version R6.

23

OVERLAY _SWITCH

OFF

24

SERV_CE LL_CHG_ WITH_AC TSET_UP DATE_SW ITCH

OFF

10-14

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch SERV_CE LL_CHG_ WITH_CH L_SWITC H

Switch Name Service cell change and channel reconfigur ation in one step switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

25

When the switch is enabled, channel reconfiguration procedure and service cell change procedure can be finished in one step.

10.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches

This describes the power control switches.

ID
PcSwitch

Switch Meaning
Table 10-3 List of power control switches Serial No. Algorith m Switch AMR_MO DE_INDU CE_BLER _TARGET _ALTER_ SWITCH Switch Name Altering switch of target BLER value induced by AMR mode Downlink power balance switch Default Configur ation OFF Description

When the switch is enabled, the BLER target value comes from the BLER target value of the AMR modes specified in the AMRC parameter table. When the switch is disabled, the BLER target value comes from the BLER target value specified in TYPRAB. When the switch is enabled, the DPB (Downlink Power Balance) algorithm is applied to the RNC. Downlink power drift among different RLs may be caused by TPC bit error in the soft handover process. The downlink power balance can solve the power unbalance between RLs to reach the otpimal gain of soft handovers.

DOWNLI NK_POW ER_BALA NCE_SWI TCH

ON

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-15

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorith m Switch FP_MUTI _RLS_IN D_SWITC H INNER_L OOP_DL_ LMTED_P WR_INC_ SWITCH

Switch Name Multi RLS indicator switch Limited power increase in the inner loop power control switch Outer loop power control switch UE released linked to UL SIR error switch SIRTarget switch for RL reconfigur ation

Default Configur ation ON

Description

When the switch is enabled, the RNC will inform NodeB about the change of RLS's number with FP inner band signaling. When the switch is enabled, the limited power increase algorithm is applied in the inner loop power control.

OFF

OLPC_S WITCH

ON

When the switch is enabled, the RNC updates the uplink SIR TARGET of RLS on the NodeB side by IUB DCH FP signals. When the switch is enabled, the UE is released if the SIRERR is high and the cell is overloaded.

OLPC_UL _SIR_ERR _REL_SW ITCH

OFF

RL_RECF G_SIR_T ARGET_C ARRY_S WITCH

ON

When the switch is disabled, the current converged outer loop SIR Target should be taken into consideration in the new initial SIR Target during the RL reconfiguration, and the UL SIR Target is not included in the RL reconfiguration message to the NodeB. The switch is valid only when OLPC_SWITCH is on. This switch is used to determine whether SIG DCH joins the uplink OLPC (outside loop power control) procedure if there are multiple DCHs. When the switch is enabled, SIG DCH joins OLPC procedure. But when there is SIG DCH, SIG DCH joins OLPC procedure no matter whether this switch is enabled or not.

SIG_DCH _OLPC_S WITCH

Switch of the signaling transmissi on participati ng in the outer loop power control for multiple DCHs

OFF

10-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

10.1.4 HSPA Algorithm Switch

This describes the HSPA algorithm switches.

ID
HspaSwitch

Switch Meaning
Table 10-4 List of HSPA algorithm switches Serial No. Algorith m Switch HSDPA_S TATE_TR ANS_SWI TCH Switch Name HSDPA service state transition switch Default Configur ation OFF Description

When the switch is enabled, the UE RRC state transitions to CELL_FACH for the HSDPA services are applied to the RNC. $ When the RAB on the HS-DSCH is the BE service, the PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH needs to be enabled simultaneously. $ When the RAB on the HS-DSCH is the PS real-time service, the PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_S WITCH needs to be enabled simultaneously. When the switch is enabled, the PS streaming service can be mapped to the HS-DSCH if the maximum downlink bit rate is higher than or equal to the threshold for the PS streaming service to be set up on the HSDPA. When the switch is enabled, the HSDPA (AM mode) flow control function is applied to the SRNC. When the switch is enabled, UE RRC state transitions to CELL_FACH for the DCCC algorithm of HSUPA services are allowed in the RNC. When the HSUPA PO update switch and OLPC algorithm switch is enabled, the RNC adjusts the E-DCH power offset periodically.

PS_STRE AMING_ ON_HSDP A_SWITC H

Streaming service on HSDPA switch

OFF

HSDPA_F LOW_CO NTROL_S WITCH HSUPA_S TATE_TR ANS_SWI TCH HSUPA_P O_UPDA TE_SWIT CH

HSDPA flow control switch HSUPA state transition switch HSUPA PO update switch

OFF

OFF

OFF

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-17

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Serial No.

Algorith m Switch PS_STRE AMING_ ON_E_DC H_SWITC H H2D_FOR _LOWR5_ NRNCCE LL_ADD_ SWITCH

Switch Name PS streaming on E-DCH switch

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

When the switch is enabled, the PS streaming traffic can be mapped to the E-DCH if the maximum uplink bit rate is higher than or equal to the threshold for the PS streaming service to be set up on HSUPA. When the switch is enabled, channel switch of HS-DSCH to DCH is needed before an NRNC whose version is earlier than R5 is added to the active set.

H2D before an NRNC cell whose version is earlier than R5 is added 2 ms TTI switch for HSUPA service DCCC switch for HSUPA service

OFF

HSUPA_T TI_2MS_S WITCH HSUPA_D CCC_SWI TCH

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the 2ms TTI could be applied to HSUPA traffic. When the switch is enabled, the dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm is applied to the HSUPA service.

OFF

10.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches

This describes the DRD algorithm switches.

ID
DrdSwitch

Meaning
Table 10-5 DRD algorithm switches Serial No. Algorithm Switch COMB_SER V_DRD_SWI TCH Switch Name Integrate d service DRD switch Default Configu ration OFF Description

When this switch is enabled, DRD can be performed only if the integrated service needs retry.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

10-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch DRD_SWITC H

Switch Name DRD switch

Default Configu ration OFF

Description

This is the general DRD algorithm switch. Other DRD sub-switches can be enabled only when this switch is enabled. When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be performed only if the HSDPA service needs retry. When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be done only if the RAB DCCC process needs retry. When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be performed only if the RAB modify process needs retry. When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be done only if the HSUPA service needs retry. When the switch is enabled, the DRD can be done only if the RAB setup process needs retry. When the UE needs D2H retry for handover-triggering after the intra-frequency handover process is completed, the blindHo DRD cell can be selected for D2H retry only if the switch is on. When the UE needs D2H retry for handover-triggering after the inter-frequency handover process is completed, the blindHo DRD cell can be selected for D2H retry only if the switch is on.

HSDPA_DRD _SWITCH RAB_DCCC_ DRD_SWITC H RAB_MODIF Y_DRD_SWI TCH HSUPA_DRD _SWITCH RAB_SETUP _DRD_SWIT CH INTRA_HO_ D2H_DRD_S WITCH

HSDPA DRD switch DCCC DRD switch RAB modify DRD switch HSUPA DRD switch RAB setup DRD switch Intrafrequenc y handover D2H DRD switch Interfrequenc y handover D2H DRD switch

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

INTER_HO_ D2H_DRD_S WITCH

ON

10.1.6 SRNS Relocation Algorithm Switch

This describes the SRNS relocation algorithm switches.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-19

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
SrnsrSwitch

Meaning
Table 10-6 List of SRNS relocation algorithm switches Serial No. Algorithm Switch SRNSR_D SCR_IUR_ RESRCE_ SWITCH Switch Name SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for Iur resource optimizati on Default Configur ation OFF Description

When the switch is enabled, the RNC initiates SRNS relocation or DSCR of certain UEs under the following conditions to optimize resources over the Iur interface:
l

The UE only has connections with cells in the DRNC. The Iur transmission resources are congested. The service of UE is the same as the service that is carried by the congestion link.

The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC. 2 SRNSR_D SCR_LOC _SEPRAT_ SWITCH SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for separated location OFF When the switch is enabled, the RNC triggers RNS relocation or DSCR when the SRNC and CRNC are separated and all the intrafrequency neighboring cells and the best cell are not under the SRNC. The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC.

10-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Serial No.

Algorithm Switch SRNSR_D SCR_PRO PG_DELA Y_SWITC H

Switch Name SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for delay optimizati on

Default Configur ation OFF

Description

When the switch is enabled, the RNC initiates SRNS relocation under the following conditions to reduce link delay at the network side to enhance service quality:
l

The SRNC and CRNC are separated. The link delay does not meet the Qos requirement for the current service.

The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC. 4 SRNSR_D SCR_SEPR AT_DUR_ SWITCH SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for separated duration OFF When the switch is enabled, the RNC triggers RNS relocation or DSCR when the separated time between the SRNC and the CRNC exceeds a certain threshold. The RNC selects the relocation or the DSCR process according to the setting of DSCRInd in ADD NRNC.

10.1.7 Compressed Mode Algorithm Switch

This describes the compressed mode algorithm switches.

ID
CmcfSwitch

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-21

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Meaning
Table 10-7 List of compressed mode algorithm switches Serial No. Algorithm Switch CMCF_DL _HLS_SWI TCH Switch Name Compresse d mode DL higherlayer scheduling switch Compresse d mode UL higherlayer scheduling switch Compresse d mode UL preconfigu red state tolerance switch Compresse d mode without UE capability report switch Default Configur ation OFF Description

When the switch is enabled, the DL higher-layer scheduling for compressed mode is allowed.

CMCF_UL _HLS_SWI TCH

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the UL higher-layer scheduling for compressed mode is allowed.

CMCF_UL _PRECFG_ TOLERAN CE_SWIT CH CMCF_WI THOUT_U E_CAP_R EPORT_S WITCH

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the disaccord between compressed mode method and current traffic is allowed.

OFF

When the switch is enabled, the RNC needs to start the compressed mode and deliver the measurement, if the UE does not report the compressed mode capability of the corresponding frequency band after the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement is started.

10.2 Cell Algorithm Switches

This describes the cell algorithm switches, which are valid for single cells. Different cells can have different algorithm configurations. The algorithm switches become effective as soon as they are configured. On the RNC LMT, cell-oriented algorithm switches are added uniformly through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, the state of each algorithm switch is queried through LST CELLALGOSWITCH, and the algorithm switches are modified through MOD CELLALGOSWITCH. 10.2.1 Cell Class Algorithm Switches This describes the cell algorithm switches. 10.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
10-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

This describes the switch that is used to control the UL CAC algorithm. 10.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch This describes the switch that is used to control the DL CAC algorithm.

10.2.1 Cell Class Algorithm Switches

This describes the cell algorithm switches. Table 10-8 List of cell algorithm switches Algorithm Switch Switch Name Defau lt Confi gurati on Description

Cell CAC algorithm switch: NBMCACALGOSWITCH CRD_ADCTRL NodeB credit admission control algorithm ON The switch is used to determine whether the preliminary admission needs to be performed for the credit of the intelligent-admission NodeB and whether the credit admission control algorithm is started for the cell. The NodeB credit admission control algorithm is valid only when NODEB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH in the SET CACALGOSWITCH command is enabled and CRD_ADCTRL is enabled. Only when IUB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH in the command SET CACALGOSWITCH is enabled and this switch is also enabled, the Iub bandwidth admission control algorithm is valid. The switch is used to determine whether the HSDPA UU Load admission control algorithm is started. The switch is used to determine whether the HSDPA HS-DSCH required power measurement is started. The switch is used to determine whether the HSDPA HS-DSCH provided bit rate measurement is started. The switch is used to determine whether the HSUPA UU Load admission control algorithm is started.

IUBBAND_AD CTRL

Iub bandwidth admission control HSDPA UU Load admission control HSDPA GBP measureme nt HSDPA PBR measureme nt HSUPA UU Load admission control

OFF

HSDPA_UU_A DCTRL

OFF

HSDPA_GBP_ MEAS

OFF

HSDPA_PBR_ MEAS

OFF

HSUPA_UU_A DCTRL

OFF

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-23

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Algorithm Switch

Switch Name

Defau lt Confi gurati on OFF

Description

MBMS_UU_AD CTRL

MBMS UU Load admission control HSUPA PBR measureme nt Default DPCH offset configuratio n algorithm

The switch is used to determine whether the MBMS UU Load admission control algorithm is started. The switch is used to determine whether the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate measurement is started. When the switch is enabled, the DOFF is configured with intervals according to the load. When the switch is disabled, the DOFF is configured randomly.

HSUPA_PBR_ MEAS

OFF

DOFFC

ON

Cell LDC algorithm switch: NBMLDCALGOSWITCH INTRA_FREQU ENCY_LDB Intrafrequency load balance algorithm Potential user control algorithm Uplink overload control algorithm Downlink overload control algorithm Uplink load rearrangem ent algorithm OFF It is also named cell breathing algorithm. Based on the cell load, this algorithm changes the pilot power of the cell to control the load between intra-frequency cells. Based on the cell load, this algorithm changes the selection/reselection parameters of a cell to lead the UE to a lighter loaded cell. When the cell is overloaded in UL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in UL by quick TF restriction or UE release. When the cell is overloaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by quick TF restriction or UE release. When the cell is heavily loaded in UL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in UL by using inter-frequency load handover, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS inter-RAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover.

PUC

OFF

UL_UU_OLC

OFF

DL_UU_OLC

OFF

UL_UU_LDR

OFF

10-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm Switch

Switch Name

Defau lt Confi gurati on OFF

Description

DL_UU_LDR

Downlink load rearrangem ent algorithm OLC event measureme nt Code reshuffling algorithm Credit reshuffling algorithm

When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by using inter-frequency load handover, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS inter-RAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover. The switch determines whether the load control is triggered based on the event measurement alone or based on the period measurement report. When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by using BE service rate reduction and code tree reshuffling. When the cell credit is heavily loaded, this algorithm reduces the credit load of the cell by using BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS interRAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover.

OLC_EVENTM EAS

OFF

CELL_CODE_L DR

OFF

CELL_CREDIT _LDR

OFF

MAC-HS reset algorithm switch NBMMACHSR ESETALGOSEL SWITCH MAC-HS reset algorithm switch ALGO RITH M_DE PEND _ON_ LCG Value range:
l

ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the MAC-HS no matter the target cell and source cell are in the same NodeB or not. ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the MAC-HS only when the target cell and source cell are in different local cell groups.

Recommended value: ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG

10.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch

This describes the switch that is used to control the UL CAC algorithm.

ID
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-25

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD

Physical Scope
ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the uplink admission control algorithm ALGORITHM_FIRST: uses the load prediction algorithm for the uplink admission ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for the uplink admission ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm is used in the uplink CAC.

Setting
The default setting is ALGORITHM_SECOND. When the change range of the uplink background noise is wide or the RTWP reported by the NodeB is invalid, it is necessary to use the total service normalized factor algorithm.

10.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch

This describes the switch that is used to control the DL CAC algorithm.

ID
NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch

Value Range
ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD

Physical Scope
ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the downlink admission control algorithm ALGORITHM_FIRST: uses the load prediction algorithm for the downlink admission ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for the downlink admission ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm is used in the downlink CAC.

Setting
The default setting is ALGORITHM_FIRST. If TCP measurement is invalid, the total service normalized factor algorithm is adopted.
10-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

10.3 Other Algorithm Switches

This describes some other algorithm switches, such as the Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm switch, and intra-frequency measurement control information indication. 10.3.1 NodeB credit admission Algorithm Switch This describes the switch that is used to control the NodeB credit admission control algorithm. 10.3.2 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch This describes the Iub bandwidth congestion control algorithm switch. 10.3.3 Intra-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication This describes the indication that defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be delivered through the system messages. 10.3.4 Inter-Frequency or Inter-RAT Measurement Indication This describes the indication that indicates whether inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is to be delivered in the system messages. 10.3.5 FACH Measurement Indication This describes the indicator that indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coefficient is to be delivered in the system message. If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is delivered in the system message, some UE needs to be configured with the measurement occasion parameters to perform the inter-frequency or interRAT measurement when they are in the CELL-FACH state. If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information indicator is set to NOT_REQUIRE, the FACH measurement indicator needs not to be configured.

10.3.1 NodeB credit admission Algorithm Switch

This describes the switch that is used to control the NodeB credit admission control algorithm.

Parameter ID
CacSwitch

Value Range
Table 10-9 NodeB credit admission algorithm switch Algorithm Switch NODEB_CR EDIT_CAC_ SWITCH Switch Name NodeB credit CAC switch Description The system performs the CAC based on the usage state of the NodeB credit. When the idle NodeB's credit is not enough, the system refuses new access requests. Related Command Set: SET CACALGOSWITCH Query: LST CACALGOSWITCH

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-27

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10.3.2 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch

This describes the Iub bandwidth congestion control algorithm switch.

ID
IubCongCtrlSwitch

Value Range
Enum (ON, OFF)

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is OFF. When this switch is enabled, the Iub bandwidth restriction algorithm works, so that when the occupied bandwidth of Iub interface exceeds the Iub congestion trigger threshold, the algorithm uses LDR to periodically reduce some BE service rates or AMR service rates until the occupied bandwidth is lower than the Iub congestion release threshold.

Impact on the Network Performance

If there is insufficient transmission resource of the Iub interface and the carrier wants to have more users be admitted even at the risk of reducing the QoS, this switch shall be ON. When the transmission resources are abundant, this switch shall preferably be OFF.

Related Commands
Use ADD NODEBALGOPARA to set, LST NODEBALGOPARA to query, and MOD NODEBALGOPARA to modify IubCongCtrlSwitch.

10.3.3 Intra-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication

This describes the indication that defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be delivered through the system messages.

ID
IntraFreqMeasInd

Value Range
Enum (REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE)

Physical Scope
REQUIRE: The intra-frequency measurement control information is delivered in SIB11.
10-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

NOT_REQUIRE: The intra-frequency measurement control information is not delivered in SIB11.

Setting
The default setting is REQUIRE. When intra-frequency measurement control information (the pre-configuration of the measurement control) is delivered in the system, so that the UE can starts the intra-frequency measurement and sends the measurement report immediately after it enters CELL_DCH state, and the soft handover can be more quickly finished by the UE to avoid call drops when the UE is in the soft handover area.

Impact on the Network Performance

The preconfiguration of measurement control can enable the UE in the soft handover area to implement soft handovers more quickly to decrease the call drop rate. With the preconfiguration function, the UEs in the single signaling state perform soft handovers in a higher probability. If the CN delivers the RAB assignment before a soft handover is complete, the delay of UE service setup may increase.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMEAS to set, LST CELLMEAS to query, and MOD CELLMEAS to modify IntraFreqMeasInd.

10.3.4 Inter-Frequency or Inter-RAT Measurement Indication

This describes the indication that indicates whether inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is to be delivered in the system messages.

ID
InterFreqInterRatMeasInd

Value Range
Enum (NOT_REQUIRE, INTER_FREQ, INTER_RAT, INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT)

Physical Scope
NOT_REQUIRE: The inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is not required. INTER_FREQ: The inter-frequency measurement control information is required. INTER_RAT: The inter-RAT measurement control information is required. INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT: The inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement control information is required.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-29

10 Algorithm Switches

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default setting is INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT, that is, the inter-frequency FDD measurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicator are set to TRUE in the system message. This switch is oriented to cells. When a UE in the CELL_FACH state receives the FACH measurement occasion info message and in the message the inter-frequency FDD measurement indicator is set to TRUE, the UE performs inter-frequency measurement and cell reselection assessment according to the interfrequency neighboring cell list in the SIB11 or SIB12. If in the preceding condition, the interRAT measurement indicator is set to TRUE, the UE performs inter-frequency measurement and cell reselection assessment according to the inter-RAT neighboring cell list in the SIB11 or SIB12. If the inter-frequency FDD measurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicator are set to FALSE in the system message, the UE does not start corresponding measurement and cell reselection.
NOTE

If the inter-frequency FDD measurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicator are set to TRUE but no inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring cell is configured, the UE does not perform the interfrequency or inter-RAT measurement and cell reselection.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMEAS to set, LST CELLMEAS to query, and MOD CELLMEAS to modify InterFreqInterRatMeasInd.

10.3.5 FACH Measurement Indication

This describes the indicator that indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coefficient is to be delivered in the system message. If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is delivered in the system message, some UE needs to be configured with the measurement occasion parameters to perform the inter-frequency or interRAT measurement when they are in the CELL-FACH state. If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information indicator is set to NOT_REQUIRE, the FACH measurement indicator needs not to be configured.

ID
FACHMeasInd

Value Range
Enum (REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE)

Physical Scope
REQUIRE: The inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement occasion parameter is delivered in SBI11. NOT_REQUIRE: The inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement occasion parameter is not delivered in SIB11.

Setting
If the inter-freq or inter-RAT measurement control information is delivered in the system message (SIB11 or SIB12), UEs in the CELL_FACH state can perform inter-frequency or inter10-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

10 Algorithm Switches

RAT cell measurement and reselection only when the CN delivers the inter-frequency or interRAT measurement occasion parameter in SIB11 or SIB12.

Impact on the Network Performance

When there is no inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell, the FACH measurement indicator needs not to be configured. To have the UE perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell reselection, the FACH measurement indicator needs to be configured.

Related Commands
Use ADD CELLMEAS to set, LST CELLMEAS to query, and MOD CELLMEAS to modify FACHMeasInd.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

10-31

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

11

Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

About This Chapter

This describes the parameters that can be configured on the NodeB LMT: the HSDPA flow control parameters, HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and local cell management parameters. 11.1 HSDPA Flow Control Parameters This describes the HSDPA flow control parameters that can be modified by network planners. 11.2 HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters This describes the HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. 11.3 HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters This describes the HSDPA SPI algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. 11.4 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners on the NodeB LMT. 11.5 HSUPA Power Control Parameters This describes the HSUPA power control parameters: the power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel, fixed power control mode algorithm parameters, and dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters. 11.6 Local Cell Management Parameters This describes the local cell management parameters: cell radius and cell handover radius.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-1

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11.1 HSDPA Flow Control Parameters

This describes the HSDPA flow control parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 11-1 List of HSDPA flow control parameters Se ri al N o. 1 2 ID Meaning Default Configuration MML Command

SWITCH DR

Flow Control Switch Frame discard rate threshold on the Iub interface Delay trigger threshold

AUTO_ADJUST _ FLOW_CTRL 0.1%

TD

2 (10 ms)

Set: SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLP ARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLP ARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)

11.1.1 HSDPA Flow Control Switch This describes the switch of dynamic adjustment of the HSDPA bandwidth. The switch determines whether the congestion is controlled by the RNC or NodeB. 11.1.2 Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface This describes the frame discard rate threshold on the Iub interface. The frame discard rate on the Iub interface is the frame discard rate of the transmission network on the Iub interface, namely the packet loss rate caused by errors when the transmission network is in the idle state. Only if the frame discard rate measured by the reception end exceeds the threshold, the system judges that the Iub interface has congestion. 11.1.3 Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface This describes the time delay of frame transmission when the transport network is less busy. The Iub congestion is triggered when the time delay measured at the NodeB exceeds the threshold. Otherwise, it is considered as common time delay of the transport network other than congestion.

11.1.1 HSDPA Flow Control Switch

This describes the switch of dynamic adjustment of the HSDPA bandwidth. The switch determines whether the congestion is controlled by the RNC or NodeB.

ID
SWITCH

11-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Value Range
SIMPLE_FLOW_CTRL, AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRL, NO_FLOW_CTRL

Physical Scope
SIMPLE_FLOW_CTR: Based on the configured Iub bandwidth and the bandwidth occupied by R99 subscribers, the traffic is allocated to HSDPA subscribers when the physical bandwidth restriction is taken into account. AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRLNode: Based on the flow control of SIMPLE_FLOW_CTRL, traffic is allocated to HSDPA users when the delay and packet loss on the Iub interface are taken into account. NO_FLOW_CTRL: The NodeB does not allocate bandwidth according to the configuration or delay on the Iub interface. The RNC allocates the bandwidth according to the bandwidth on the Uu interface reported by the NodeB.

Setting
This parameter should be configured according to the scenarios, and is set to AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRL by default.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter helps implement the end-to-end congestion control when HSDPA data is transmitted on the Iub interface. In this way, the Iub bandwidth utilization rate is promoted and the transmission reliability is enhanced. The switch is enabled by default.

Related Commands
Use SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SWITCH.

11.1.2 Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface

This describes the frame discard rate threshold on the Iub interface. The frame discard rate on the Iub interface is the frame discard rate of the transmission network on the Iub interface, namely the packet loss rate caused by errors when the transmission network is in the idle state. Only if the frame discard rate measured by the reception end exceeds the threshold, the system judges that the Iub interface has congestion.

ID
DR

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Scope
0 to 1, with the step of 0.001
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-3

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default value is 1, namely 0.1% when the Iub interface uses the ATM topology. When the Iub interface uses IP networking, it is set to the discard target of the IP transmission network.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If DR is excessively low, the dynamic adjustment algorithm may judge that there is a congestionthe when frames are discarded due to the network code errors, thus decreasing the bandwidth utilization rate. If DR is excessively high, the sensitivity to clear Iub congestion decreases.

Related Commands
Use SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query DR.

11.1.3 Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface

This describes the time delay of frame transmission when the transport network is less busy. The Iub congestion is triggered when the time delay measured at the NodeB exceeds the threshold. Otherwise, it is considered as common time delay of the transport network other than congestion.

ID
TD

Value Range
0 to 20

Physical Scope
0 ms to 100 ms, with the step of 5 ms

Setting
The parameter setting consists of two parts: the time delay of Iub transport network + 10 ms
l

Time delay of the Iub transport network The time delay of the Iub transport network refers to the transmission delay period while data is transmitted on HS-DSCH and it consists of the delay of data buffering in each processing unit and the delay of transmission through the network. The time delay of ATM transmission network differs from that of the IP transmission network. It is recommended to send data frames when the network is less busy, and get the transmission delay differences among labeled samples at the NodeB receiver. (The NodeB with enhanced performance can get the time delay of data frame transmission.) But there is no test result at present, and it is arranged for the time being as follows: For the Iub interface with ATM networking: 0 ms

11-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

For Iub interface with IP networking: the time delay target of IP transport network
l

10 ms: According to HS-DSCH INTERVAL (10 ms to 80 ms), when a data frame is transmitted in a network not congested, the transmission delay may be up to 80 ms, but we take the minimum value 10 ms as a benchmark.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If TD is excessively low, the system may judges that there is Iub-interface congestion when the regular time delay jitter of the Iub interface happens, reducing the Iub bandwidth utilization rate. If TD is excessively high, the sensitivity to clear the congestion decreases, and the Iub transmission delay increases.

Related Commands
Use SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query TD.

11.2 HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters

This describes the HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 11-2 List of HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters Se ri al N o. 1 2 ID Meaning Default Configuration MML Command

SM RSCALLOCM

Scheduling method Resource allocate method, CODE_PRI : code priority (applied to the power-limited macro cells); POWER_PRI : power priority (applied to the code-limited micro cells)

EPF 0

Set: SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-5

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Se ri al N o. 3

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

SCCHPWRCM

HS-SCCH power control method When the HSSCCH power is controlled by fixed configuration, SCCHPWR is the fixed power value of HSSCCH; when the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on CQI, SCCHPWR is the HS-SCCH initial transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH. Resource limiting switch HSDPA dynamic code switch controlled by the NodeB Maximum transmit power of per HSDPA user.

CQI

SCCHPWR

28, namely 3dB

5 6

RSCLMSW DYNCODESW

OPEN OPEN

MXPWRPHUSR

100%

11-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Se ri al N o. 8

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

8KRSCLMT 16KRSCLMT 32KRSCLMT 64KRSCLMT 128KRSCLMT 256KRSCLMT 384KRSCLMT

Resource limiting for different GBR

10% 10% 15% 15% 20% 25% 30%

Set: SET RSCLMTPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST RSCLMTPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)

11.2.1 Scheduling Method This describes the scheduling method. 11.2.2 Resource Allocation Method This describes the resource allocation method. 11.2.3 HS-SCCH Power Control Method This describes the power control method of the HS-SCCH. 11.2.4 HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power This describes the HS-SCCH fixed power or initial transmit power. When the HS-SCCH power is controlled by the fixedly configured method, this parameter is the HS-SCCH fixed power. When the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on the CQI, this parameter is the HS-SCCH initial transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH. 11.2.5 Resource Limiting Switch This describes the resource limiting switch. The parameter decides whether to restrain a single subscriber's maximum resource usage in a congested cell. 11.2.6 HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation Switch This describes the switch that indicates whether the HSDPA dynamic code allocation algorithm is enabled. 11.2.7 Maximum Transmit Power of per HSDPA user. This describes the maximum transmit power for per HSDPA user. 11.2.8 Resource limiting for different GBR The parameters specify the maximum resource ratio available for different GBR.

11.2.1 Scheduling Method

This describes the scheduling method.

ID
SM
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-7

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
EPF, PF, RR, MAXCI

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is EPF.

Impact on the Network Performance

RR : The service types of queues are not considered. All the queues in a cell are sequenced according to the RR values. MAX CI: The service types of queues are not considered. All the queues in a cell are sequenced according to the MAXCI values. PF: The service types of queues are not considered. All the queues in a cell are sequenced according to the PF values. EPF: The types of queues are considered.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SM.

11.2.2 Resource Allocation Method

This describes the resource allocation method.

ID
RSCALLOCM

Value Range
CODE_PRI, POWER_PRI

Physical Scope
Code priority, power priority

Setting
The default value is CODE_PRI.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the power resource is limited, the code is preferably allocated to save power resources for other subscribers; while the code resource is limited, the power is preferably allocated to save code resources for other subscribers.
11-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RSCALLOCM.

11.2.3 HS-SCCH Power Control Method

This describes the power control method of the HS-SCCH.

ID
SCCHPWRCM

Value Range
CQI, FIXED

Physical Scope
CQI means that the adaptive power control based on CQI is used; FIXED means that the HSSCCH power is fixed.

Setting
The default value is CQI.

Impact on Network Performance

The HS-SCCH power control has a significant effect on data transmission.
l

If excessive HS-SCCH power is allocated, the available power of HS-PDSCH decreases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines. If insufficient HS-SCCH power is allocated, the HS-PDSCH decoding error probability increases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SCCHPWRCM.

11.2.4 HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power

This describes the HS-SCCH fixed power or initial transmit power. When the HS-SCCH power is controlled by the fixedly configured method, this parameter is the HS-SCCH fixed power. When the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on the CQI, this parameter is the HS-SCCH initial transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH.

ID
SCCHPWR
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-9

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
0 to 80

Physical Scope
10 dB to 10 dB, with the step of 0.25 dB

Setting
The default value is 28, namely 3 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

When the HS-SCCH power is configured to a fixed value, SCCHPWR has the following impacts on the network performance:
l

If excessive HS-SCCH power is allocated, the available power of the HS-PDSCH decreases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines. If insufficient HS-SCCH power is allocated, the HS-SCCH decoding error probability increases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines.

When the HS-SCCH uses the adaptive power control based on CQI, SCCHPWR has the following impacts on the network performance:
l

If SCCHPWR is excessively high, the HS-SCCH power is wasted before the power control takes effect. If SCCHPWR is excessively low, the HS-SCCH decoding error probability increases before the power control takes effect, weakening the data transmission performance.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SCCHPWR.

11.2.5 Resource Limiting Switch

This describes the resource limiting switch. The parameter decides whether to restrain a single subscriber's maximum resource usage in a congested cell.

ID
RSCLMSW

Value Range
OPEN, CLOSE

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is OPEN.
11-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Impact on the Network Performance

If the switch is turned off, it is likely that a vast majority of the cell resources are taken up by the subscribers with high priority but poor CQI.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RSCLMSW.

11.2.6 HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation Switch

This describes the switch that indicates whether the HSDPA dynamic code allocation algorithm is enabled.

ID
DYNCODESW

Value Range
OPEN, CLOSE

Physical Scope
OPEN: The dynamic code allocation is enabled. CLOSE: The dynamic code allocation is disabled.

Setting
The recommended value of DYNCODESW is OPEN.

Impact on the Network Performance

The HSDPA dynamic code allocation makes the physical layer channel codes be fully utilized, but the number of allocated codes will not exceed the number of codes defined by the HSDPA license.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query DYNCODESW.

11.2.7 Maximum Transmit Power of per HSDPA user.

This describes the maximum transmit power for per HSDPA user.

ID
MXPWRPHUSR
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-11

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Scope
1% to 100%

Setting
The default value is 100, namely 100%.

Impact on Network Performance

If the parameter is set too low, the peak rate may be limited.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query MXPWRPHUSR.

11.2.8 Resource limiting for different GBR

The parameters specify the maximum resource ratio available for different GBR.

ID
8KRSCLMT 16KRSCLMT 32KRSCLMT 64KRSCLMT 128KRSCLMT 256KRSCLMT 384KRSCLMT

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Scope
1% to 100%

Setting
GBR (bps) 8k
11-12

Default value 10%

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

GBR (bps) 16k 32k 64k 128k 256k 384k

Default value 10% 15% 15% 20% 25% 30%

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameters are used to avoid impacting system capacity due to too much air interface resource are consumed.

Related Commands
Use SET RSCLMTPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST RSCLMTPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query the parameters.

11.3 HSDPA Based on SPI Algorithm Parameters

This describes the HSDPA SPI algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners. Table 11-3 List of HSDPA SPI scheduling algorithm parameters Se ri al N o. 1 2 3 4 ID Meaning Default Configuration MML Command

SSPI ESPI SPIWEIGHT EPFSA

SPI initial value SPI end value Weight of SPI EPF schedule algorithm switch Flow control algorithm switch

0 15 N/A DS_PQ_SCHED ULE FLOW_CONTRL _FREE

Set: SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)

FCA

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-13

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Se ri al N o. 6

ID

Meaning

Default Configuration

MML Command

CQIADJA

CQI adjust algorithm switch Residual BLER target Maximum number of retransmission attempts

NO_CQI_ADJ

7 8

RBLERTARGET MAXRETRANS

N/A N/A

11.3.1 SPI Initial Value This describes the initial SPI value for subscribers. 11.3.2 SPI End Value This describes the end SPI value for subscribers. 11.3.3 Weight of SPI This describes the weight of SPI. 11.3.4 EPF Schedule Algorithm Switch This describes the EPF schedule algorithm for SPI. 11.3.5 Flow Control Algorithm Switch This descries the flow control algorithm switch for SPI. 11.3.6 CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch This describes the switch of CQI adjust algorithm. 11.3.7 Residual BLER Target Value This describes the residual BLER target value when setting outer loop control. 11.3.8 Maximum Number of Retransmission Attempts This describes the maximum of retransmission attempts in the HSDPA outer loop power control procedure.

11.3.1 SPI Initial Value

This describes the initial SPI value for subscribers.

ID
SSPI

Value Range
0 to 15
11-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Physical Scope
0 to 15

Setting
The default value is 0.

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter is only used to set the value of parameters related to SPI algorithm.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SSPI.

11.3.2 SPI End Value

This describes the end SPI value for subscribers.

ID
ESPI

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is 15.

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter is only used to set the value of parameters related to SPI algorithm.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query ESPI.

11.3.3 Weight of SPI

This describes the weight of SPI.

ID
SPIWEIGHT
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-15

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Scope
1% to 100%

Setting
Traffic Class SRB signaling IMS signaling Conversational (VoIP) User Priority No ARP No ARP 1 2 3 Streaming 1 2 3 Interactive 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 Background 1 2 3 1 2 3 to 15 1 2 3 to 15 1 2 3 to 15 None None 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 8 5 2 100% 90% 90% 100% 100% 100% 90% 90% 90% 80% 80% 80% 100% 90% 80% THP None None None Default SPI 15 14 13 Weight of SPI 100% 100% 100%

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter impact multi-subscribers differently.

11-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SPIWEIGHT.

11.3.4 EPF Schedule Algorithm Switch

This describes the EPF schedule algorithm for SPI.

ID
EPFSA

Value Range
TS_SCHEDULE, DS_PQ_SCHEDULE, DS_URGENT_SCHEDULE

Physical Scope
Flow capacity sensitive queue, Time delay sensitive queue for PQ schedule, Time delay sensitive queue for urgent schedule

Setting
The default value is DS_PQ_SCHEDULE.

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter need be set to DS_PQ_SCHEDULE for SRB signaling and IMS signaling. The parameter need be set to DS_URGENT_SCHEDULE for VoIP. The parameter need be set to TS_SCHEDULE for streaming traffic and BE service.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query EPFSA.

11.3.5 Flow Control Algorithm Switch

This descries the flow control algorithm switch for SPI.

ID
FCA

Value Range
FLOW_CONTRL_DYNAMIC, FLOW_CONTRL_FREE

Physical Scope
Dynamic flow control, Free flow control
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-17

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Setting
The default value is FLOW_CONTRL_FREE.

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter need be set to FLOW_CONTRL_FREE for SRB signaling, IMS signaling, and such low streaming service. The parameter need be set to FLOW_CONTRL_DYNAMIC for streaming service and BE service.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query FCA.

11.3.6 CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch

This describes the switch of CQI adjust algorithm.

ID
CQIADJA

Value Range
CQI_ADJ_BY_IBLER, CQI_ADJ_BY_RBLER, NO_CQI_ADJ

Physical Scope
Adjusted CQI by IBLER, Adjusted CQI by RBLER, Do not use CQI adjust algorithm.

Setting
The default value of is NO_CQI_ADJ.

Impact on the Network Performance

It is recommended to use the default value.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query CQIADJA.

11.3.7 Residual BLER Target Value

This describes the residual BLER target value when setting outer loop control.

ID
RBLERTARGET
11-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Value Range
1 to 50

Physical Scope
1 to 50%, with the step of 1%

Setting
None.

Impact on the Network Performance

This parameter works only when the CQIADJA is set to CQI_ADJ_BY_RBLER. This parameter is set according to QoS requirements. If it is set too high, the residual BLER is large. If it is set too small, that will make the air interface transmission ratio be too small.

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RBLERTARGET.

11.3.8 Maximum Number of Retransmission Attempts

This describes the maximum of retransmission attempts in the HSDPA outer loop power control procedure.

ID
MAXRETRANS

Value Range
0 to 10

Physical Scope
0 to 10 times

Setting
When the SPI is 13, The default value is 2. For other SPI value, The default value is 4.

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter is set according to QoS requirements. If it's set too large, the traffic delay is too long. For the time delay sensitive services such as VoIP, it is recommended to set the parameter to 2. For other services such as BE, it is recommended to set the parameter to 4.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-19

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query MAXRETRANS.

11.4 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters

This describes the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners on the NodeB LMT. Table 11-4 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters S er ia l N o. 1 2 ID Meaning Default Configura tion MML Command

SCHEDULEPA RA GBREnable

Set the MAC-e parameters or not. If the switch is on, the scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate for GBR subscribers without considering the uplink load.

YES Enabled

Set: SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836).

11.4.1 MAC-e Schedule Parameters Switch This parameter indicates whether to set the MAC-e schedule parameters or not. 11.4.2 GBR Scheduling Switch This describes the GBR scheduling switch. If the switch is on, whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed during the GBR user scheduling. The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate for GBR users without consideration of the uplink load.

11.4.1 MAC-e Schedule Parameters Switch

This parameter indicates whether to set the MAC-e schedule parameters or not.

ID
SCHEDULEPARA

Value Range
NO, YES

Physical Scope
None.
11-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Setting
The default value is YES.

Impact on the Network Performance

The parameter should be set YES when need to change the MAC-e parameters.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RAVGINITVALUE.

11.4.2 GBR Scheduling Switch

This describes the GBR scheduling switch. If the switch is on, whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed during the GBR user scheduling. The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate for GBR users without consideration of the uplink load.

ID
GBRENABLE

Value Range
OPEN, CLOSE

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The default value is OPEN.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the GBR scheduling switch is set to OPEN, the RNC overload control needs to be configured as an action which can be triggered by the RTWP measurement value.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query GBRENABLE.

11.5 HSUPA Power Control Parameters

This describes the HSUPA power control parameters: the power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel, fixed power control mode algorithm parameters, and dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters. 11.5.1 Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-21

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

This describes the HSUPA power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel that can be modified by network planners. 11.5.2 Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters This describes the fixed power control mode algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.

11.5.1 Power Control Algorithm Switches for the Downlink Control Channel
This describes the HSUPA power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel that can be modified by network planners. Table 11-5 List of power control algorithm switches for the downlink control channel S ID e ri a l N o . 1 2 EAGCHPCM OD SERGCHPCM OD NSERGCHPC MOD SEHICHPCM OD NSEHICHPC MOD Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le vel

E-AGCH HPC mode E-RGCH HPC mode for EDCH serving radio links E-RGCH HPC mode for EDCH non-serving radio links E-HICH HPC mode for serving radio links E-HICH HPC mode for non-serving radio links

FIXED FIXED

FIXED

4 5

FIXED FIXED

Set: SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST MACHSPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836).

Cel l

11.5.1.1 E-AGCH HPC Mode This describes the E-AGCH power control algorithm switch. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE. 11.5.1.2 E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE. 11.5.1.3 E-RGCH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links
11-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH non-serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE. 11.5.1.4 E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that contains serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE. 11.5.1.5 E-HICH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that does not contain serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

E-AGCH HPC Mode

This describes the E-AGCH power control algorithm switch. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

ID
EAGCHPCMOD

Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of EAGCHPCMOD is FIXED.

Impact on the Network Performance

Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query EAGCHPCMOD.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-23

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links

This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

ID
SERGCHPCMOD

Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of SERGCHPCMOD is FIXED.

Impact on the Network Performance

Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SERGCHPCMOD.

E-RGCH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links

This describes the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH non-serving RLS. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

ID
NSERGCHPCMOD

Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC
11-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of NSERGCHPCMOD is FIXED.

Impact on the Network Performance

Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSERGCHPCMOD.

E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links

This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that contains serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

ID
SEHICHPCMOD

Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of SEHICHPCMOD is FIXED.

Impact on the Network Performance

Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-25

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SEHICHPCMOD.

E-HICH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links

This describes the HICH power control algorithm switch of the RLS that does not contain serving RL. If the switch is set to FIXED, the transmit power is set according to the P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset. If the switch is set to DYNAMIC, the transmit power is set according to the DCH power of the UE.

ID
NSEHICHPCMOD

Value Range
FIXED, DYNAMIC

Physical Scope
None.

Setting
The HSUPA parameters have not been optimized, so the recommended value of NSEHICHPCMOD is FIXED.

Impact on the Network Performance

Fixed power control mode can be easily implemented, but it may waste NodeB transmit power. If dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSEHICHPCMOD.

11.5.2 Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters

This describes the fixed power control mode algorithm parameters that can be modified by network planners.

11-26

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

Table 11-6 List of fixed power control mode algorithm parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 EAGCHPOW ER SERGCHPO WER NSERGCHPO WER SEHICHPOW ER NSEHICHPO WER Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command Le vel

E-AGCH power

-92, namely 9.2 dB -200, namely 20 dB 163, namely 16.3 dB 192, namely 19.2 dB 100, namely 10 dB

E-RGCH power for serving RLS E-RGCH power for nonserving RLS E-HICH power for serving radio links E-HICH power for nonserving radio links

Set: SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836).

Cel l

11.5.2.1 E-AGCH Power This parameter is the AGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode. 11.5.2.2 E-RGCH Power for Service Radio Links This describes the RGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode. 11.5.2.4 E-HICH Power for Service Radio Links This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that contains serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode. 11.5.2.5 E-HICH Power for Non-service Radio Links This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that does not contain serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.

E-AGCH Power
This parameter is the AGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-27

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

ID
EAGCHPOWER

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 92, namely 9.2 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If EAGCHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement. If EAGCHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query EAGCHPOWER.

E-RGCH Power for Service Radio Links

This describes the RGCH power offset relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.

ID
SERGCHPOWER

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 200, namely 20 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If SERGCHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

11-28

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

l

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

If SERGCHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SERGCHPOWER.

E-RGCH Power for Non-service Radio Links

This describes the power offset of the RGCH for non-serving RLS relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.

ID
NSERGCHPOWER

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 163, namely 16.3 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If NSERGCHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement. If NSERGCHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSERGCHPOWER.

E-HICH Power for Service Radio Links

This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that contains serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.

ID
SEHICHPOWER

Value Range
350 to 150
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-29

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 192, namely 19.2 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If SEHICHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement. If SEHICHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query SEHICHPOWER.

E-HICH Power for Non-service Radio Links

This describes the power offset of the HICH in the RLS that does not contain serving radio links relative to the P-CPICH power in fixed power control mode.

ID
NSEHICHPOWER

Value Range
350 to 150

Physical Scope
35 dB to 15 dB, with the step of 0.1 dB

Setting
The default value is 100, namely 10 dB.

Impact on the Network Performance

l

If NSEHICHPOWER is excessively low, the demodulation performance of the RGCH cannot satisfy the demodulation requirement. If NSEHICHPOWER is excessively high, the NodeB transmit power is wasted too much.

Related Commands
Use SET MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST MACEPARA (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query NSEHICHPOWER.
11-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

11.6 Local Cell Management Parameters

This describes the local cell management parameters: cell radius and cell handover radius. Table 11-7 List of local cell management parameters S ID e ri a l N o . 1 2 RADIUS HORAD Meaning Default Configur ation MML Command

Cell radius Cell handover radius

29 km 0m

Set: MOD LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) Query: LST LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836)

11.6.1 Cell Radius This describes the radius of a NodeB cell. The cell radius affects the demodulation of the uplink board and the configuration of the parameters related to the access part. 11.6.2 Cell Handover Radius This describes the cell handover radius, which can be configured on the NodeB LMT.

11.6.1 Cell Radius

This describes the radius of a NodeB cell. The cell radius affects the demodulation of the uplink board and the configuration of the parameters related to the access part.

ID
RADIUS

Value Range
150 to 180000

Physical Scope
150 m to 180 km, with the step of 1 m

Setting
The default value is 29000, namely 29 km.
Issue Draft (2008-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 11-31

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

You can set and adjust the cell radius based on the network planning and network optimization result. In case that the cell radius cannot be determined precisely, ensure that the set cell radius is bigger than the required cell radius. If the configured cell radius exceeds the required cell radius too much, the processing resource, however, is wasted and the processing delay increases. Based on the data provided by relevant products, the handover synchronization time increases by a maximum of 60 ms if the cell radius changes its value in increments of 3.75 km. If the set value has a big difference from the actual value, the handover success rate may be affected.

CAUTION
l

When using the RRU, you must set the sum of the cell radius and the fiber transmission delay as the cell radius. If the access board of the NodeB is configured to support multiple sectors, the maximum configurable cell radius is 30 km.

Impact on the Network Performance

The setting of the cell radius must be the same as the result of network planning.

Related Commands
Use MOD LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query RADIUS.

11.6.2 Cell Handover Radius

This describes the cell handover radius, which can be configured on the NodeB LMT.

ID
HORAD

Value Range
0 to 180000

Physical Scope
0 m to 180 km, with the step of 1 m

Setting
The default value is 0. The inner radius of a cell handover radius must be at least 78.125 m, that is, 1 chip, shorter than the cell radius. You can set and adjust the cell handover radius based on the network planning and network optimization result. In case that the cell handover radius cannot be determined precisely, ensure that the set cell handover radius is not bigger than the minimum cell handover radius required by the network planning. If the configured cell handover radius is muchly smaller than the required cell handover radius, the processing delay, however, increases.
11-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference

11 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT

CAUTION
When using the RRU, you must set the cell handover radius to the sum of the actual cell handover radius and the fiber transmission delay.

Impact on the Network Performance

If the cell handover radius is beyond the cell handover scope that is determined by network planning, the NodeB cannot process the subscribers within the distance defined by the cell handover radius, and the actual handover scope is smaller than the scope determined by network planning.

Related Commands
Use MOD LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to set and use LST LOCELL (BTS3836, BTS3836A, BBU3836) to query HORAD.

Issue Draft (2008-03-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

11-33